Skip to main content

Full text of "Elements of inductive logic"

See other formats


JMBB  TOOKAMGEE  MEMOEEAL 


a. 


2>v-,, 


/ 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2007  with  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/elementsofinductOOdavirich 


ELEMENTS 


vV% 


OF 


tl 


INDUCTIVE    LOGIC 


BY 


NOAH  K.  DAVIS,  Ph.D.,  LL.D. 

PROFESSOR  OF  MORAL  PHILOSOPHY  IN  THE  UNIVERSITY  OP  VIRGINIA 

AND     AUTHOR     OF     "THE     THEORY     OP     THOUGHT" 

*'  ELEMENTS  OF  DEDUCTIVE  LOGIC  "  ETC. 


"Ot<  scientice  fundamentum  eat,  Stori  fastigium 


"«   »  «•>  »  >-» 


•  .  »,  :  • 


NEW    YORK 

HARPER    &    BROTHERS    PUBLISHERS 

1895 


3^3-^. 


\  ■ 


Copyright,  1895,  by  Harper  &  Brothers. 
All  rights  reserved. 


«  •«  «  « 


(  «  c   •  •         < 

«  *    ta •  < 


PEEFACE 


In  preparing  the  present  treatise,  I  have  kept  in  view 
the  need  of  collegians  and  of  graduate  students  in  the 
universities,  and  endeavored  to  furnish  them  with  a  satis- 
factory hand-book  on  Induction.  The  few  pages  in  popu- 
lar treatises  on  Deductive  Logic  usually  allotted  to  this 
co-ordinate  branch  being  utterly  inadequate  and  dispro- 
portionate, and  thereby  greatly  underrating  its  extent  and 
importance,  should  be  replaced  by  a  separate  treatise  com- 
prehending at  least  the  essential  elements  of  Induction, 
and  opening  the  way  for  its  full  investigation  and  applica- 
tion. In  the  hope  of  supplying  this  want,  I  offer  to  stu- 
dents well  advanced  in  the  schools  the  work  in  hand. 

Special  students  engaged  in  the  pursuit  of  physical 
science,  who  have  not  enjoyed  a  full  course  in  Logic,  need 
a  compact  hand-book  on  Induction,  in  order  to  gain  a 
clearer  insight  into  the  principles  of  the  methods  they  are 
employing,  and  thus  to  avoid  a  waste  of  energy,  and  the 
discouragement  of  blunders  in  the  dark.  To  this  class  of 
students,  also,  and  to  the  general  reader  who  desires  a 
clearer  knowledge  of  his  own  mental  processes  and  of 
those  of  the  scientist  skilled  in  the  discovery  of  truth,  my 
work  is  hopefully  addressed. 

With  these  ends  in  view,  I  have  earnestly  tried,  first  of 
all,  to  be  true  in  matter,  then  clear  and  distinct  in  its  treat- 
ment.    Whoever  is  acquainted  with  the  literature  of  the 


IV  PREFACE 

subject  will  recognize  my  helps,  and  will,  at  the  same 
time,  accord  to  me  some  fair  measure  of  independence.  A 
profusion  of  illustration  has  been  used,  drawn  largely  from 
the  humbler  departments  of  knowledge,  yet  in  many  cases 
taken  from  the  physical  sciences,  not  for  display,  but  for 
service,  avoiding  recondite  examples,  the  purpose  being  to 
teach,  not  physics,  but  Logic. 

The  text  in  the  larger  type  is  for  the  tyro.  The  many 
marginal  notes,  which  have  been  added  with  much  pains, 
are  for  the  scholarly  reader  who  desires  further  information. 
The  abundant  references  to  authorities  not  only  indicate 
my  own  sources,  but  will  serve  to  direct  those  interested 
to  wider  fields.  As  some  acquaintance  with  Deduction 
is  prerequisite  to  the  understanding  of  Induction,  I  have 
ventured  to  make  references  to  my  "  Elements  of  Deductive 
Logic,"  the  companion  of  the  present  work,  also  a  few  to 
"  The  Theory  of  Thought,"  and  to  my  "  Elements  of  Psy- 
chology." I  ask  indulgence  for  these  references,  trusting 
that  the  bad  taste  will  be  neutralized  by  their  helpfulness 
to  those  who  may  have  the  books  at  hand. 

To  Professor  Collins  Denny,  of  Vanderbilt  University 
I  am  gratefully  indebted  for  encouragement,  and  for  very 
many  valuable  suggestions. 

Noah  K.  Davis. 

University  of  Virginia. 


CONTENTS 


I.— DEFINITION 

Page 

§  1.  Logic  defined  and  divided 1 

§  2.  In  both  branches  a  science  of  forms 1 

§  3.  Induction  distinguished  from  deduction  and  defined. .    4 

§  4.  Induction  synthetic  in  extension  and  intension 7 

§  5.  Analytic  judgments  distinguished 8 

§  6.  Induction  a  generalization  from  experience 10 

§  7.  Pure  truths  distinguished  from  empirical 11 

§  8.  Induction  a  generalization  beyond  experience 14 

§  9.  Summary  or  closed  generalization  distinguished 15 

§  10.  Identification  to  establish  a  minor  distinguished 16 

§  11.  Search  after  causal  relation  distinguished 19 

§  12.  The  definition  adequate  and  real 21 

II.— PRINCIPLES 

§  13.  Additional  principles  requisite  for  induction 22 

§  14.  General  meaning  of  cause  and  condition 22 

§  15.  No  simple  cause  or  effect.     Preventive  cause 24 

§  16.  Theoretic  view.    Definitions  of  cause  and  effect 25 

§  17.  Recent  scientific  view  of  causation 27 

§  18.  The  principle  or  axiom  of  change 29 

§  19.  The  first  principle  or  axiom  of  uniformity 31 

§  20.  Plurality  of  effects,  its  maxim.     Joint  effects 33 

§  21.  The  second  principle  or  axiom  of  uniformity 35 

§  22.  Plurality  of  causes,  its  maxim.    Resultant  motion 37 

§  23.  Uniformity  of  nature.    The  axioms  compared 39 


VI  CONTENTS 

III.— PROCESS 

Page 

§  24.  An  inductive  inference  exemplified 41 

§  25.  Its  conformity  to  the  definition  and  axioms 41 

§  26.  Its  immediate  character.    Formulas 43 

§  27.  Aristotle's  inductive  syllogism  examined 44 

§  28.  Hamilton's  inductive  syllogism  criticised 46 

§  29.  Whately's  and  Mill's  syllogism  criticised 47 

§  30.  General  objections  to  the  syllogistic  view 48 

§  31.  The  function  and  application  of  forms 50 

§  32.  Induction  immediate.     Preparatory  process 51 

IV.-OBSERVATION 

§  33.  Phenomena  of  coexistence  and  of  succession 54 

§  34.  Observation  illustrated.    Its  two  modes 55 

§  35.  Simple  observation.    Its  application 57 

§  36.  Experimental  observation.     Its  prerogatives 59 

v.— ENUMERATION 

§  37.  Description.     Two  kinds  of  enumeration 62 

§  38.  Canon  and  formula  of  enumeration  of  cases 63 

§  39.  The  justification  of  this  form  of  induction 64 

§  40.  Its  practical  and  scientific  value 66 

§41.  Analogy  distinguished  from  metaphor,  and  described..  67 

§  42.  Canon  and  formula  of  enumeration  of  marks 69 

§  43.  Justification  and  limitation  of  analogy.     Examples. . .  71 

§  44.  Its  practical  and  scientific  value 73 

VI.— PROBABILITY 

§  45.  Certainty  discriminated.    Range  of  probability 76 

§  46.  Practical  importance  of  probable  estimates 78 

§  47.  Significance  of  exceptional  cases 80 

§  48.  Chance  occun*ence  and  concurrence 82 

§  49.  Calculation  of  chance.    Two  special  cases 84 

§  50.  Separation  of  casual  from  causal  phenomena.    Canon .  88 

§  51.  The  elimination  of  chance  concurrences 91 

§  52.  The  general  valuation  of  probabilities 94 

§  53.  Their  numerical  valuation.     Statistics 98 


CONTENTS  Vll 

VII.— DIFFERENCE 

Page 

§  54.  Scientific  or  perfect  induction.     Canon 102 

§  55.  Methods  of  determining  causal  relations 103 

§  56.  The  Method  of  Difference.     Canon  and  formula 105 

§  57.  Examples  of  the  method  from  simple  observation 107 

§  58.  Examples  from  experimental  observation.    Tests 109 

§  59.  Formulas  of  induction  and  deduction Ill 

§  60.  The  Method  of  Residue.     Canon  and  formula 112 

§  61.  Examples  of  discovery  by  this  method 114 

VIII.— AGREEMENT 

§  62.  The  Method  of  Agreement.     Canon  and  formula 116 

§  63.  Examples  of  the  application  of  this  method 118 

§  64.  General  precautions  relative  to  the  methods 120 

§  65.  Imperfection  of  the  method  of  agreement ":. .  122 

^  66.  Its  results  only  probable.     Its  scientific  value 123 

§  67.  The  Method  of  Double  Agreement,     Canon  and  for- 
mula   125 

§  68.  Illustration  of  its  application.    Its  prerogatives 127 

§  69.  A  standard  example,  the  research  on  dew 128 

/  /  •      - 
IX.-CONCOMITANCE 

§  70.  Method  of  Concomitant  Variations.     Canon  and  for- 
mula   130 

^  71.  Illustration  of  \ts  application  and  insufficiency 132 

§  72.  Examples  of  direct  and  inverse  concomitance 133 

§  73.  Measurement  of  quantity,  the  mark  of  advanced  sci- 
ence   135 

§  74.  The  service  of  this  method  in  developing  a  science. . .  137 
§  75.  Three  limitations  to  a  mathematical  induction 138 

X.— DEDUCTION 

§  76.  Deductions  subsequent  to  induction.     Discovery 141 

§  77.  Deductions  precedent.     Two  classes  of  effects 146 

§  78.  The  Method  of  Deduction.     Canon  and  formula 148 

§  79.  Three  stages  in  the  procedure.    Example 151 


Vlll  CONTENTS 

XL— HYPOTHESIS 

Page 

§  80.  The  universal  use  of  supposition  or  hypothesis 155 

§  81.  Supposition  involved  in  all  the  methods  of  science. .  158 

§  82.  Formal  use  of  hypothesis  in  the  deductive  method . .  160 

§  83.  Definition  of  scientific  hypothesis 162 

§84.  Hypothesis  of  cause  with  known  law.    Vera  causa..  162 

§  85.  Hypothesis  of  law  with  known  cause.    Other  forms.  165 

§  86.  Rival  hypotheses.    Instantice  crucis 168 

§  87.  Verification  alone  not  proof.    Power  of  prediction . .  169 

§  88.  Proof  of  an  hypothesis,  two  steps.    Illustrated 171 

§  89.  Example  of  the  use  of  this  method  by  Newton 174 

XII.— NATURAL  LAW 

§  90.  General  definition  of  law 177 

§  91.  Formal  and  material  law 178 

§  92.  Moral  and  natural  law 179 

§  93.  Distribution  of  natural  law 182 

§  94.  Empirical  laws  of  coexistence 183 

§  95.  Empirical  laws  of  succession 185 

§  96.  Rational  derivative  laws.    Examples 187 

§  97.  Explanation  in  its  philosophical  sense 190 

I  98.  Laws  of  Nature.    Examples 193 

§  99.  Inductive  sciences  becoming  deductive 197 

§  100.  The  number  of  the  ultimate  Laws  of  Nature 199 

Index 201 


ELEMENTS    OF 
INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 


I.— DEFINITION 

§  1.  Logic  is  the  science  of  the  necessary 
forms  of  thought.  This  is  the  definition  of  pure 
logic  as  distinguished  from  modified  and  from  ap- 
plied logic,  and  from  what  is  called  material  logic. 
Pure  logic,  or  simply  logic,  is  divided  primarily  into 
Deductive  Logic  and  Inductive  Logic.  The  specific 
difference  between  these  will  come  to  light  as  we 
proceed.  The  latter  only  is  the  subject  of  the  pres- 
ent treatise-. 

§  2.  In  undertaking  to  expound  the  theory  of  in- 
duction, it  is  important  to  state  and  insist  at  the 
outset  that  the  limitation  to  forms  of  thought  is  as 
proper  to  this  branch  of  logic  as  it  is  to  deduction. 
A  number  of  writers  on  logic  take  a  contrary  view, 
holding  that  Deductive  Logic  is  formal,  Inductive 
Logic  material ;  the  one  having  to  do  subjectively 


r%2:  :  .;•  c''  ^'.ISIiBMBNTS    0>,  INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

'  'r ;  I '  *  y  ;«.''*••,.:  /'*'.  •  .* 

with  the  laws  of  thought,  the  other  objectively  with 
the  laws  of  things ;  the  one  being  the  logic  of  con- 
sistency, the  other  the  logic  of  truth,  especially  of 
science ;  the  one  being  a  jprioriy  the  other  a  jposteri- 
ori  in  the  sense  that  it  considers  the  character  of  in- 
dividual things  or  their  classes,  and  thence  rises  by 
induction  to  their  laws.  These  striking  antitheses 
are  not  justifiable.  It  is  impossible  to  treat  of  any 
matter  unless  in  some  form ;  the  laws  of  thought 
accord  with  and  lead  to  the  laws  of  things,  as  every 
natural  realist  maintains ;  each  branch  must  require 
self-consistency  and  be  truth-giving,  else  it  is  wortli- 
less ;  and  the  theory  of  induction,  as  well  as  that  of 
deduction,  is  aprior%  since  it  likewise  demonstrates 
its  canons,  starting  from  axiomatic  principles  (§  J^).^ 

There  are  other  writers  on  logic  who  take  an  ex- 
treme view,  holding  that  both  Deductive  and  Induc- 
tive Logic  are  material,  that  logic  in  general  is  an 
empirical  and  not  a  formal  science,  having  to  do  with 
things  and  laws  of  things  rather  than  with  forms  and 
laws  of  thought.' 

^  The  reference  is  to  the  companion  treatise  entitled  "  Elements  of 
Deductive  Logic  "  (Harper  &  Brothers).  See  a  discussion  of  the  several 
terms  of  the  definition  of  Logic  in  Chapter  I.  of  its  Introduction. 
References  to  that  treatise  are  in  Italics.  Figures  in  Roman  type  (as, 
§  25)  relate  to  the  present  treatise. 

^  Writers  adhering  to  the  school  of  material  logicians,  if  it  may  be 
so  called,  usually  claim  Mr.  J.  S.  Mill  as  its  founder.  Prominent 
among  them  is  Mr.  Venn,  notably  in  his  "  Empirical  Logic."  Elsewhere 
he  says:  "With  what  may  be  called  the  Material  view  of  Logic,  as 
opposed  to  the  Formal  or  Conceptualist — with  that  which  regards  it 
as  taking  cognizance  of  laws  of  Things  and  not  of  the  laws  of  our  own 
minds  in  thinking  about  things — I  am  in  entire  accordance." — Logic 


DEFINITION  3 

But  logic,  throughout  both  deduction  and  induc- 
tion, treats  only  of  form,  regardless  of  matter.     To 
consider  the  matter  of   thought   in   either  branch 
would,  as  Aristotle  says,  require  omniscience,  for  sci- 
ences are  possibly  infinite ;  but  the  forms  of  thought 
being  few  can  be  comprised  in  a  single  treatise,  and 
being  the  same  for  all  varieties  of  matter,  they  alone 
need  to  be  studied  in  their  abstract  generality  in  or- 
der to  discover  the  necessary  processes  by  which    J 
truth  is  attained  (§  5).     This,  then,  is  the  sole  prov-    /./(^■^^<^ 
ince  of  logic :   To  unfold  the  formal  principles  and    ,' 
deduce  from  them  tlie  formal  laws  by  which  we  think 
material  things  and  their  laws.* 

of  Chance^  Preface,  p.  x.  Afterward  (ch.  x.,  §  2)  he  quotes  with 
approbation  Mr.  Mill's  saying  that  the  conceptualist  view  is  "  one  of 
the  most  fatal  errors  ever  introduced  into  the  philosophy  of  Logic." — 
Mill,  Logic^  p.  74  (Harper's  ed.).  For  a  detailed  exposition  of  Mr. 
Mill's  views,  see  his  "  Examination  of  Hamilton's  Philosophy,"  ch.  xx. 
Mr.  Venn,  notwithstanding  his  emphatic  endorsement  of  Mr.  Mill,  gives 
us  an  elaborate  work  on  *'  Symbolic  Logic,"  which  is  necessarily  and 
essentially  formal  throughout ;  and  Mr.  Mill  in  one  place  very  truly  says : 
"  The  business  of  Inductive  Logic  is  to  provide  rules  and  models  (such 
as  the  Syllogism  and  its  rules  are  for  ratiocination)  to  which,  if  induc- 
tive arguments  conform,  those  arguments  are  conclusive,  and  not  other- 
wise."— Logic^  p.  308.  Moreover,  both  Mr.  Venn  and  Mr.  Mill  in  all 
their  logical  writings  are  constantly,  and  though  inconsistently  yet  hap- 
pily, occupied  with  an  exposition  of  the  forms  of  thought,  illustrated 
by  material  examples.  Otherwise,  indeed,  these  writings  would  not 
be  merely  on  Logic,  but  de  omnibus  rebus  et  quibusdam  aim.  The 
obscurity  which  seems  to  cling  so  strangely  and  persistently  in  these 
latter  days  to  the  Aristotelic  distinction  between  the  form  and  the 
matter  of  thought,  is  very  remarkable. 

^  As  Logic  treats  of  the  forms  of  thought,  so  Grammar  treats  of 
the  forms  of  speech,  and  Rhetoric  of  the  forms  of  style.  See  Hamil- 
ton, Discussions,  article  Logic,  p.  139  (Harper's  ed.). 


4  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

It  should  henceforth  be  clearly  and  constantly 
noted  that  the  various  technical  terms  used  in  treat- 
ing induction  are  names  of  forms,  or  second  inten- 
tions. Some  of  these  are :  judgment  d^ndi proposition, 
genus  and  species,  inference,  syllogism,  phenomenon, 
circumstance,  instance  or  case,  cause  and  effect,  ante- 
cedent and  consequent,  experience,  observation,  gener- 
alization, uniformity,  law.  As  elsewhere,  however, 
we  shall  here  also  freely  use  material  examples  and 
illustrations  in  first  intentions  or  names  of  things, 
that  the  reader,  while  never  failing  to  distinguish  the 
form  from  the  matter,  may  be  enabled  to  grasp  more 
firmly  the  form  by  means  of  concrete  matter  em- 
bodying it  (§  6), 

§  3.  Judgments  are  primarily  of  two  kinds,  intui- 
tions and  inferences  (§  77).  Intuitions  are  self-evi- 
dent, necessary  judgments,  and  are  divided  into  em- 
pirical and  pure.  In  these  all  knowledge  has  its 
beginning ;  they  determine  all  other  judgments.  In- 
ferences are  enunciations  in  which  from  something 
laid  down  and  admitted,  something  distinct  from 
what  is  laid  down  follows  of  necessity.*    To  infer, 

*  It  has  been  questioned  whether  this  Aristotelic  definition  of  Syl- 
logism, "Analyt.  Prior,"  i.,  1,  will,  as  to  its  last  term  "of  necessity," 
apply  to  inductive,  as  it  unquestionably  does  to  deductive,  inference. 
Alexander  of  Aphrodisias,  the  Exegete  (200  a.d.),  in  his  "Schol.  ad 
Topica,"  p.  253,  intimates  that  Aristotle  included  necessary  sequence 
in  this  definition  for  the  specific  purpose  of  distinguishing  deduction 
by  syllogism  from  induction,  a  sequence  that  is  not  necessary.  This 
view  has  been  generally  adopted.  But  necessity  here  means  only  that 
one  cannot  grant  the  premises  and  deny  the  conclusion  without  contra- 


DEFINITION  6 

then,  is  to  derive  a  judgment  from  one  or  more  pre- 
mised judgments.  Inferences  also  are  of  two  kinds, 
deductive  and  inductive. 

Deductive  inferences  are  judgments  having  a  gen- 
erality equal  to  or  less  than  the  premises  from  which 
they  are  deriveid.  We  may  proceed  deductively  from 
all  to  all^  from  some  to  som£,  and  from  all  to  some, 
but  not  from  some  to  all  (§  79).  Except  in  quantita- 
tive cases,  which  compare  masses,  deduction  is  the  de- 
termination or  specification  of  a  class  notion ;  it  de- 
scends the  logical  scale  (§  ^^),  and  thus  is  a  priori. 
It  does  not  generalize,  but  specifies  by  inference 
from  intuitions  or  from  inductions. 

Inductive  inference,  on  the  contrary,  by  virtue  of 
principles  to  be  presently  discussed,  ascends  the  log- 
ical scale ;  it  generalizes,  proceeding  from  the  par- 
ticular or  the  less  general  to  the  universal,  from  some 
to  all^  and  thus,  in  the  application  of  its  demon- 
strated theorems  or  canons,  it  is  a  posteriori.  The 
inference  from  some  to  all  completes  the  possible 
procedures,  since  every  judgment  concerns  either  all 
or  some  of  its  subject  (§  62y 

dieting  axiomatic  truth ;  and  it  would  seem,  when  the  inductive  prem- 
ise expresses  a  causal  relation  perfectly  ascertained  (and  the  theory 
presumes  perfection),  that  the  induction  of  a  universal  follows  of  ne- 
cessity, in  the  sense  stated.  Hence  we  have  ventured  to  use  this 
definition  as  a  definition  of  inference  in  general,  including  deductive 
inference  (both  immediate  and  mediate)  and  inductive  inference. 

^  "  Induction  is  inferring  a  proposition  from  premises  less  general 
than  itself,  and  Ratiocination  [Deduction]  is  inferring  a  proposition 
from  premises  equally  or  more  general." — Mill,  Logic,  p.  125. 

It  is  worth  noting  that  the  names  Deduction  and  Induction  happily 
express  by  their  etymology  (Lat.  de-ducere  and  in-ducere)  the  inverse 


t 


6  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

This  division  of  the  genus  inference  into  deduction 
and  induction,  differentiating  the  latter  as  a  general- 
ization, prepares  us  for  an  exact  and  full  definition, 
thus:  Induction  is  an  immediate  synthetic 
inference  generalizing  from  and  beyond 
experience.* 

correlation  of  the  processes.  The  one  is  to  lead  or  draw  from  estab- 
lished generalities  new  particulars,  the  other  is  to  lead  or  draw  in  un- 
observed particulars  under  new  generalities.  In  both  the  procedure 
is  from  the  known  to  the  previously  unknown. 

r  '  '*  Induction  is  the  process  from  particulars  to  universals." — Aris- 
tbtle,  Topica,  i.,  12- 

"Inductionem  enim  censemus  eam  esse  demonstrandi  forraam, 
quoe  sensum  tuetur  et  naturam  premit  et  operibus  imminet  ac  fere  im- 
miscetur.  ...  At  secundum  nos,  axiomata  [propositiones]  continentur 
et  gradatim  excitantur,  ut  nonnisi  postremo  loco  ad  generalissiraa  ve- 
niatur." — Bacon,  Instauratio  Magna,  Dist.  Op.,  p.  3. 

"  Induction  is  a  kind  of  argument  which  infers,  respecting  a  whole 
class,  what  has  been  ascertained  respecting  one  or  more  individuals 
\ii  that  class." — Whately,  Logic,  Index. 

Induction  is  "a  formal  illation  of  the  universal  from  the  individ- 
ual, as  legitimated  solely  by  the  laws  of  thought,  and  abstract  from 
the  conditions  of  this  or  that  particular  matter." — Hamilton,  Discus- 
sions, p.  157. 

"When,  having  discovered  by  observation  and  comparison  that 
certain  objects  agree  in  certain  respects,  we  generalize  the  qualities  in 
which  they  coincide,  that  is,  when  from  a  certain  number  of  individ- 
ual instances  we  infer  a  general  law,  we  perform  what  is  called  an 
act  of  Induction." — Hamilton,  Metaphysics,  p.  72. 

**  Induction  is  usually  defined  to  be  the  process  of  drawing  a  gen- 
eral law  from  a  sufficient  number  of  particular  cases;  Deduction  is  the 
converse  process  of  proving  that  some  property  belongs  to  a  particular 
case,  from  the  consideration  that  it  comes  under  a  general  law." — 
Thomson,  Outline  of  the  Laws  of  Thought,  §  113. 

"  Induction  is  a  term  applied  to  describe  the  process  of  a  true  Col- 
ligation of  Facts  by  means  of  an  exact  and  appropriate  Conception." 
— Whewell,  Novum  Organon  Benovatum,  bk.  ii.,  aphorism  13. 


DEFINITION  7 

§  4.  In  the  definition  are  collected  a  number  of 
terms  needful  to  further  discriminations.  That  the 
inference  is  immediate  will  be  clearly  established  in 
a  subsequent  discussion  (§§  24,  32). 

That  the  inference  is  synthetic  is  evident,  since  it 
concludes  more  than  the  content  of  its  premise. 
When  from  Some  nien  are  mortals,  we  infer  All 
men  are  mortals,  the  subject  is  augmented,  enlarged 
from  the  narrow  Some  men  of  whom  we  know,  to 
the  wide  universal  All  men;  thus  adding  to  the 
general  class  notion  something  not  already  contained 
in  iti  Besides,  the  content  of  the  predicate  is  aug- 
mented ;  for  in  the  premise  Some  men  are  mortals, 

"  Induction  may  be  defined,  the  operation  of  discovering  and  prov- 
ing general  propositions." — Mill,  Logic^  p.  208. 

(  "  Induction  is  that  operation  of  the  mind  by  which  we  infer  that 
What  we  know  to  be  true  in  a  particular  case  or  cases  will  be  true  In 
all  cases  which  resemble  the  former  in  certain  assignable  respects. 
In  other  words,  Induction  is  the  process  by  which  we  conclude  that 
what  is  true  of  certain  individuals  of  a  class  is  true  of  the  whole  class, 
or  that  what  is  true  at  certain  times  will  be  true  in  similar  circum- 
stances at  all  times." — Mill,  Logic^  p.  210. 

"  Induction  may  be  summarily  defined  as  Generalization  from  Ex- 
perience. It  consists  in  inferring  from  some  individual  instances  in 
which  a  phenomenon  is  observed  to  occur  that  it  occurs  in  all  in- 
stances of  a  certain  class ;  namely,  in  all  which  resemble  the  former, 
in  what  are  regarded  as  the  material  circumstances."  —  W\\\  Logic^ 
p.  223. 

"  Induction  is  the  generalization  of  conjoined  properties,  on  the  ob- 
servation of  individual  instances." — Bain,  Logic,  Int.,  §  54. 

"  Induction  is  the  arriving  at  General  Propositions,  by  means  of 
Observation  or  fact." — Bain,  Logic,  bk.  iii.,  ch.  i.,  §  1. 

In  a  careful  search  through  Mr.  Venn's  "Empirical  Logic,"  I  was 
unable  to  find  that  he  anywhere  ventures  upon  a  succinct  definition  of 
induction.     But  see  his  discussion,  ch.  xiv. 


8  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE    LOGIC 

the  class  notion  mortals  is  only  said  to  contain  some 
men,  whereas  in  the  conchision  All  Tnen  are  mortals 
the  notion  mortals  contains  under  it  all  men.  This 
adding  to  both  subject  and  predicate  is  a  double  syn- 
thesis. 

Changing  the  form  from  extension  to  intension 
(§  W)  the  synthesis  remains.  From  Some  men  are 
mortal,  we  infer  All  men  are  mortal.  Here  the 
mark  mortal,  which  in  the  premise  is  attributed  to 
some  men  only,  is  in  the  conclusion  attributed  to  all 
men.  The  content  of  the  all  men  is  thereby  en- 
larged by  a  synthesis  of  the  mark  mortal;  and  the 
mark  itself  is  synthetically  enlarged  from  its  narrow 
attribution  to  some  men,  to  its  wide  attribution  to  all 
men.  Thus  in  this  view  also  we  find  a  double  syn- 
thesis/ 

§  5.  The  term  synthetic  in  the  definition  clears 
induction  of  a  large  and  important  class  of  judg- 
ments which  are  not  synthetic,  but  analytic.  When 
a  predicate  belongs  to  a  subject  as  something  which 
is  already  though  covertly  contained  in  it,  the  judg- 
ment is  analytic ;  as,  Man  is  an  animal.  Matter  is 
extended,  Birds  are  oviparous.  Table-salt  is  a  chlo- 
ride. Such  a  predicate  adds  nothing  to  the  con- 
ception of  the  subject,  but  merely  unfolds  a  constit- 
uent mark,  essential  and  original,  which  is  thought 
already  though   confusedly  in   the  subject.      This 

'  There  seems  to  have  been  a  great  deal  of  confusion  on  this  very 
simple  matter.  See,  for  explanations,  Hamilton,  Metaphysics^  p.  72 ; 
and  Logic,  p.  337.     Cf.  Venn,  Empirical  Logic,  p.  366  sq. 


DEFINITION  9 

form  of  predication,  then,  is  analytic,  a  judgment  of 
partial  identity  affirming  of  a  subject  a  portion  of  its 
essence.* 

Moreover,  every  logical  definition,  being  a  full  ex- 
plication of  the  original  and  essential  marks  of  the 
definitum,  is  an  analytic  judgment ;  as,  Man  is  a  ra- 
tional animal^  Matter  is  extended  sitbstance,  A  hird 
is  a  feathered  oviparous  winged  hiped^  Table-salt  is 
sodium  chloride^  also  the  general  definition  of  Logic, 
and  that  of  Induction  now  under  discussion.  All  such 
judgments  being  analytic,  must  be  set  apart  from  in- 
ductions. Likewise  must  be  set  apart  all  derivatives 
from  analytic  judgments ;  as,  Man  is  sentient,  Mat- 
ter is  divisible,  Birds  incubate,  Table-salt  is  binary. 
These  are  not  inductions.  Their  generality  arises, 
not  from  induction,  but  from  the  original  forming  of 
a  class  notion  and  its  definition  (§§  16,  35). 

An  important  consequence  of  the  foregoing  dis- 
tinction is  that  induction  is  always  and  only  of  log- 
ical accidents ;  for  the  essence  of  a  subject  is  attained 
by  its  analysis,  which  essence  being  predicated  yields 
an  analytic  judgment.  It  is  often  difficult  to  distin- 
guish between  essence  and  accident,  a  mark  supposed 
to  be  the  one  sometimes  turning  out  on  closer  in- 
spection to  be  the  other.  "We  may  be  practically 
embarrassed  by  this  difficulty ;  still  it  is  clear,  that 
induction  is  of  accidents  only,  not  of  essence. 

We  have  already  discriminated  deduction  from  m- 

*  A  statement  of  the  Kantian  distribution  of  judgments  into  analyt- 
ic and  synthetic  will  be  found  in  "  The  Theory  of  Thought "  (Harper  & 
Bros.),  p.  93. 


10  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

duction  ;  we  may  take  now  another  view  of  the  dis- 
tinction. While  induction  is  synthetic,  deduction  is 
analytic,  since  it  concludes  only  a  part  of  the  content 
of  its  premises.  Under  All  men  are  mortals  sub- 
sume All  kings  are  men,  concluding  All  kings  are 
mortals.  The  conclusion  is  of  narrower  generality 
than  the  major  premise.  The  process  analyzes  or 
resolves  the  notion  men  into  its  constituents  kings 
and  non-kings,  and  concludes  concerning  the  former 
only.  Deduction,  therefore,  is  analytic,  and  thus  is 
essentially  distinct  from  and  logically  opposed  to  in- 
)  duction. 

r 

§  6.  The  definition  limits  the  inductive  inference 
still  further  to  generalization  from  experience. 

A  practical  acquaintance  with  any  particular  mat- 
ter by  simple  observation  or  by  experiment  is  an  ex- 
perience. Truth  thus  known  is  called  empirical 
truth.  The  generalization  of  induction,  since  its 
ground  is  experience,  is  likewise  called  empirical. 
But  let  it  be  noted  that  an  experience  is  always  and 
only  of  a  particular  individual  fact  or  truth ;  there  is 
no  experience  of  a  general  fact  or  truth,  this  being  a 
product  of  thinking.  An  inference  a  posteriori  or 
from  experience  is  not  necessarily  true,  nor  has  it  in- 
dependent universality,  since  it  is  conditioned  on  the 
existing  order  of  things.  Moreover,  every  experi- 
ence is  attended  by  some  uncertainty,  for  the  closest 
observation  of  the  simplest  fact  is  liable  at  least  to 
what  is  called  an  error  of  sense,  and  so  far  is  doubt- 
ful.    This  possibility  injects  a  corresponding  uncer- 


DEFINITION  1 1 

tainty  into  the  inferred  generality.  Hence  the  ab- 
sence of  strict  certainty,  necessity,  and  universality  is 
characteristic  of  empirical  knowledge,  that  derived 
from  experience.* 


§  7.  To  empirical  truth  evolved  by  induction  is 
opposed  pure  truth,  that  is,  truth  not  derived  from 
experience,  but  given  in  intuition.'  Pure  intuitions 
in  the  forms  of  purely  intellectual  or  non-sensuous 
ideas  and  principles  are  characterized  by  strict  cer- 
tainty, necessity,  and  universality.  Such  are  the  ideas 
of  space^  of  time,  oi  caxisation,  of  right  ^  such  are 
the  principles  or  axioms  of  pure  mathematics,  as 
Two  intersecting  straight  lines  cannot  enclose  an 


^  Empirical,  from  kfiTTEipia ;  experience,  from  experiri.  Empirical 
knowledge,  the  knowledge  of  experience,  is  the  knowledge  that  a 
thing  is,  yvojaiQ  oti  lari.  Speculative  or  philosophical  knowledge,  the 
knowledge  of  ratiocination,  is  the  knowledge  why  or  how  a  thing  is, 
yvioaiQ  dioTi  tan.  Se'e  motto  on  the  title-page,  taken  from  Trendelen- 
burg, "Elem.  Log.  Arist."  The  distinction,  in  these  terms,  is  made  by 
Aristotle  in  many  places,  e.g.,  yap  to  fikv  oti  twv  aiffOTjTiKwv  eiSkvai^ 
TO  de  SioTi  TU)v  ixaOijfiaTiKojVf  etc. — Afial.  Post.,  i.  13.  Themistius,  his 
paraphrast,  says :  Sid  tov  (rrjfidov  fiiv  wg  to  on,  did  Oarkpov  de  tjg  to 
dion.  See  Grote,  Aristotle^  ch.  vii.  p.  322.  For  empirical,  see  Ham- 
ilton, Metaphysics,  lee.  iii. 

-  Empirical  intuitions,  and  the  inferences  from  them  characterizing 
mediate  perceptions,  are  discussed  in  my  "  Elements  of  Psychology," 
§§  81,  96,  157.  For  pure  intuitions,  see  Id.  §§113,  124.  Also  the 
foot-note  in  this  volume,  p.  30.  A  full  consideration  of  pure  truths 
belongs  to  philosophy,  hot  to  logic.  Differing  views  are  held  as  to 
their  origin  and  the  ground  of  their  undisputed  universality.  These 
views  do  not  specially  concern  us  here.  Logic  needs  only  to  distin- 
guish pure  truths  from  unquestionable  inductions,  in  order  to  set  them, 
with  their  direct  consequences,  clearly  apart. 


12  ELEMENTS    OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

area,*,  also  those  of  logic,  as  the  primary  laws  (§  7)"; 
also  those  of  ethics,  as  Trespass  is  wrong.  Every 
rule  derived  from  experience  has  actual,  or  possible, 
or  at  least  conceivable,  exceptions ;  but  a  rule  intui- 
tively discerned  by  pure  reason  has  universal,  un- 
limited universality,  has  no  exception  in  all  the  uni- 
verse of  things.  An  exception  is  impossible  even 
in  thought. 

Let  it  be  remarked  that,  while  pure  truth  is  gen- 
eral in  the  highest  sense,  its  generality  is  attained 
neither  by  class  generalization  nor  by  induction,  but 
by  intuition.  Wlien  upon  an  empirical  occasion  such 
truth  is  intellectively  discerned,  it  is  at  once,  without 
any  logical  process  beyond  abstraction,  seen  by  the 
pure  intellect  or  reason  to  be  strictly  universal. 
Hence  it  is  not  the  result  of  inductive  inference,  nor 
indeed  of  any  kind  of  inference. 

Also  we  remark  that  pure  principles  are  synthetic, 
since  the  predicate  adds  something  to  the  subject 
not  already  contained  in  it.  But  they  are  not,  like 
inductions,  synthetic  a  posteriori,  but  are  synthetic 
a  priori,  a  profound  distinction  referable  to  the  exer- 
cise of  pure  reason.' 

*  The  phrases  a  priori  and  a  posteriori  were  used  by  the  schoolmen 
in  a  sense  derived  from  Aristotle,  the  former  to  denote  an  inference 
from  cause  to  effect,  the  latter  to  denote  an  inference  from  effect  to 
cause.  More  commonly  now,  in  Logic,  they  are  used  to  distinguish 
between  the  deduction  of  a  special  from  general  truth,  and  the  induc- 
tion of  a  general  truth  from  observed  facts.  In  Philosophy,  knowledge 
a  priori,  according  to  Kant,  is  that  which  is  independent  of  all  expe- 
rience and  logically  prior  to  it;  knowledge  a  posteriori  is  that  acquired 
by  observation  of  facts,  and  therefore  dependent  on  and  logically  pes- 


i 


EFINITION  13 

By  the  foregoing  criteria  pure  intuitive  truth  is 
tiistinguished,  and  should  never  be  confused  with  the 
empirical  generalities  obtained  by  induction.  The 
importance  of  this  clearance  cannot  be  overestimated. 
Its  difficulty  is  enhanced  by  the  fact  that  both  pure 
and  empirical  truths,  though  so  widely  distinct  in 
origin  and  character,  are  constantly  and  intimately 
connected,  and  are  therefore  especially  liable  to  con- 
fusion. In  the  present  treatise  we  shall  be  largely 
concerned  with  both  kinds  ;  for  logic  in  general  con- 
sists essentially  of  pure  truths  with  deductions  from 
them  of  formal  rules  and  canons,  and  incidentally 
makes  application  of  these  to  matter,  evolving  mate- 
rial and  empirical  truths.^ 

terior  to  experience.  The  one  is  knowledge  of  pure,  the  other  of 
empirical,  truth.  See  Critique  of  Pure  Reason,  Int.  §  1 ;  and  Hamil- 
ton, Logic,  p.  385  Am.  ed. 

^  Sciences  which,  like  Logic,  originate  in  and  develop  from  pure 
truths  or  axioms,  are  strictly  demonstrative  and  exclusively  deductive 
(§  108).  Thus  Inductive  Logic  is,  as  to  its  formal  system,  deductive. 
Also  let  it  be  noted  that  Pure  Mathematics  is  exclusively  deductive. 
This  is  sufficiently  obvious,  since  the  formal  conclusions  it  deduces, 
being  already  completely  general,  cannot  be  further  generalized  (§  130). 
It  does  not  admit  of  any  inductive  inference.  Many  logicians  have 
maintained  the  contrary,  holding  that  the  law  of  a  series,  such  as 
Newton's  binomial  theorem,  is  obtained  by  induction,  by  generalizing 
from  a  few  particulars.  But  upon  consideration  it  will  be  seen  that 
the  law  in  each  case  is  a  deduction  from  the  more  general  principles 
of  multipUcation'as  applied  in  permutation  and  combination.  The 
given  members  of  the  series  are  subsumed,  and  the  law  deduced.  Be- 
sides the  already  complete  generality  of  all  the  propositions  involved 
in  the  process,  we  point  out  that  the  inference  to  the  law  is  not  a  syn- 
thetic, but  an  analytic,  process.  For  example,  take  the  simple  series 
2,  4,  6,  8  — - -.  Its  law  is:  The  n'*»  term=2n.  This  is  discovered 
by  an  analysis  of  the  given  terms,  and  adds  nothing  to  what  is  given. 


14  ELEMENTS   OF    INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

§  8.  The  definition  limits  the  inductive  inference 
finally  to  generalization  beyond  experience. 

Induction  centres  in  experience,  but  it  makes  a  cir- 
cuit of  untried  regions,  and,  in  accord  with  the  ety- 
mology of  the  word,  leads  in  or  brings  within  its 
scope  a  vast  assemblage  of  truths  otherwise  unknown. 
It  goes  far  beyond  experience,  and  by  synthesis  adds 
unobserved  facts  to  our  knowledge,  very  often  ascer- 
taining with  scientific  accuracy  facts  that  are  perma- 
nently beyond  the  reach  of  possible  observation. 
Moreover,  it  exhausts  the  field  by  its  comprehensive 
all.  This  excursive  and  inclusive  clean  sweep  is  an 
especial  characteristic  of  induction. 

An  important  consequence  of  the  extension  of  the 
inductive  inference  beyond  experience  is  its  liability 
to  include,  in  the  unexplored  region,  exceptional 
facts.  It  is  true  that  in  an  inductive  sequence  ground- 
ed on  thoroughly  ascertained  causal  connection,  seem- 
ing exceptions  must  be  attributed  to  unknown  coun- 
teracting causes,  and  hence  are  not  truly  exceptions. 
Yet  in  our  ignorance  of  the  possibilities  in  the  outer 
region,  we  are  not,  even  in  such  case,  strictly  certain, 
and  must  admit  the  notion  of  possible,  or  at  least 
conceivable,  exceptions.  For  example,  if  from  obser- 
vation of  many  cases  it  is  inferred  that  All  crows 
are  hlach^  color  being  usually  considered  an  unessen- 
tial mark  or  accident,  it  may  be  objected  that  albi- 
nos have  been  seen.  So  also  Every  oak-tree  hears 
acorns  is  uncertain,  for  it  may  be  that  some  are 
sterile.  To  the  rule  Alkalies  have  metallic  hases  an 
exception  turns  up  in  ammonia.     If  from  finding 


DEFINITION  15 

table-salt,  saltpetre,  and  others,  to  be  soluble  I  induc- 
tively infer  All  alkaline  salts  are  soluble^  perhaps  no 
exception  could  be  named  ;  but  if  I  generalize  more 
widely  io'  All  salts  are  soluble^  my  inference  is  falsi- 
fied by  sulphate  of  baryta,  and  many  others. 

In  a  previous  section  (§  6)  an  element  of  uncer- 
tainty, due  to  what  are  called  errors  of  sense,  was 
pointed  out.  We  now  find  another^  due  to  general- 
izing beyond  experience.  Since  exceptions  may  act- 
ually or  at  least  conceivably  occur,  it  follows  that  the 
empirical  universality  attained  by  induction  is  to 
some  extent  a  precarious,  a  hazardous  universality. 
This  hazard  is  a  derived  characteristic  of  induction. 

§  9.  A  generalization  beyond  experience  is  logical- 
ly opposed  to  a  generalization  within  experience. 
Having  examined  certain  individuals  of  a  class,  we 
may  sum  up  our  observations  in  a  single  general  state- 
ment. Thus  I  may  know  by  direct  observation,  and 
say  of  my  friends,  that  A  few  are  wealthy,  Many  are 
prosjperotts,  Most  are  industrious.  These  statements 
concerning  some  at  least,  perhaps  all,  being  partial, 
are  termed  approximate  generalizations.  Thorough 
observation  of  each  friend  may  justify  my  saying, 
All  are  honest,  None  are  covetous.  These  state- 
ments, being  total,  are  termed  complete  generaliza- 
tions, or  simply  generalizations.  In  like  manner,  by 
an  examination  of  each  one  separately,  I  may  ascer- 
tain that  Every  member  of  my  class  ofjpupils  is  stu- 
dious, or  that  Each  of  the  apostles  was  inspired,  or 
i\\2i\j  All  the  known  planets  shine  by  reflected  light 


16  ELEMENTS   OF   mDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

Likewise,  when  it  is  seen  that  A  straight  line  cannot 
intersect  a  circle  in  more  than  two  jpoints,  and  that 
this  is  true  also  in  case  of  an  ellipse,  of  a  parabola, 
and  of  an  hyperbola,  then,  there  being  no  others,  we 
may  lay  it  down  as  a  universal  property  of  conic 
curves.  This  last  example  illustrates  the  modifica- 
tion that  two  or  more  general  truths  or  laws  may 
often  be  reduced  to  one  comprehensive  statement 
whose  extension  is  no  greater  than  that  of  its  com- 
bined components. 

This  process  is  truly  a  generalization,  a  classifica- 
tion, and  of  great  value  in  condensing  expression ; 
but  it  is  not  an  induction,  for  it  does  not  surpass  the 
limits  of  experience.  Yet  it  has  been  called  an  in- 
duction, and  even  a  perfect  and  the  only  perfect  induc- 
tion.^ But  indeed  it  is  not  an  inference  of  any  kind, 
for  nothing  distinct  from  what  is  laid  down  follows. 
Evidently  it  is  merely  a  summation  of  the  known  par- 
ticulars, a  colligation  of  the  observed  facts,  an  abridg- 
ment of  their  statement  by  uniting  them  under  one 
term.  To  distinguish  it  from  induction,  it  may  be 
called  a  summary  or  closed  generalization,  or,  more 
widely,  a  colligation. 

§  10.  We  have  now  explained  with  illustrations 
most  of  the  limiting  terms  in  the  definition  of  induc- 

*  See  the  subsequent  §  2Y.  "  It  is  in  the  transition  from  some  ob- 
served particulars  to  the  totality  of  particulars  that  the  real  inductive 
inference  consists ;  not  in  the  transition  from  the  totality  to  the  class- 
term  which  denotes  that  totality,  and  connotes  its  determining  common 
attribute."— Grote,  Aristotle,  ch.  vL,  p.  278. 


DEFINITION  17 

tion.  Also  we  have  indicated  and  illustrated  several 
forms  of  thought  excluded  by  those  limitations. 

Two  formal  processes,  in  addition  to  those  already 
examined,  each  of  which  results  in  a  new  truth,  but 
neither  of  which  is  a  generalization,  frequently  oc- 
cur, and  cause  confusion,  inasmuch  as  they  are  com- 
monly regarded  and  treated  of  as  inductive  proc- 
esses. For  the  sake  of  clearness,  it  is  needful  that 
these  also  should  be  here  examined,  in  order  to  be  at 
once  distinguished  from  induction,  and  relegated  to 
their  rightful  places. 

One  may  be  illustrated  thus :  A  ship  follows  an 
unknown  coast.  After  some  days  the  sailor,  having 
watched  the  coast  and  finding  himself  again  at  the 
starting-point,  says :  It  is  an  island.  Here  is  cer- 
tainly a  discovery  of  a  new  fact,  assigning  this  land 
to  the  familiar  sub -class  island.  Throughout  the 
process  there  is  no  generalization  whatever ;  hence  it 
is  neither  in  part  nor  in  whole  an  induction.  Either 
it  is  merely  a  gathering  up  and  piecing  together  in 
one  the  facts  of  a  series  of  observations,  which  is 
only  another  sort  of  colligation,  one  without  gener- 
alization, or,  what  is  better,  it  is  a  discovery  of  iden- 
tity establishing  a  minor  premise. 

This  last  phrase  requires  some  explanation.  The 
sailor  knows :  A  land  soon  sailed  about  is  an  island. 
He  discovers :  This  land  is  land  soon  sailed  about  / 
which  discovery  merely  identifies  this  land  with  the 
notion  of  land  soon  sailed  about,  thereby  estab- 
lishing a  minor  premise,  and  enabling  him  to  con- 
clude :   This  land  is  an  island.     Here  is  both  dis- 


18  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

covery  and  deductive  proof.  No  generalization,  and 
therefore  no  induction,  is  involved/ 

In  like  manner,  Kepler,  having  noted  several  points 
in  the  planet's  path,  and  finding  the  curve  connecting 
them  to  be  elliptical,  determined  the  orbit  of  Mars  to 
be  an  ellipse.  It  had  long  been  known  that  this  orbit 
is  a  curve  returning  into  itself.  As  a  geometer  Kep- 
ler knew  also  that  a  curve  returning  into  itself,  with 
such  and  such  properties,  is  an  ellipse.  He  identi- 
fied the  orbit  of  Mars,  besides  being  a  curve  return- 
ing into  itself,  as  having  such  and  such  properties. 
By  this  identification,  he  established  a  minor  prem- 
ise, and  concluded  the  orbit  of  Mars  is  an  ellipse. 
Afterward  Kepler  made  the  induction,  known  as  his 
second  law,  that  All  planetary  orbits  are  ellipses.^ 

Similar  instances  of  enlarged  discovery  by  identi- 
fication abound.  When,  after  the  induction  of  the 
laws  of  magnetism,  other  metals  besides  iron,  as  nick- 
el, cobalt,  manganese,  chromium,  were  discovered  to 
be  magnetic,  the  magnetic  laws  were  at  once  trans- 
ferred deductively  to  these  metals.  Franklin,  by  use 
of  a  kite,  identified  lightning  with  electricity.  It  fol- 
lowed that  whatever  was  inductively  true  of  the  one 
was  true  of  the  other. 

'  Mr.  Mill  calls  this  process  a  description.  See  his  Logic,  p.  213 
sq.,  Am.  ed. ;  and  the  criticism  of  Dr.  Whewell,  Philosophy  of  Discov- 
ery^ ch.  xxii.,  §  ii.,  15  sq.     See  also  Bain,  Logic^  p.  235  sq.,  Am.  ed. 

2  Kepler's  Laws  of  the  Planetary  Orbits  are  as  follow : 

Ist.  The  radii  vectores  describe  equal  areas  in  equal  times. 

2d,  The  orbits  are  ellipses,  with  the  Sun  in  one  of  the  foci. 

3d.  The  squares  of  the  periodic  times  are  as  the  cubes  of  the  mean 
distances. 


DEFINITION  19 

Questions  of  identity  to  establish  a  minor  premise 
are  necessarily  a  part  of  scientific  research,  but  they 
should  not  be  confused,  as  they  often  are,  with  a  pre- 
cedent process  of  inductive  generalization  establish- 
ing a  major  premise  or  a  general  law,  nor  with  a  sub- 
sequent induction  to  which  they  may  give  rise. 

§  11.  The  other  process  needing  to  be  distinguished 
from  induction  resembles  the  preceding  in  being  a 
deduction  lying  between  prior  and  subsequent  induc- 
tions ;  it  differs  from  the  preceding  in  that  it  is  an 
inquiry,  not  into  identity,  but  into  causal  relation. 
Such  investigation  involves  no  generalization,  and  is 
often  carried  on  with  no  present  thought  of  exten- 
sion beyond  the  individual  case  in  question. 

For  example,  a  coroner's  inquest  is  held  to  deter- 
mine the  cause  of  a  death.  All  the  immediate  cir- 
cumstances are  minutely  ascertained,  expert  medical 
testimony  taken,  and  all  collateral  facts  set  down  in 
detail.  Then,  subsuming  the  facts  under  long-settled 
and  well-known  principles  and  rules,  deductions  are 
made,  perhaps  quite  a  series,  and  the  cause  of  the 
death  finally  concluded  to  be  this  or  that.  There  is 
no  generalization,  no  induction  whatever ;  and  the 
important  fact  of  the  cause  in  this  particular  case  is 
ascertained  and  stated  without  any  intent  or  thought 
of  extending  the  conclusion  by  induction  to  all  sim- 
ilar cases.  The  procedure  indicated  is  from  effect 
to  cause.  The  reverse  may  occur.  Thus  legislators, 
having  fixed  a  certain  tax,  watch  for  its  effect  upon 
industry. 


20  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOQIO 

The  discovery  of  the  planet  Neptune  by  Leverrier 
and  by  Adams  is  a  notable  example.  Perturbations 
having  been  observed  in  the  orbital  motion  of  Ura- 
nus, each  of  these  astronomers  posited  hypothetically 
an  exterior  planet  as  the  disturbing  cause.  Then 
by  calculation  they  assigned  the  place  where  finally 
the  telescope  revealed  its  presence.  Throughout  this 
process,  in  order  to  deduce  the  result,  they  used  gen- 
eral principles  of  mathematics,  and  mechanical  and 
astronomical  inductions  already  established ;  but  they 
did  not  make  any  induction  during  the  process,  nor 
did  they,  like  Kepler,  follow  it  by  any  inductive  gen- 
eralization. 

It  is  important  that  the  formal  procedure  here  ex- 
emplified be  clearly  and  emphatically  set  apart,  es- 
pecially because,  being  a  necessary  preparation  for 
scientific  induction,  the  two  are  very  liable  to  be  con- 
founded, and  are  actually  so  confounded  by  most  log- 
ical authorities.  Preparation  for  induction  is  in  some 
cases  the  observation  of  only  a  single  fact.  For  ex- 
ample :  This  lodestone  attracts  this  hit  of  iron,  iN'ow, 
if  the  statement  be  unquestionably  true,  we  may  pro- 
ceed at  once  to  the  induction,  and  say  universally : 
Lodestone  attracts  iron.  The  example  is  crude,  but 
even  in  it  we  may  clearly  distinguish  the  preparatory 
fact  from  the  subsequent  induction. 

When  the  matter  is  more  complex  many  observa- 
tions of  similar  cases  may  be  requisite,  accompanied 
perhaps  by  much  experimental  investigation  involv- 
ing numerous  deductions,  before  it  is  fully  estab- 
lished that  a  certain  phenomenon  in  each  of  the  cases 


DEFINITION  21 

is  nnqnestionably  the  cause  or  the  effect  of  another. 
Then,  but  not  until  then,  are  we  properly  prepared 
to  make  a  scientific  induction  from  the  experience 
of  these  particular  cases  to  all  cases  of  the  same  class 
lying  beyond  experience. 

Thus  David  Wells  made  many  observations,  with 
reasonings  therefrom,  and  many  careful  experiments 
on  the  deposit  of  dew  under  various  circumstances, 
before  he  could  justly  conclude  that  this  phenome- 
non in  these  cases  was  the  effect  of  a  reduction  of 
the  temperature  of  the  bedewed  surface  below  a  cer- 
tain point.  When  this  was  established,  he  was  then 
prepared  to  make  the  induction  of  the  universal  law 
known  as  the  Wells  theory  of  dew. 

The  preparation  for  induction,  so  far  as  it  involves 
inference,  is  deductive,  and  should  not  be  confused 
with  the  subsequent  induction.  In  the  progress  of 
the  present  treatise  there  will  be  frequent  occasion 
to  remark  this  distinction. 

§  12.  The  various  distinctions  and  eliminations  pro- 
posed in  the  foregoing  sections  are  all  in  accord  with 
the  stated  definition  of  induction.  This  will  be  al- 
lowed. But  perhaps  the  definition  itself  may  be 
questioned.  It  may  be  deemed  too  narrow,  or  arbi- 
trary, or  merely  nominal,  not  real  (§  39).  In  reply 
we  can  only  offer  the  development  of  the  subject  in 
the  following  treatise.  The  definition  we  have  given 
will,  in  its  numerous  and  varied  applications,  be  found 
adequately  comprehensive,  yet  sharply  distinctive,  of 
a  real  mental  process  of  the  highest  import. 


II.— PKmCIPLES 

§  13.  It  is  suflBcientlj  evident  that  the  Primary 
Laws  of  Thought  cannot  be  superseded  (§  7  sq.). 
Their  necessity  is  universal,  holding  in  induction, 
and  throughout  its  collateral  processes.  But  it  is  also 
clear  that  under  these  laws  alone  the  inference  of  all 
from  some  is  illicit  (§  79).  Hence  this  very  impor- 
tant inference  becomes  legitimate  only  in  view  of 
certain  principles  of  similar  origin  and  authority  con- 
joined with  the  primary  laws.  Such  principles  are 
evolved  from  the  intuitive  fact  of  causation,  the  root 
of  all  induction,  and  that  which  gives  it  validity. 
They  are  called  the  Principles  of  Induction,  or  the 
Laws  of  Causation,  and  are  applicable  to  changes  or 
events  that  are  purely  physical,  and  to  human  affairs. 

§  14.  A  preliminary  examination  of  the  notion  of 
causation  is  needful.  In  general,  a  cause  is  what  de- 
termines a  change  or  event.  Strictly  taken,  a  change 
is  a  ceasing  to  be ;  an  event,  a  beginning  to  be ;  but 
we  shall  use  these  terms  indifferently.  The  cause 
determines,  without  possible  alternative,  that  the 
event  shall  be  just  what  it  becomes.  The  cause  is 
antecedent,  the  event  or  effect  consequent.  When 
the  stroke  of  a  hammer  breaks  a  stone,  the  antece- 


PRINCIPLES   ^  23 

dent  blow  is  the  cause,  the  consequent  breaking  is 
the  event  determined  or  the  effect  produced.  A 
cause  thus  producing  an  effect  is  called  an  efficient 
cause,  to  distinguish  it  from  other  senses  of  the  word 
cause  which  is  used  commonly  and  in  this  treatise 
without  qualification  t6  signify  efficient  cause/ 

^  Aristotle,  in  "Analyt.  Post,"  II.  xi,,  and  "Meta."  I.  iii.,  distinguishes 
four  kinds  of  cause,  airia,  as  follow  : 

1st.  The  formal  cause,  to  t'i  rjv  elvai,  is  the  form,  idea,  archetype,  or 
TrapdSeiyfia  of  a  thing.  The  plan  of  a  building  in  the  mind  of  the 
architect  is  its  formal  cause. 

2d.  The  material  cause,  ri  vXrj  vTroKEifievri,  is  the  matter  subjected  to 
the  form.  The  wood,  stone,  and  iron  used  in  a  building  constitute  its 
material  cause. 

3d.  The  efficient  cause,  r)  ri  rrpioTov  sKivrjffty  is  the  proximate  mover 
producing  change.  The  workmen  who  erect  a  building  are  its  efficient 
cause. 

4th.  The  final  cause,  to  Tivog  tvtKa,  is  that  for  the  sake  of  which 
the  thing  is  done.  The  purpose  or  end  for  which  a  building  is  erected 
is  its  final  cause. 

The  final  cause  is  prior,  he  says,  in  the  order  of  nature,  but  posterior 
in  the  order  of  time  or  generation.  The  efficient  cause  is  prior  in  time 
or  generation.  The  formal  and  the  material  causes  are  each  simul- 
taneous with  its  effect,  neither  prior  nor  posterior. 

But  it  would,  perhaps,  be  more  accurate  to  say  that  every  cause  is 
simultaneous  with  its  effect.  For  cause  and  effect  are  correlatives — 
neither  can  exist  without  the  other;  they  exist  only  as  they  coexist. 
A  cause  cannot  be  so  named,  except  by  anticipation,  until  there  is  an 
effect;  nor  an  effect,  except  by  reference  to  what  has  already  occurred, 
after  the  change  or  event  has  taken  place.  Their  order  of  succession 
is  logical,  not  temporal.  Cessante  causa  cessat  et  effectus  was  a  scholas- 
tic dogma.  Mr.  Mill  speaks  doubtfully  and  rather  confusedly. — Logic^ 
p.  247  sq.     Cf.  Hobbes,  Elementa  Philosophica,  ch.  ix. 

The  schoolmen  made  the  important  subdivision  of  efficient  cause, 
cama  efflciens^  into  the  simply  genetic  causa  essendi,  a  cause  of  being, 
and  causa  cognoscendi,  a  cause  of  knowing,  a  reason  (§  110).  Aristotle 
uses  aiTia  in  this  latter  sense  even  when  treating  of  induction, 


24  ELEMENTS    OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

A  condition,  in  general,  is  an  antecedent  that  must 
be  in  order  that  something  else  maj  be.  A  causal 
condition  is,  specifically,  an  antecedent  determining 
the  event  (§  110).  A  merely  temporal  antecedent  is 
followed  by  a  subsequent ;  a  causal  antecedent  by  a 
consequent.  Mere  succession  in  time,  however  in- 
variable, does  not  imply  causation.  IS'ight  is  fol- 
lowed by  day,  but  is  not  its  cause.  Day  is  not  con- 
ditioned on  night,  but  on  a  rising  sun,  and  this,  then, 
is  the  cause  of  day,  or  its  determining  condition. 
There  may  be  a  quasi-sequence  in  time,  as  when  in- 
oculation is  followed  by  small  -  pox ;  or  none,  as 
when  by  expenditure  of  energy  a  cannon-ball  in- 
stantly shatters  a  wall. 

§  15.  In  the  foregoing  example  of  a  hammer  and  a 
stone  a  single  antecedent  is  named  as  the  cause,  and 
single  consequent  as  the  effect.  This  is  the  usage  of 
common  speech.  Such  a  selection  from  several  ante- 
cedents or  consequents  of  some  one  as  the  cause  or  the 
effect  is  often  quite  arbitrary.  When  a  stone  falls  to 
the  ground,  the  cause  may  be  said  to  be  the  earth,  or 
gravity,  or  the  weight  of  the  stone,  or  the  stone  it- 
self. We  may  say  the  explosion  destroyed  the  maga- 
zine, or  that  it  shook  the  land,  or  was  heard  miles 
away.  The  selection  is  perhaps  influenced  by  con- 
comitant thoughts,  or  determined  by  some  special 

kTrayoyi],  in  "  Analyt.  Prior,"  II.,  xxiii.,  which  has  occasioned  much 
confusion  in  the  views  of  his  interpreters.  In  the  present  treatise  the 
unquaUfied  word  cauae  must  be  understood  to  mean,  as  it  does  in  mod- 
ern usage,  cama  efficiens  essendi. 


PRINCIPLES  '  25 

interest.  Most  frequently  that  antecedent  which, 
added  to  those  already  assembled,  completes  the  col- 
location requisite  to  produce  the  change  is  called  the 
cause ;  as,  A  sjpark  caused  the  explosion  /  or.  An  east 
wind  produced  the  rain  /  or,  Malaria  induced  the 
fever.  But  it  is  evident  that  in  these  cases,  and  like- 
wise in  all  cases,  neither  the  cause  nor  the  effect  is 
single  and  simple.  There  must  be  a  conjunction  of 
at  least  two  things  to  produce  a  change  in  either, 
and  both  are  thereby  changed.  There  is  always 
more  than  one  causal  condition  or  antecedent,  and 
more  than  one  determined  consequent. 

Even  a  purely  negative  fact  is  often  spoken  of  as  a 
cause ;  as.  The  calces  were  hurned  because  of  Alfred's 
inattention.  Obviously  this  is  unscientific.  More 
properly  the  thought  is  that  an  event  occurred  when 
a  preventing  cause  was  withdrawn.  The  phrase,  pre- 
venting cause,  is  a  convenient  designation  of  any 
member  of  a  given  collocation  of  antecedents  whose 
presence  hinders  change ;  as  in  the  examples :  A 
friction  match  does  not  ignite  hecause  it  is  wet'; 
A  scotched'  wheel  does  not  revolve ;  An  anmsthetic 
prevents  pain  /  an  antiseptic,  decay.  But  the  no- 
tion of  a  preventive  cause  is  negative,  and  inaccurate, 
for  in  strictness  a  cause  is  essentially  positive. 

§  16.  In  seeking,  then,  a  full  knowledge  of  the 
cause  or  the  effect  of  a  phenomenon,  all  positive  cir- 
cumstances are  to  be  inspected ;  and,  having  eliminat- 
ed those  that  are  immaterial,  i.  e.,  not  concerned  in 
the  case,  we  enumerate  the  rest,  recognizing  as  the 


26  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE    LOGIC 

cause  all  conditioning  antecedents,  and  as  the  effect 
all  conditioned  consequents,  and  omitting  to  state 
only  those  that  are  quite  obvious.  For  instance,  a 
cause  is  a  hammer  in  motion  and  a  whole  stone  ;  its 
effect,  a  hammer  at  rest  and  a  broken  stone.'  It  may- 
be very  difficult  or  even  quite  impracticable  to  enu- 
merate completely  the  antecedents  concerned  in  pro- 
ducing an  effect,  or  the  consequents  of  their  inter- 
action, but  nothing  short  of  this  can  be  accepted  as 
entire  theoretical  accuracy,  though,  indeed,  all  induc- 
tive sciences  have  to  be  content  with  merely  approx- 
imate statements.  Thus,  popularly  speaking,  the 
cause  of  vision  is  light  entering  the  eye ;  but  a  sci- 
entific statement  would  include  the  optical  action  of 
the  lenses  of  the  eye,  the  physiology  of  its  coats,  and 
of  the  nerves  and  brain,  together  with  the  connec- 
tion between  a  special  activity  of  the  brain  and  a 
state  of  mind,  a  sense-perception.  Still  the  enu- 
meration would  be  only  approximate.  To  state  even 
approximately  the  effect  in  vision  would  require  a 
much  more  subtile  analysis.     The  theoretic  ideal  re- 


^  The  notion  of  cause  and  effect  is  confused  in  many  minds  with 
the  notion  of  agent  and  patient,  whereas  the  two  notions  are  very  dif- 
ferent. The  latter  distinction,  that  of  agent  and  patient,  occurs  only 
among  the  antecedents  or  causes  of  an  event ;  as,  the  hammer  strikes, 
the  stone  is  struck.  The  manifestly  active  member  is  regarded  as 
the  agent,  the  apparently  quiescent  member  as  the  recipient  or  patient 
affected.  Still  this  is  arbitrary.  We  may.say,  the  stone  resists,  the 
hammer  is  resisted.  The  distinction,  except  when  referable  to  Will 
as  a  determining  antecedent,  depends  merely  on  the  point  of  view, 
and  hence,  though  often  convenient,  is  unessential.  See  Mill,  Logic, 
p.  242. 


PRINCIPLES  27 

quires  an  exhaustive  statement,  towards  which  ideal 
our  practice  strives. 

These  considerations  explain  and  will  justify  the 
following  correlative  definitions : 

A  cause  is  the  aggregate  of  all  the  posi- 
tively conditioning  antecedents  of  an  event. 

An  effect  is  the  aggregate  of  all  the  posi- 
tively conditioned  consequents  in  an  event. ' 

§  IT.  In  the  notion  of  a  cause  as  an  efiicient 
agent  is  implied  the  notion  of  a  force  producing  the 
effect,  and  this  force  is  properly  and  scientifically 
regarded  as  the  cause.  The  aggregate  of  the  ante- 
cedents is  the  source  of  the  force,  or,  more  strictly, 
the  force  is  manifested  by  an  aggregate  of  antece- 
dents of  which  it  is  the  property  or  function.  Ex- 
amples are,  gravity,  cohesion,  muscular  elfort,  etc. 

Kecent  physics,  while  it  regards  force  as  the  ever- 
present  agent  of  physical  change,  represents  all  phys- 
ical changes  or  events" as  consisting  in  a  transferring 
with  often  a  transforming  of  energy.     Some  of  the 


*  Mr.  Mill's  definition  of  cause  has  been  widely  discussed  and  ap- 
proved. He  says:  *'The  cause  of  a  phenomenon  is  the  antecedent, 
or  the  concurrence  of  antecedents,  on  which  it  is  invariably  and  un- 
conditionally consequent." — Logic^  p.  245.  Mr.  Venn  says ;  "  This 
view  of  causation  is  very  generally  accepted  in  science  and  in  the 
logical  treatises  on  Inductive  Philosophy,  if  indeed  it  may  not  be 
termed  the  popular  view."  He  then  makes  some  critical  remarks. — 
Logic  of  Chance^  ch.  ix.  We  have  ventured  to  propose  a  modified 
statement,  because  the  important  terms  invariably  and  unconditionally 
are  negative,  and  because  the  former  superfluously  implies  uniformity 
(§  19).     Cf.  Hobbes,  Mementa  Philosophica,  ch.  ix. 


28  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

principal  forms  of  energy  which  are  capable  of  mut- 
ual transformation  are  mechanical,  thermal  (heat  and 
light),  electrical,  chemical,  and  neural  energy. 

It  has  been  proved  in  many  cases,  by  accurate 
measurements  of  the  work  done  within  a  given  sys- 
tem or  aggregate  of  things,  that  the  quantity  of  en- 
ergy therein  transferred  or  transformed  or  both  is 
constant.  There  is  neither  gain  nor  loss.  Hence  it 
is  inductively  inferred  that,  while  in  the  internal 
changes  of  a  group  there  may  be  alteration  in  the 
forms  of  energy,  there  is  no  alteration  of  its  quan- 
tity. This  is  the  Law  of  Conservation  of  Energy 
(§  98  n.).  It  affirms  that,  just  as  the  quantity  of  mat- 
ter in  the  universe  is  unalterable,  so  the  quantity  of 
energy  is  unalterable;  though,  indeed,  these  state- 
ments are  identical,  matter  being  known  only  by  the 
manifestation  of  energy. 

The  law  of  conservation  is  supplemented  by  the 
important  distinction  between  kinetic  or  actual  and 
potential  energy.  In  gunpowder  is  stored  up  a  vast 
amount  of  potential  energy  which  is  set  free  or  be- 
comes kinetic  by  virtue  of  the  kinetic  energy  of  a 
spark.  It  is  the  sum  of  the  kinetic  and  potential 
energies  that  is  constant,  while  in  almost  every 
change  there  is  a  passing  more  or  less  complete  of 
one  into  the  other. 

In  this  modified  and  refined  view  we  define  thus : 

Causation  is  the  transfer,  with  more  or 
less  transformation,  of  a  definite  amount  of 
energy,  measured  by  the  amount  of  work 
done,  and  effecting  a  new  distribution. 


PRINCIPLES  29 

Physical  science  of  to-day  is  largely  occupied  with 
the  measurement  of  passing  energy  in  various  cases, 
with  the  determination  of  the  quantity  rather  than 
the  kind  of  causes  and  their  correlative  effects.  But 
in  all  of  these  investigations,  under  modified  doc- 
trines and  varied  terminology,  the  logical  processes 
are  formally  identical,  and  there  is  no  need  to  alter 
the  view  of  causation  presented  in  the  previous  sec- 
tions in  order  to  unfold  the  fundamental  processes  of 
thought  involved  in  physical  research. 

§  18.  It  has  already  been  said  that  from  the  intui- 
tive fact  of  causation  are  evolved  the  special  Princi- 
ples of  Induction,  or  Laws  of  Causation  (§  13).  They 
are  primarily  two,  the  first  in  logical  order  being  the 
Principle  or  Axiom  of  Change,  as  follows  : 

Every  change  (or  event)  has  a  cause. 

This  axiom,  by  virtue  of  its  predominating  pure 
element,  causation,  has  philosophical  necessity  (§  5), 
and  is  strictly  universal  (§  7).  The  bare  possibility 
of  a  single  exception  is  utterly  inconceivable.^ 
There  lurks  an  essential  self-contradiction  in  the 
phrase.  An  uncaused  event  (§  9).  The  word  chance, 
when  used  in  that  sense,  has  no  meaning  whatever ; 
there  is  no  possible  notion,  and  no  possible  fact  cor- 


1  The  principle  is  intuitively  true,  though  not  altogether  pure.  The 
notion  of  cause  is  strictly  pure,  but  the  notion  of  change  (or  event)  is 
empirical — that  is,  it  can  be  had  only  from  experience.  See  Kant,  C. 
P.  R.,  Int.,  §  1.  Change,  referred  to  the  consciousness  of  the  ob- 
server, is  the  very  essence  of  experience,  and  is  the  occasion  of  the 
pure  intellectual  intuition  of  causation.     See  Psychology^  §§  114,  126. 


30  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

responding  to  it  (§  48).  Whenever  any  change  is  ex- 
perienced, the  pure  intellect  or  reason  intuitively  dis- 
cerns that  it  must  have  a  cause,  an  efficient  deter- 
mining cause/  What  is  the  cause  may  be  in  most 
cases  very  questionable,  but  that  there  is  a  determin- 
ing cause  in  each  and  every  case  is  strictly  unques- 
tionable, or  rather  is  clearly  and  truly  discernible. 
The  axiom  is  not  merely  a  law  of  thought,  but  is 
also  a  law  of  things,  not  merely  a  logical  subjective 
necessity,  but  a  real  objective  necessity  in  nature, 

^  This  doctrine  of  the  origin  of  the  present  and  of  other  axioms  is 
according  to  the  intuitional  philosophy.  The  opposed  empirical  phi- 
losophy teaches  that  all  axioms  are  themselves  inductions  from  ex- 
perience, inductions  .of  widest  and  unexceptional  generality.  The 
question  is  discussed  in  my  "  Elements  of  Psychology,"  §  124  sq.  See 
also  above,  §  V,  and  below,  §  19  note.  Dr.  Whewell  in  his  "  Philosophy 
of  Discovery,"  ch.  xxii.,  severely  criticises  Mr.  Mill's  "Logic,"  and  in 
§  71  very  aptly  says  that  axioms  "  may  be  much  better  described  as  con- 
ditions of  experience  than  as  results  of  experience."  For  illustra- 
tion of  our  view  :  A  whole  is  equal  to  the  sum  of  its  parts  is  the  axio- 
matic basis  of  chemical  quantitative  analysis ;  but  should  we  make  an 
induction  from  the  myriads  of  analyses  that  have  been  published,  the 
inference  would  be :  A  whole  is  never  equal  to,  but  ever  less  than,  the 
sum  of  its  parts. 

But  as  already  observed,  §  V,  note,  the  question  of  the  origin  of 
axioms  is  philosophical,  not  logical.  It  might  be  entirely  disregarded 
in  this  treatise,  since  all  logicians,  empiricists  as  well  as  intuitionists, 
accept  them  as  irrefragable  and  unexceptionable,  and  therefore  a  safe 
and  sufficient  basis  of  logical  doctrine  and  scientific  proof. 

Let  us,  however,  instance  their  catholicity.  So  firm  is  the  deep 
though  obscure  conviction  in  every  mind  that  Bvery  change  is  caused, 
that  when  a  change  (event)  occurs  with  no  assignable  causal  ante- 
cedents, men  are  prone  to  invent  a  cause,  a  groundless  hypothesis  ;  and 
so  it  comes  that  in  ignorance,  in  the  absence  of  any  apparent  natural 
cause,  one  supernatural  is  often  posited ;  hence  false  spiritualism,  and, 
in  general,  superstition. 


PRINCIPLES  31 

holding  true  throughout  the  universe,  in  all  space 
everywhere,  in  all  time,  past,  present,  and  future/ 

The  axiom  may  be  stated  :  If  change  is^  cause  is; 
hence  (§  119)^  If  cause  is  not,  change  is  not.  This 
form  is  illustrated  by  the  first  law  of  motion,  which 
afiirms  that  a  body  in  motion,  if  not  acted  on  by 
some  disturbing  cause,  will  continue  to  move  with 
uniform  velocity  and  in  the  same  direction  forever.'' 

§  19.  The  second  of  the  two  Laws  of  Causation  is 
the  Principle  or  Axiom  of  Uniformity.  It  is  sub- 
divided into  two  axioms,  the  first  of  which  is  as  fol- 
lows : 

Like  causes  have  like  effects." 

The  word  like  here  is  to  be  very  strictly  construed. 
It  means  more  than  general  resemblance,  or  striking 

^  Burgersdyck  says  very  neatly:  Quicquid  fit  ah  alio  fit,  nihil  fit  a 
seipso. 

2  Newton's  Three  Laws  of  Motion, "  Principia,"  Introduction,  are  as 
follow : 

1st.  Every  body  perseveres  in  its  state  of  rest,  or  of  uniform  motion 
in  a  right  line,  unless  it  is  compelled  to  change  its  state  by  forces  im- 
pressed upon  it. 

2d.  Change  of  motion  is  proportional  to  the  motive  force  impressed, 
and  is  made  in  the  right  Hne  in  which  that  force  is  impressed. 

8d.  Reaction  is  always  contrary  and  equal  to  action ;  or,  the  actions 
of  two  bodies  upon  each  other  are  always  equal,  and  directed  to  con- 
trary parts. 

^  It  might  be  very  correctly  stated :  Like  causes  produce,  or  deter- 
mine, or  enforce,  like  effects.  But  it  is  needless  for  logical  purposes 
to  insist  on  the  bond  of  efficiency.  Mr.  Mill,  following  the  doctrine  of 
Hume,  and  in  entire  consistency  with  his  own  empirical  philosophy, 
says :  "  The  notion  of  causation  is  deemed,  by  the  schools  of  meta- 
physics most  in  vogue  at  the  present  moment,  to  imply  a  mysterious 


32  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

similarity.  It  is  not  merely  that  observation,  even 
the  most  skilful  and  minute,  cannot  distinguish  cer- 
tain cases  by  any  other  particular  than  place  or  time, 

and  most  powerful  tie,  such  as  cannot,  or  at  least  does  not,  exist  be- 
tween any  physical  fact  and  that  other  physical  fact  on  which  it  is 
invariably  consequent,  and  which  is  popularly  termed  its  cause ;  and 
thence  is  deduced  the  supposed  necessity  of  ascending  higher,  into 
the  essence  and  inherent  constitution  of  things,  to  find  the  true  cause, 
the  cause  which  is  not  only  followed  by,  but  actually  produces,  the 
effect.  No  such  necessity  exists  for  the  purposes  of  the  present  in- 
quiry, nor  will  any  such  doctrine  be  found  in  the  following  pages." — 
Logic,  p.  236.  Nevertheless  he  frequently  speaks  of  causes  as  pro- 
ducing their  effects,  and  uses  the  word  force  a  hundred  times  "  in  the 
following  pages."  How  could  he  do  otherwise,  while,  apart  from 
metaphysics,  recent  physics  is  almost  wholly  occupied  with  the  doc- 
trines of  force  and  energy  ?  Again,  he  says  :  "  The  causes  with  which 
I  concern  myself  are  not  efficient,  but  physical  causes." — Ibid.  Why 
then  should  he  ever  use  the  word  effect  i 

Mr.  Mill  posits  this  first  Axiom  of  Uniformity  as  the  "  Ground  of 
Induction." — Logic,  title  of  ch.  iii.,  bk.  iii.  In  the  first  section  of 
the  chapter  (p.  225)  he  says:  "I  regard  it  as  itself  a  generalization 
from  experience."  That  is  to  say:  Induction  is  grounded  on  the 
axiom  of  uniformity,  and  the  axiom  of  uniformity  is  grounded  on  in- 
duction. This  vicious  circle  he  labors,  in  ch.  xxi.,  with  all  his  great 
acumen,  to  justify,  and  finds  in  simple  enumeration,  avowedly  the  weak- 
est form  of  induction,  which  "  in  science  carries  us  but  a  little  way," 
the  source  and  strength  of  the  ultimate  Axiom  of  Uniformity.  See 
below,  §  40,  note.  This  remarkable  attitude  of  the  eminent  logician  is 
a  necessary  consequence  of  his  underlying  philosophy,  and  is  a  suicidal 
reductio  ad  absurdum  of  empiricism. 

It  is  with  much  hesitation  and  sincere  regret  that  these  points  are 
noted.  Such  is  my  high  esteem  of  Mr.  Mill  as  an  acute,  comprehen- 
sive, and  profound  thinker,  that  I  do  not  differ  from  him  when  I  can 
help  it.  Happily  the  exceptions  taken  relate  to  his  philosophical  prin- 
ciple, rather  than  to  his  logical  doctrine,  and  do  not  materially  affect 
the  latter.  The  world  of  science  is  profoundly  indebted  to  him  for 
the  clearest  exposition  that  has  been  made  since  Aristotle  of  its  logical 
methods.     Bacon  pointed  out  the  way,  Mill  laid  it  open. 


PKINCIPLES  33 

but  that  the  cases  really  and  strictly  do  not  at  all  dif- 
fer in  any  other  particular.* 

It  is  evident,  upon  clear  reflection,  that  this  axiom 
has  the  same  origin  and  character  as  the  axiom  of 
change ;  that,  when  rigidly  construed,  it  is  necessarily 
and  universally  true,  without  possible  exception  in 
nature  or  in  thought. 

§  20.  It  very  often  happens,  however,  that  various 
phenomena  are  due  to  indistinguishable  causes.  A 
certain  medicine  in  one  case  cures,  in  another  kills. 
A  chemist  in  one  case  obtains  crystals  of  a  salt  from 
its  solution,  in  another  he  fails.  Clouds  apparently 
alike  emit  at  one  time  lightning,  at  another  rain,  at 
another  hail,  at  another  snow.  Heat  softens  iron  and 
liardens  clay,  it  warms  to  life  and  scorches  to  death, 
it  causes  chemical  composition  and  decomposition,  it 
melts  ice,  then  contracts  the  water,  then  expands  it, 
then  turns  it  to  vapor.  Electricity  is  likewise  sup- 
posed to  do  of  itself  a  great  variety  of  things. 

This  mode  of  statement  arises  from  imperfect  ob- 
servation, or  from  an  interest  that  assigns  to  some 
single  antecedent  a  predominance,  as  though  it  alone 
were  the  cause  (§  15).  In  every  such  instance,  how- 
ever, there  is  an  incomplete  estimate  of  the  causal 


^  It  should  be  remarked  that  the  word  like  or  similar  is  sometimes 
replaced  by  the  word  same,  this  word  being  often  used  to  express,  not 
strict  identity,  but  the  close  similarity  in  things  that  are  distinguish- 
able only  numerically,  only  by  place  or  time.  Place  and  time  are  real 
conditions,  but  not  causal  conditions,  of  an  event  (§  110\  and  hence 
are  not  to  be  reckoned  among  its  causal  antecedents. 
3 


34  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE  LOGIC 

conditions,  and  every  clear-thinking  scientist  knows, 
with  a  strict  certainty  admitting  of  no  hesitation  or 
question,  that  any  variation  whatever  in  the  conse- 
quents is  due  to  some  difference  in  the  antecedents, 
though  he  be  unable  to  discern  or  demonstrate  any 
difference.  This  he  knows  by  virtue  of  the  principle 
of  uniformity.  Even  the  careless  observer  of  ordi- 
nary events  regulates  his  thoughts  and  actions,  though 
obscurely  and  confusedly,  by  the  same  principle. 

Yet,  as  a  concession  to  an  interest,  or  more  fre- 
quently to  a  specific  ignorance  incident  to  the  practi- 
cal impossibility  of  making  a  complete  analysis  and 
estimate  of  the  antecedents,  a  doctrine  of  so-called 
Plurality  of  Effects  is  allowed,  as  expressed  in  the 
Maxim  :  Regard  indistinguishable  causes  as  having 
apj>arently  a  variety  of  effects. 

Every  substance  has  a  variety  of  properties,  and 
substances  are  distinguished  from  each  other  by  their 
different  properties.  A  property  is  the  capability 
of  a  body  to  produce  a  specific  effect.  Every  body, 
then,  is  a  cause  producing,  according  to  the  forego- 
ing maxim,  a  variety  of  effects.  Thus  the  sun  de- 
flects the  course  of  the  planets,  and  emits  light  and 
heat,  because  of  its  attractive,  luminiferous,  and  cal- 
orific properties.  The  earth  has  attractive  and  mag- 
netic properties.  Steel  is  hard,  heavy,  lustrous,  and 
elastic.  But  it  is  evident  that  no  body  manifests  a 
property  except  in  combination  with  some  other 
thing.  Its  color,  for  example,  becomes  manifest  only 
in  its  combination  with  light  and  vision.  This  class 
of  cases,  then,  does  not  differ  from  that  already  de- 


PRINCIPLES  35 

scribed.  Different  antecedents  only  are  followed  by 
different  consequents,  "Whenever  all  the  causal  an- 
tecedents are  alike,  the  consequents  are  alike. 

Again,  it  is  usual  to  speak  of  different  or  even  op- 
posed phenomena,  when  invariably  coexistent,  as  the 
effects  of  a  common  cause.  Since  doubly  refracting 
substances  always  exhibit  periodical  colors  on  expos- 
ure to  polarized  light,  these  diverse  phenomena  have 
been  attributed  to  a  hypothetical  common  cause, 
'^he  aurora  is  invariably  accompanied  by  magnetic 
disturbance,  hence  doubtless  a  common  though  un- 
known cause.  There  is  a  simultaneous  rise  of  tides 
on  opposite  sides  of  the  earth,  of  which  phenomena 
the  moon  is  known  to  be  the  common  cause.  Such 
joint  effects,  whether  in  the  same  or  in  different  de- 
grees of  descent  from  the  cause,  are  said  to  be  cau- 
sally connected,  or  related  through  some  fact  of  cau- 
sation. This  mode  of  representation  is  convenient, 
and  in  accord  with  the  maxim.  But  the  axiom  holds 
good  ;  for  the  common  cause  of  different  phenomena 
invariably  coexistent  means  only  that  amidst  their 
distinctly  various  antecedents  some  one  at  least  is 
common. 

§  21.  The  second  axiom  of  uniformity  reverses  the 
first,  and  is  its  complement,  as  follows : 

Like  effects  have  like  causes. 

The  same  strict  construction  is  to  be  put  on  the 
terms  of  this  axiom  as  on  those  of  its  fellow.  It  has 
the  same  intuitive  origin,  the  same  necessary  and 
universal  character.     That  it  is  an  axiom  at  all  has 


36  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

rarely  if  ever  been  recognized  by  logicians  of  any 
school.  Yet  many  of  the  refinements  of  recent  sci- 
ence not  only  proceed  upon  it,  but  would  be  impos- 
sible without  itj  and  it  is  high  time  it  should  take  its 
place  in  logic.  For  when  all  the  antecedents  and  all 
the  consequents  are  taken  into  account,  either  of 
these  groups  equally  and  absolutely  implies  the  other. 
From  a  complete  knowledge  of  one  the  other  may  in- 
fallibly be  inferred.  Logically,  the  past  is  just  as  truly 
contained  in  its  future  as  the  future  in  its  past.^ 

^  The  second  axiom  of  uniformity  is  formally  involved  in  Newton's 
famous  "Regulae  Philosophandi,"  introducing  bk.  iii.  of  the  "Prin- 
cipia."     The  first  two  of  the  four  Rules,  with  his  comments,  are : 

1st.  No  more  causes  of  natural  things  should  be  admitted  than  such 
as  are  both  true  (verce)  and  sufficient  to  explain  their  phenomena. 

Accordingly  philosophers  say :  Nature  does  nothing  in  vain,  and  it 
is  vain  to  do  by  many  what  can  be  done  by  fewer.  For  nature  is  sim- 
ple, and  does  not  luxuriate  in  superfluous  causes  of  things. 

2d.  And  therefore  {ideoque)  of  natural  effects  of  the  same  kind  the 
same  causes  are  to  be  assigned,  as  far  as  possible  {guatenus  fieri  potest). 

As,  respiration  in  man  and  in  beast ;  descent  of  stones  in  Europe 
and  in  America ;  light  in  culinary  fire  and  in  the  sun ;  reflection  of 
light  in  the  earth  and  in  the  planets. 

To  these  comments  of  Newton  we  venture  to  add  the  remark  that 
the  illation  {ideoqtie)  of  the  second  rule  from  the  first  is  to  be  construed, 
not  as  a  deduction,  but  as  an  implication.  See  §  78,  and  "  Theory  of 
Thought,"  p.  103.  Also  we  remark  that  both  rules  are  likewise  im- 
plied in  the  Law  of  Parcimony,  sometimes  called  Occam's  razor,  to 
which  Newton  probably  had  reference  in  his  first  comment.  See 
Psychology^  §  83,  note.  Also  Aristotle  says  :  6  Qthg  kuI  r)  <pvaiQ  ovd^v 
fidrnv  TToiovmv. — De  Coelo,  i.,  4.  Dr.  Whewell,  in  "Philosophy  of  Dis- 
covery," ch.  xviii.,  §  5  sq.,  descants  at  some  length  on  these  rules. 

By  virtue  of  the  axiom  implied  in  the  rules,  that  like  effects  have 
like  causes,  Newton  identified  celestial  with  terrestrial  gravity.  In- 
deed, he  laid  down  the  Rules  in  anticipation  and  justification  of  the 
proof  which  follows  in  bk.  iii.    Also  Franklin's  identification  of  light- 


PRINCIPLES  37 

§  22.  It  very  often  happens,  however,  that  vari- 
ous phenomena  give  rise  to  indistinguishable  effects. 
Our  powers  of  observation,  even  when  highly  skilled 
and  aided  by  the  best  microscopes  and  instruments 
of  precision,  are  very  limited,  and  in  general  can 
distinguish  only  the  grosser  elements  of  causes  or  of 
effects.  Hence  it  is  rarely  possible  to  pronounce 
two  events  strictly  alike.  Moreover,  from  the  gross- 
er elements  of  an  effect,  some  one  is  usually  selected, 
because  of  its  special  interest,  and  treated  as  though 
it  alone  were  the  effect,  all  other  consequents  being 
disregarded.  These  considerations  explain  the  prac- 
tice, even  in  scientific  treatises,  of  viewing  similar 
effects  as  the  products  of  dissimilar  causes.  It  is 
clearly  a  fiction,  and  in  strictness  an  impossibility. 
Yet,  in  concession  to  this  mode  of  speecli,  which  is 
convenient  and  advantageous  when  not  misleading, 
a  doctrine  of  so-called  Plurality  of  Causes  is  admitted, 
as  expressed  in  the  Maxim:  Regard  indistinguish- 
able  effects  as  having  apparently  a  variety  of  causes. 

Accordingly   it   is  allowed  that  a  man's  death  is 


ning  with  electricity  is  by  virtue  of  this  axiom.     Also  the  Law  of  the 
Conservation  of  Energy  finds  its  basis  therein  (§  17). 

But  illustrations  from  physical  science  are  needless  when  we  con- 
sider that  our  sensations  are  effects  by  which  we  identify  or  recognize 
substances  which  affect  us  by  their  properties.  How  do  I  recognize 
my  friend  ?  The  like  effect  on  me  of  a  presence  I  attribute  to  a  like 
cause.  I  identify  a  given  substance  as  gold,  only  because  its  effect  on 
me  is  like  to  that  produced  by  gold.  I  distinguish  gold  and  silver  by 
their  unlike  effects.  It  is  clear,  then,  that  this  axiom  lies  in  the  very 
foundation  of  all  knowledge.  See,  on  Genesis  of  Mediate  Perceptions, 
Psychology,  §§  158,  159. 


38  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

caused  in  one  case  by  a  bullet  entering  tlie  brain,  in 
another  by  a  knife  cutting  the  heart,  in  another  by  a 
fever  ravaging  the  intestines,  and  so  on,  it  being  im- 
possible to  enumerate  the  various  causes  of  death. 
There  is  no  objection  to  such  expressions,  if  we  are 
not  misled  by  them.  Let  it  be  noted  that  death  is  a 
purely  negative  and  abstract  notion,  whereas  we  are 
dealing  with  positive  and  concrete  phenomena.  In 
the  first  case  cited,  the  causal  antecedents  are  a  man 
and  an  entering  bullet ;  the  effected  consequents  are 
a  corpse  and  a  torn  brain  ;  and  so  on.  It  is  evident, 
even  in  this  gross  view,  that  any  variation  in  a  total 
cause  gives  rise  to  a  variation  in  its  total  effect.  We 
allow  the  useful  fiction  of  a  plurality  of  causes,  but 
hold,  in  strict  construction,  to  rigid  invariability,  to 
uniformity. 

Another  standard  example  is  heat.  It  is  pro- 
duced by  combustion,  by  friction,  by  compression, 
by  electricity,  etc.  It  would  be  easy  to  show  that 
heat  also  is  only  one  fact  in  an  aggregate  of  conse- 
quents varying  in  each  case.  But  it  is  better,  per- 
haps, to  say  that  in  each  case  there  is  a  transfer  of 
energy,  effecting  a  new  distribution,  partly  in  the 
form  of  heat  (§  17).  As  to  the  sense  -  perception  of 
heat,  or  of  white,  there  is  some  one  condition  or  set  of 
conditions  which  is  present  in  every  case,  and  whose 
presence  always  produces  in  us  that  sense-perception.* 

*  For  the  usual  view  of  the  doctrine  of  Plurality  of  Causes,  not  rec- 
ognizing the  second  axiom  of  uniformity,  see  Mill,  Logic,  bk.  iii., 
ch.  X. ;  followed  by  Bain,  bk.  iii.,  ch.  viii.  Mr.  Venn's  view  is  not 
unlike  that  of  our  text.     See  his  Empirical  Logic,  pp.  62,  88.     On 


PEINCIPLES  39 

Another  example,  one  not  so  readily  reduced,  is 
from  the  composition  of  motion.  If  a  ball  receive 
two  simultaneous  impacts  differing  in  direction  and 
intensity,  motion  is  imparted  to  it,  manifest  by  its 
passing  along  a  certain  line  with  a  certain  velocity. 
J^ow  the  number  of  impacts  which  will  produce 
precisely  this  effect,  also  their  possible  variations  in 
direction,  or  in  intensity,  is  infinite.  Here,  then,  it 
seems  we  have  an  infinite  plurality  of  causes  deter- 
mining an  identical  effect ;  for,  by  the  second  law 
of  motion,  a  universal  law  of  nature,  the  resultant  in 
all  cases  must  be  the  same.'  This  appears  to  be  a 
demonstration  of  plurality  of  causes ;  that  its  maxim 
is  rather  a  principle,  falsifying  the  second  axiom  of 
uniformity.  But  the  resultant  motion  of  the  ball  is 
only  one  fact  among  others,  the  only  one  patent  to  ob- 
servation perhaps,  but  not  standing  alone.  Could 
we  estimate  the  stress  of  each  impact  on  the  ball, 
and  the  consequence  to  its  interior,  together  with 
the  arrest  of  the  impelling  agents,  evidently  we 
should  find  that  the  aggregate  of  consequents  varies 
with  every  variation  in  the  cause. 

§  23.  The  two  axioms  of  uniformity  express  all 
that  is  properly  meant  by  the  familiar  phrase  :  Uni- 
formity of  Nature^  which  is  sometimes  more  widely 

page  421  he  says:  "The  doctrine  of  Plurality  of  Causes  is  a  promi- 
nent one  in  Mill's  scheme,  and  he  even  attaches  too  great  importance 
to  it  by  regarding  the  plurality  rather  as  formulated  by  nature  than  as 
arising  merely  out  of  practical  convenience  and  convention." 

*  Newton's  Corollary  I,  from  the  Laws  of  Motion.     See  p.  31,  note. 


40  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

and  thereby  erroneously  construed.'  They  clearly 
hold  good  in  theoretical  strictness,  and  should  regu- 
late observation  and  inference  "  as  far  as  possible."" 
The  maxims  of  plurality  are  practically  admissible 
only  as  a  guard  against  errors  arising  from  defective 
or  interested  observation.  In  this  respect  they  ren- 
der important  service,  especially  in  those  ordinary 
concerns  of  life  wherein  only  some  part  of  a  cause 
or  of  an  effect  needs  consideration. 

When  the  axioms  of  uniformity  are  compared,  it 
will  be  seen  that  each  might  be  stated  more  fully, 
thus :  Only  like  causes  have  like  effects^  and  Only 
like  effects  have  like  causes.  The  first  of  these  com- 
pound statements  implies:  Unlike  causes  have  un- 
like effects  ;  the  second  implies :  Unlike  effects  have 
unlike  causes  (§  71).  Hence,  also,  if  either  is,  the 
other  is ;  and  if  either  is  not,  the  other  is  not ;  the 
form  being  conditio  sine  qua  non  (§  119). 

^  The  phrase  obviously  requires  limitation.  No  two  leaves  of  the 
forest  are  alike,  no  two  human  faces  are  alike,  one  star  differeth  from 
another  star  in  glory.  So  far  from  being  uniform,  unanalyzed  nature 
presents  an  infinite  variety.  Likewise,  the  statement  that  the  course 
of  nature  is  uniform,  taken  in  an  unlimited  sense,  is  not  true.  The 
events  of  each  day  are  unlike  those  of  any  previous  day,  and  no  one 
expects  history  to  repeat  itself.  But  amidst  this  infinite  variety,  we 
discern  certain  uniformities  conforming  to  the  principle  that  like 
causes  have  like  effects,  and  the  reverse,  which  uniformities  reduced 
to  general  expression  are  termed  laws.  In  this  very  important  sense, 
but  in  no  other,  is  the  constitution  and  course  of  nature  uniform. 

2  This  phrase  in  the  second  Rule,  §  21,  note,  seems  to  refer  to  the 
very  general  impracticability  of  making  an  exhaustive  estimate  of  the 
causal  conditions  of  a  given  effect. 


III.— PEOCESS  A 

\ 
§  24.  Sitting  by  my  anthracite  fire,  I  thrust  the 
poker  between  the  bars  of  the  grate,  and  after  a 
while,  on  drawing  it  out,  see  that  it  is  red-hot;  it 
shines  in  the  dark.  A  pyrometer  at  hand  shows 
that  it  has  reached  1000°  F.  Here  is  an  experience, 
specifically  an  observation  by  trial  or  experiment, 
with  quantitative  measurement.  The  result  is:  This 
hody  of  iron  heated  to  1000°  F.  has  hecome  lumi- 
nous or  glows.  It  states  a  particular,  individual  fact 
respecting  this  piece  of  iron  at  this  time  and  place, 
and  in  the  present  circumstances. 

Then  from  this  single  fact  I  infer  immediately 
the  universal  proposition  :  Any  and  every  hody  of 
iron,  at  any  time  and  any  where,  heated  to  1000°  F., 
lecomes  self-luminous.  This  immediate  inference  is 
an  induction. 

§  25.  Let  us  note,  in  the  first  place,  that  the  fore- 
going inference  conforms  strictly  to  other  terms  in 
the  definition  of  induction  (§  3).  It  is  synthetic, 
since  the  predicate  adds  to  the  general  notion  hody 
of  iron,  something  not  already  contained  in  it.  It 
obviously  generalizes  both  from  experience  and  be- 
yond experience.     The  basis  from  which  it  proceeds 


42  "^  ELEMENTS    OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

is  ray  experimental  observation  of  a  fact.  It  sur- 
passes all  experience  by  bringing  in  or  inducting 
under  a  universal  statement  every  strictly  similar 
fact  occurring  anywhere  in  the  earth,  in  the  planets, 
in  the  stellar  spaces,  at  any  time  in  the  unlimited 
past,  present,  or  future/ 

Secondly,  it  is  in  accord  with  the  principle  or  axi- 
om of  change  (§  18).  A  change  is  observed  in  the 
iron  from  dull  cold  to  bright  hot.  By  the  axiom, 
there  must  be  a  cause  for  this  changed  state  in  which 
we  take  an  especial  interest.  We  observe  the  ag- 
gregate of  the  positively  conditioning  antecedents, 
finding  it,  in  the  rough,  to  be  burning  coal  and  dull 
cold  iron.  This,  then,  is  the  cause,  having  for  its 
consequents  burnt  coal  and  bright  hot  iron,  the  ag- 
gregate effect  (§  16).  A  more  refined  view  regards 
the  aggregate  of  antecedents  as  the  present  source  of 
a  force  or  cause,  determining,  in  this  case,  a  transfer 
to  the  iron  of  thermal  energy  of  sufficient  intensity 
to  affect  vision  (§  17). 

The  causal  relation  being  experimentally  and  def- 
initely ascertained,  we  note,  thirdly,  that  the  infer- 
ence conforms  to  the  first  axiom  of  uniformity  (§  19). 
It  assumes  that  like  causes  may  occur  or  have  occurred 
at  other  times  and  places,  and  concludes  that  in  all 


^  The  notion,  not  infrequent,  that  induction  bears  some  special  re- 
lation to  the  future,  needs  correction.  Time,  in  its  modifications  of 
present,  past,  and  future,  is  not  an  element  in  the  inference ;  nor  is 
place,  near  or  remote.  We  do  not  infer  from  now  to  then,  nor  from 
here  to  there,  but  from  facts  observed  to  facts  unobserved,  regardless 
of  time  or  place.     See  p.  83,  note.     On  time  in  judgment  see  §  60. 


PROCESS  43 

such  cases  like  effects  must  follow.  This  inductive 
step  is  fully  authorized  by  the  axiom.  The  axiom 
itself  is  merely  and  strictly  formal ;  the  material  case 
conforms  to  it,  and  so  is  justified.  It  should  be  re- 
marked, however,  that  tliere  is  a  varying  degree  of 
hazard  in  drawing  the  conclasion,  arising  not  from 
the  principles  involved,  but  from  the  uncertainty, 
always  greater  or  less,  respecting  the  observed  facts 
and  their  causal  relation,  no  empirical  matter  ever 
attaining  the  strict  certainty  of  intuitive  truth  (§  8). 
In  the  example,  the  quantity  and  shape  of  the  iron 
are  disregarded,  being  considered  immaterial  circum- 
stances; but,  this  one  experiment  being  taken  as  the 
sole  ground,  it  might  fairly  be  questioned  whether 
the  like  effect  would  follow  in  a  spherical  ton  of  iron, 
and  so  further  experiments  be  prerequisite  to  the 
general  conclusion. 

§  26.  In  examining  the  inductive  process,  it  is  very 
important  to  observe  that  the  inference  is  immediate,  v 
This  is  true  of  every  proper  induction.     There  is  no    . ' 
middle  term,  one  cannot  be,  for  both  terms  of  the  con- 
clusion occur  in  the  same  premise ;  hence,  no  syllo-      '   \i 
gism  ;  the  step  is  strictly  and  exclusively  immediate.         )^. 

Havinor  established  the  causal  relation  between  a         n  " 

1  '^ 
phenomenon  and  some  circumstance,  we  proceed,  in       ' 

conformity  with  one  or  the  other  of  the  axioms. 

One  of  the  axioms  is:  Zilce  causes  have  like  effects. 

The  corresponding  formula  is  simply  as  follows: 

In  this  case  A  causes  a  y 

.'.  In  all  cases  A  causes  a. 


44  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

The  other  axiom  is :  Like  effects  have  like  causes. 
The  corresponding  formula  is  simply  as  follows: 

In  this  case  a  is  the  effect  of  A  ; 
,'.  In  all  cases  a  is  the  effect  of  A. 

(I  The  inductive  process  herein  formulated  needs  to 
be  especially  remarked,  explained,  justified,  and  em- 
phasized ;  not  only  because  its  immediacy  is  an  inva- 
riable characteristic,  but  also  because  many  eminent 
logicians  and  their  disciples  are  at  fault  on  this  im- 
portant poiiit,  holding  that  induction  is  essentially  a 
mediate  process,  and  reducible  to  the  formal  syllo- 
gism. It  seems  hard  to  avoid  confusing  the  induc- 
tive inference  and  other  inferences  often  associated 
with  it,  and  to  see  clearly  that  it  is  simple,  plain, 
direct,  and  immediate.' 

§  27.  It  is  usual  to  quote  Aristotle  in  support  of 
the  view  that  the  inductive  process  is  a  mediate  in- 
ference, a  syllogism.     He  has  the  following  form  : 

X,  Y,  ZareB; 

X,  Y,  Zareall  A; 
.-.  All  A  are  B. 

This  he  calls  a  syllogism,  using  the  word  generically, 

*  Dr.  Whewell's  view  is  not  clear,  but  it  seems  consonant  with  our 
own  on  this  point.  He  says :  "  The  process  of  induction  includes  a 
mysterious  step,  by  which  we  pass  from  particulars  to  generals,  of 
which  step  the  reason  always  seems  to  be  inadequately  rendered  by 
any  words  we  can  use ;  and  this  step  to  most  minds  is  not  demonstra- 
tive, as  to  few  is  it  given  to  perform  it  on  a  great  scale." — Philosophy 
of  Discovery,  ch.  xxii.,  §  66. 


PROCESS  45 

in  its  etymological  sense;  specifically,  a  rhetorical 
syllogism.'  In  the  same  passage  he  says  induction 
is  contrary  to  syllogism,  meaning  logical  syllogism. 
That  the  form  is  not  a  logical  syllogism  is  evident ; 
for  the  second  proposition  is  one  of  entire  identity ; 
there  are,  then,  but  two  terras  in  all ;  and  hence  the 
question  is  begged  (§  HG).     Aristotle's  example  is : 

Man,  horse,  mule,  etc.,  are  long-lived ; 
Man,  horse,  mule,  etc.,  are  acholous  (or  r) ; 
.'.'  All  acholous  (or  r)  animals  are  long-lived. 

He  adds :  We  must  conceive  that  r  consists  of  a  col-^ 
lection  of  all  the  particular  cases.  This,  he  says,  is 
induction.  His  followers,  and  many  logicians  of  to- 
day, call  it  a  perfect,  and  the  only  perfect,  induction. 
Bat  the  process  is  from  all  to  all ;  and  that  ambigu- 
ously, the  first  all  being  cumular,  the  second  distrib- 
utive (§§  ^^  7Jt).  Moreover,  not  generalizing  beyond 
experience,  the  process  is  a  closed  generalization,  a 
mere  summary,  a  colligation,  and:' therefore  not  at  all 
an  induction  in  the  modern  or  Baconian  sense  (§  9). 
Aristotle  nowhere  treats  of  induction  in  the  latter 
sense.  It  was  reserved  for  Bacon  to  found  this  com- 
plementary branch  of  logic.'* 

*  Syllogism,  avv-Xkynv,  to  collect  together ;  like  conclusion,  con-clu- 
dere,  to  shut  up  together. —  Theory  of  Thought^  p.  130.  Aristotle 
speaks  of  a  conclusion  as  "  a  perfect  syllogism  of  the  extremes."  The 
above  form  he  calls  6  k^  eTrayojyrJQ  (rvWoyiafiog. — Prior  Analyt.^  ii,, 
23.  For  the  word  tTrdyojyfj  {tTTi-dyeiv,  to  lead  or  bring  upon),  see  Thom- 
son, Outline,  etc.,  §  113,  note.  It  means  here  an  accumulation,  a  sum- 
mation, a  colligation  (§  9).  Cicero,  "  De  Inv.,"  fairly  translates  it  by 
inductio,  but  it  is  quite  different  from  the  modern  induction. 

2  Aristotle  says  distinctly :  We  believe  everything  either  through 


46  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

§  28.  Another 'syllogistic  form,  laid  down  as  that 
of  the  mediate  process  essential  in  all  induction,  is 
exemplified  thus : 

This,  that,  and  the  other  magnet  attract  iron , 
This,  that,  and  the  other  magnet  represent  all  magnets ; 
.*.  All  magnets  attract  iron.* 

The  correct  conclusion  in  Darajpti  as  authorized  by 
the  premises  is  the  following : 

.*.  Some  things  that  represent  all  magnets  attract  iron. 

syllogism  or  from  induction — ciiravra  yap  TriffTSvofiev  rf  Sid  avWo' 
yifffiov  ri  £?  hirayuiyiiQ. — Prior  Analyt.,  ii.,  23.  Here  as  well  as  in 
other  passages  he  notes  the  two  processes  as  entirely  distinct.  But 
he  forgets  or  relinquishes  this,  when  he  presents  to  us,  in  the  same 
chapter,  the  inductive  process  as  a  variety  of  the  syllogism.  His  view- 
has  been  much  discussed.  Dr.  Whewell,  "  Phil,  of  Disc,"  Appendix 
D,  examines  it  at  length,  and  concludes :  "  Induction  from  a  compara- 
tively small  number  of  particular  cases  to  a  general  law  stands  in  op- 
position to  the  syllogism.  .  .  .  Induction  is  inconclusive  as  reasoning. 
It  is  not  reasoning ;  it  is  another  way  of  getting  at  truth.  ...  As  true 
inductive  propositions  cannot  be  logically  demonstrated  by  syllogistic 
rules,  so  they  cannot  be  discovered  by  any  rule."  Mr.  Grote,  "Aris- 
totle," ch.  vi.,  p.  268  sq.,  also  discusses  the  matter  at  length,  and  con- 
cludes :  "  We  thus  see  that  this  very  peculiar  syllogism  is  (as  indeed 
Aristotle  himself  remarks)  the  opposite  or  antithesis  of  a  genuine  syl- 
logism. It  has  no  proper  middle  term ;  the  conclusion  in  which  it 
results  is  [identical  with]  the  first  or  major  proposition,  the  character- 
istic feature  of  which  it  is  to  be  immediate,  or  not  demonstrated 
through  a  middle  term  "  (p.  273) "  These  chapters  respecting  induc- 
tion and  example  are  among  the  most  obscure  and  perplexing  in  the 
Aristotelian  Analytica.  The  attempt  to  throw  both  into  the  syllogistic 
form  is  alike  complicated  and  unfortunate;  moreover,  the  reasoning 
has  hitherto  been  imperfectly  apprehended  "  (p.  275). 

*  This  form  is  given  by  Hamilton  in  his  "  Metaphysics,"  p.  72 ;  and 
more  fully  developed  and  defended  in  his  "  Logic,"  §  Ixii.  See  also  his 
Discussions,  p.  156  sq. 


PEOCESS  47 

But  this  is  not  at  all  what  is  proposed  to  be  proved. 
The  conclusion  sought  and  stated  is  not  sjllogisti- 
cally  authorized,  the  term  all  magnets  not  occurring 
in  either  premise ;  and  hence  that  conclusion  is  ir- 
relevant (§  HJi).  We  remark,  however,  that  the 
given  form,  though  not  a  true  syllogism  of  any 
kind,  yet  involves  an  immediate  inductive  inference 
from  the  first  premise  directly  to  the  conclusion. 
The  intermediate  proposition  is  superfluous,  being 
merely  a  statement  in  concrete  terms  of  the  axiom 
of  uniformity  authorizing  the  induction  of  all.  Its 
omission  does  not  reduce  the  form  to  an  enthymeme, 
for  not  this  material  proposition,  but  only  the  for- 
mal axiom,  is  in  mind. 

§  29.  Yery  eminent  authorities  unite  in  proposing 
the  following  as  a  type  of  the  inductive  syllogism  : 

Whatever  is  true  of  John,  Peter,  etc.,  is  true  of  all  man- 
kind; 
Mortality  is  true  of  John,  Peter,  etc. ; 
.'.Mortality  is  true  of  all  mankind.^ 

1  This  form  is  given  by  Whately  in  his  "  Logic,"  bk.  iv.,  ch.  i.,  §  1. 
It  i  quoted  and  approved  by  Mill,  "  Logic,"  p.  225.  On  the  previous 
page  he  says :  "  As  Whately  remarks,  every  induction  is  a  syllogism 
with  the  major  premise  suppressed ;  or  (as  I  prefer  expressing  it) 
every  induction  may  be  thrown  into  the  form  of  a  syllogism,  by  sup- 
plying a  major  premise."  On  this  Grote  comments  thus :  "  Even  with 
this  modified  phraseology,  I  cannot  admit  the  propriety  of  throwing 
Induction  into  syllogistic  forms  of  argument.  By  doing  this  we  efface 
the  special  character  of  Induction,  as  the  jump  from  particular  cases, 
more  or  fewer,  to  an  universal  proposition  comprising  them  and  an 
indefinite  number  of  others  besides.     To  state  this  in  forms  which 


48  ELEMENTS   OF   INDrCTIVE   LOGIC 

This  truly  is  a  syllogism.  But  is  it  an  induction  ? 
l^ot  at  all.  The  inference  is  not  from  some  to  alL 
The  first  proposition,  whose  pre-designation  is  What- 
ever, is  by  far  the  widest  of  the  three,  and  the  de- 
duction from  it  is  a  faultless  Barbara,  But,  say  its 
advocates,  the  major  premise  is  an  induction  ;  mean- 
ing that  it  is  obtained  by  induction.  Granted  ;  but 
that  does  not  affect  the  character  of  the  inference 
before  us,  which  is  undeniably  a  strictly  deductive 
syllogism,  proceeding  from  the  more  to  the  less  gen- 
eral. When  we  ask  these  advocates:  How  do  you 
get  this  major,  their  reply  is,  tliat  it  is  the  conclu- 
sion of  a  prior  and  wider  syllogism,  whose  major 
premise  is  obtained  in  like  manner,  and  so  on,  until 
we  reach  the  axiom  of  uniformity,  which  is  the  ulti- 
mate or  primary  major  premise  of  the  series.'  That 
is  to  say,  induction  is  deduction  from  the  axiom  of 
uniformity. 


§  30.  To  the  doctrine  that  induction  is  a  mediate 
X  procedure  from  an  axiomatic  premise,  we  object : 

First,  the  doctrine  is  confusing.  It  denies  any 
specific  diflierence  between  the  processes  of  deduc- 
tion and  induction.    Tiiat  they  are  supposed  to  arise 

imply  that  it  is  a  necessary  step,  involving  nothing  more  than  the  in- 
terpretation of  a  higher  universal  proposition,  appears  to  me  unphilo- 
sophical." — Aristotle^  eh.  vi.,  p.  280. 

It  is  curious  to  note  that  Mr.  Mill,  our  highest  authority  in  Logic, 
holds:  1st.  That  a  syllogism  does  not  and  cannot  prove  anything; 
2d.  That  induction  alone  is  proof;  3d.  That  induction  proceeds  by 
syllogism.     In  his  Logic,  cf.  bk.  ii.,  ch.  3,  with  bk.  iii.,  chs.  1  and  3. 

I  Mill,  Logic,  p.  225. 


PROCESS  49 

from  different  ultimate  premises,  their  several  ax- 
ioms, is  not  a  logical  difference,  and  does  not  justify 
that  distinction  of  the  methods  warmly  insisted  on 
by  the  advocates  of  this  view,  and  conventionally 
established  and  recognized  as  the  Aristotelian  and 
Baconian  methods. 

Secondly,  itis.-«4matuxal..  Logic  is  in  no  respect 
an  invention,  but  only  a  distinct  statement  of  the 
principles  and  a  development  of  the  formal  processes 
by  which  the  human  intellect  actually  discovers  and 
establishes  truth,  whether  of  commonplace  matter 
or  of  recondite  science  (§  3).  Now,  does  the  vulgar 
or  the  child  mind  come  to  know  that  Water  quenches 
fire  by  a  deduction,  through  a  series  of  syllogisms, 
from  the  principle  of  uniformity  as  a  primary  major 
premise?  It  would  give  the  skilled  sophist  some 
trouble  to  construct  the  series,  if  it  be  practicable  at 
all ;  and  the  supposition  that  ignorant  and  stupid 
people,  to  whom  this  and  like  truths  are  perfectly 
well  known,  have  acquired  the  knowledge  by  an  in- 
tricate syllogistic  process,  however  obscurely  per- 
formed, is  incredible. 

JEhirdLy^  it  is  unnecessary.  The  doctrine  may  be 
replaced  by  one  much  simpler,  which  substitute  will 
be  confirmed  by  a  little  introspection.  As  the  hum- 
blest intellect  knows,  obscurely  it  may  be,  yet  with 
a  clearness  sufficient  for  practical  application,  that 
Part  of  ajpart  is  part  of  the  whole  (§§  93,  131),  and 
thereby  is  able  to  appreciate  the  cogency  of  a  simple 
syllogism  conformed  to  this  formula,  so  it  knows, 
with  similar  obscurity  perhaps,  that  Like  causes  have 


50  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

UTce  effects,  and  a  single  observation  of  water  quench- 
ing lire  suffices  to  establish  the  general  conclusion 
immediately  drawn  according  to  this  formula. 

Fourthly,  it  is  not  true,  which  is  shown  in  the  sec- 
tion following. 

§  31.  Let  us  remark,  more  particularly  than  here- 
tofore (§  2),  upon  the  function  of  a  form.  Turning 
to  Pure  Mathematics,  a  science  of  forms,  we  note 
such  familiar  instances  as  1 :  2  =  3  :  6 ;  {x+y)  (x—y) 
z=zx^+y^;  Circ.  =  2  ir  B,  These  are  formulas  of  quan- 
titative identity,  of  equality.  They  are  not  attained 
by  generalization  of  matter,  but  in  entire  abstraction 
of  matter;  they  have  no  material  content.  They 
are  not  generic  of  things,  and  do  not  serve  as  prem- 
ises in  material  reasonings.  They  furnish  abstract 
forms  in  which  concrete  matter  may  be  cast.  To 
apply  mathematical  forms  to  matter  is  the  special 
function  of  Applied  Mathematics.  To  make  an  ap- 
plication of  a  formula  is  not  to  draw  an  inference 
from  it,  but  merely  to  supply  it  with  a  content  of 
suitable  matter.  Material  inferences  are  not  made 
from,  but  according  to,  a  formula. 

Precisely  the  same  is  true  of  logic.  The  Aris- 
totelic  Dicta  express  merely  syllogistic  form  (§  93), 
Every  material  syllogism  concludes,  in  Fig.  1,  not 
from,  but  in  accord  with,  these  canons.  They  are 
often  spoken  of  as  the  ultimate  major  premises  in 
material  reasonings.  This  is  an  error.  They  serve 
only  to  express  the  abstract  form  in  which  sound 
reasoning  concerning  things  proceeds. 


PROCESS  51 

What  in  this  respect  is  true  of  deduction  is  true 
also  of  induction.  In  its  formal  character  induction 
evolves  abstract  canons  and  formulas,  deduced  from 
axiomatic  principles,  which  canons  and  formulas  in 
ordinary  affairs  and  in  the  inductive  sciences  are 
supplied  with  concrete,  material  facts  and  things/ 
In  all  cases  the  inductive  inference  is  made,  not 
from  a  form,  but  according  to  or  in  conformity  with 
a  form.  The  notion  that  the  axiom  of  uniformity 
is  the  ultimate  premise  in  induction  is  false  and  con- 
fusing. A  material  conclusion  comes  always  and 
only  from  one  or  more  material  premises,  in  con- 
fonnity  with  certain  established  abstract  forms. 

§  32,  We  maintain,  then,  that  the  inductive  proc-  \ 
ess  consists  wholly  and  exclusively  in  a  direct  im- 
mediate inference  authorized  by  the  principle  of  uni- 
formity, an  inference  so  simple  that  in  making  it  a 
formal  fallacy  is  well-nigh  impossible.  This  infer- 
ence is  not  reducible  to  syllogistic  form.  The  at- 
tempt results  either  in  a  violation  of  syllogistic  law, 
and  thus  is  false  reasoning,  or  it  presents  forced 

^  The  canons  of  causation,  to  be  hereafter  discussed  (§  55  sq.),  are 
likewise  deduced  from  the  axioms  previously  laid  down,  and  are 
merely  abstract  formulas  of  causal  relations. 

It  is  remarkable  that  there  should  be  need  to  explain  the  rela- 
tion of  form  to  matter,  v/hen  these  words  are  in  familiar  and  accurate 
use  in  every-day  life,  even  children  and  the  vulgar  using  them  in  cor- 
rect distinction.  E.  g.  The  form  of  the  oration  was  good,  the  matter 
poor.  But  logicians,  whose  specialty  it  is  to  mark  and  regulate  the 
distinction,  often  either  ignore  or  reject  it ;  hence  the  need  of  exposi- 
tion and  insistence. — Cf.  §  2  and  §  ^  and  Theory  of  Thought,  p.  5. 


62  ELEMENTS    OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

forms,  quite  unnatural  and  therefore  untrue.  iFor, 
we  repeat,  it  is  the  general  function  of  Icjotc  to 
evolve  the  forms  according  to  which  actual  tbniking 
is  naturally  and  rightly  accomplished ;  and  its  spe- 
cial function  is  to  state  and  demonstrate  these  forms 
clearly  and  distinctly,  so  as  to  dissipate  the  obscurity 
in  which  they  usually  lie,  even  in  minds  otherwise 
highly  instructed. 

Why,  it  may  fairly  be  asked,  if  the  process  of  in- 
duction is  so  simple  and  infallible,  should  there  be 
an  elaborate  treatise  on  the  subject.  Were  the  for- 
mal procedure  alone  to  be  considered,  we  might  stop 
at  this  point,  having  discussed  the  definition  of  in- 
duction, its  principles,  and  the  character  of  the  proc- 
ess. Still  the  ground  and  manner  of  its  material 
applications  would  need  discussion,  especially  when 
taking  the  form  of  laws,  more  especially  laws  of 
nature. 

But  there  is  much  else  to  be  expounded.  The 
preparation  and  complete  establishment  of  the  prem- 
ise from  which  to  infer  inductively  is  a  process  of 
the  highest  importance,  and  often  of  very  great  dif- 
ficulty. This  process  also  must  therefore  be  sharply 
defined,  hedged  in  by  rules  or  methods,  and  provided 
with  canons  and  formulas;  thereby  constituting  a 
large  and  the  most  intricate  part  of  inductive  logic. 
This  preparation  for  the  induction,  so  far  as  it  in- 
volves inference,  is  itself  strictly  deductive,  and  re- 
sults in  establishing  a  causal  relation  between  par- 
ticular phenomena.  When  accomplished,  then  the 
inductive  generalization,  a  single  simple  step,  takes 


PROCESS  '  53 

place.  Its  result,  a  universal  truth,  perhaps  a  law, 
affords  a  settled  major  premise  from  which  deduc- 
tions may  be  made  by  subsuming  special  or  particu- 
lar cases,  thus  enlarging  science  in  its  details. 

For  instance,  Newton  made  long  and  laborious  de-\ 
ductions  from  observations,  and  thereby  settled  the  \ 
particular  fact  that  the  earth  and  moon  attract  each  \ 
other  directly  as  the  mass  of  each  and  inversely  as  1 
the    distance    squared.      This    preparation    accom-  / 
plished,  he  then,  according  to  logical  order,  inferred/ 
inductively  the  universal  law  of  gravitation]  I  Sub- 
sequently  modern    astronomy  has   been    de\^eloped 
chiefly  by  deductions  from  this  law.  \  Thus  the  in- 
termediate inductive  step,  while   all -important,  is    i 
single,  very  simple  logically,  being  immediate,  and  is 
justified  by  the  principle  of  uniformity. 


IV.— OBSERVATION 

§  33.  The  ground  of  induction,  furnishing  matter 
to  be  formalized,  is  experience  (§  6).'  The  object 
known  in  experience  is  a  phenomenon.  A  phenom- 
enon is  whatever  appears,  presented  either  to  the 
external  or  to  the  internal  senses.  It  is  the  undeter- 
mined object  of  empirical  intuition.  There  are  two 
great  classes  of  phenomena,  those  of  coexistence  and 
those  of  succession. 

Phenomena  of  coexistence  are  exemplified  in  the 
figure  of  a  body,  and  in  the  comparative  figures  of 
separate  bodies.  Such  relations  are  conditioned  on 
space  and  the  geometrical  properties  of  space  alone; 
for,  being  characterized  by  simultaneity,  they  are  in- 
dependent of  time.  Thus,  that  a  sphere  is  two-thirds 
of  a  cylinder  whose  height  is  equal  to  the  diameter 
of  each,  is  uniformly  true  in  all  cases  without  regard 
to  time.  Very  many  phenomena  of  coexistence  are 
referable  to  causative  antecedents ;  as,  high  tide  on 
opposite  sides  of  the  earth.  Other  coexisting  phe- 
nomena are  not  so  referable,  but  are  ultimate ;  as, 
the  ultimate  properties  of  substances.     Water  has 

*  "  So  that  the  art  and  practic  part  of  life 
Must  be  the  mistress  to  his  theoric." 

— K,  Em.  V.y  act  L,  sc.  1. 


OBSERVATION  55 

many  such  properties  which  always  coexist,  so  that 
when  we  recognize  it  by  some  of  them,  we  are  sure 
of  the  presence  of  all. 

Ultimate  uniformities  of  coexistence,  not  being 
referable  directly  or  remotely  to  causation,  are  not 
subject  to  the  principles  and  methods  of  induction. 
They  are,  however,  subject  to  observation  and  classi- 
fication, thus  forming  the  basis  of  kinds,  especially 
of  natural  kinds,  and  thus  coming,  not  under  causal 
law,  but  under  definition.  Hence  the  various  kinds 
of  rocks  and  minerals,  and  of  chemical  compounds, 
expressed  by  a  general  name  and  its  definition  ;  as. 
Marble  is  Grystalline  carbonate  of  lime;  also  the 
natural  kinds  of  plants  and  animals.  These  have 
ultimate  coexisting  properties  which  science  obtains 
by  analysis,  and  recognizes  as  constituting  the  origi- 
nal nature  of  the  things,  and  furnishing  the  basis  of 
generalization  and  classification  (§  5). 

Phenomena  of  succession  are  conditioned  on  time, 
and  are  subject  to  the  laws  of  causation  and  induc- 
tion. Such  phenomena  are  by  far  the  more  numer- 
ous and  important.  On  a  knowledge  of  them  and 
their  laws  is  founded  every  scientific  explanation  of 
past  events,  also  every  reasonable  anticipation  of 
future  events,  and  whatever  power  we  possess  of  in- 
fluencing these  to  our  advantage.  They  constitute 
the  chief  subject  of  our  subsequent  inquiries. 

§  34.  Attention  to  a  phenomenon  and  to  its  at- 
tendant phenomena  or  circumstances  is  observation. 
This  implies  more  or  less  mental  analysis  of  a  whole 


66  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

into  its  constituent  parts,  and  tlieir  classification. 
When  we  open  our  eyes  on  a  landscape,  there  is  an 
experience  of  vision  ;  what  is  seen  is  a  whole,  whose 
parts  are  quickly  distinguished  and  classified  as 
mountains,  streams,  forests,  buildings,  and  so  on. 
These  are  kinds  of  things.  They  are  observed  as 
coexisting  phenomena.  A  storm  arises,  clouds  gath- 
er, rain  pours,  lightning  flaslies,  thunder  rolls,  the 
bolt  has  riven  an  oak  or  fired  a  dwelling,  a  whirl- 
wind threatens  yet  greater  ruin.  These  are  classi- 
fied as  kinds  of  events.  They  are  observed  as  suc- 
cessive phenomena,  and  are  recognized  as  causally 
related.  Thus  observation  is  discriminating  atten- 
tion. 

Observation  has  two  modes  distinguished  as  sim- 
ple observation  and  experiment.  The  former  takes 
place  when  a  phenomenon  happens  to  fall  under 
notice,  or  when,  without  acting  upon  it,  we  seek  and 
find  one  suited  to  our  ends.  The  latter  takes  place 
when  by  an  artificial  arrangement  we  produce  a  suit- 
able instance,  and  by  this  action  bring  it  under  our 
observation.  The  distinction  is  clear,  but  does  not 
imply  a  logical  difference.  The  character  and  value 
of  a  fact  is  not  at  all  affected  by  the  way  it  is  ascer- 
tained. The  practical  difference,  however,  is  im- 
portant, and  requires  consideration.^ 

^  The  verb  to  experiment  always  implies  activity,  while  to  expeHence 
suggests  rather  a  passive,  receptive  state,  and  thus  is  more  nearly 
allied  to  simple  observation.  Both  words  are  from  the  same  deponent 
verb  experiri,  to  try  or  to  be  tried.  We  try  an  experiment  (Ger.  Ver- 
such),  we  undergo  an  experience  {Erfahrung).     But  experience  and 


OBSERVATION  57 

§  35.  A  phenomenon  being  given,  its  cause  or  its 
effect  is  to  be  ascertained,  as  a  preb'minary  to  induc- 
tion. In  other  words,  before  a  scientific  induction 
can  be  made,  a  problem  is  to  be  solved  :  either  given 
an  effect  to  find  its  cause,  or  given  a  cause  to  find 
its  effect.  Observation,  therefore,  must  extend  be- 
yond tlie  given  phenomenon  to  its  circumstances, 
eliminating  those  that  are  immaterial  (§  16),  and  dis- 
tributing the  remainder  as  antecedents  and  conse- 
quents. To  do  this  thoroughly  and  accurately  is 
often  diflScult,  requiring  great  care  and  skill.^ 

When  an  effect  is  given  to  find  its  cause,  only  sim- 
ple observation  is  applicable.  Seeing  that  a  bit  of 
silver  chloride  has  turned  from  white  to  black,  and 
inquiring  the  cause  of  this  change,  we  are  limited  to 
simple  observation  of  the  circumstances.  We  can- 
observation  are  here  used  synonymously,  and  as  generic  of  simple  ob- 
servation and  experiment.  All  imply  voluntary  attention,  which  is 
essentially  active.  While  perception,  taken  strictly,  is  passive,  there 
is  no  passive  observation. — See  Psychology^  §  82  sq.,  and  §  99. 

^  The  elimination  of  immaterial  circumstances  will  be  considered 
subsequently  (§  51).  No  useful  rule  can  be  given  for  the  distribu- 
tion of  the  antecedents  and  consequents.  In  general,  what  has  been, 
changes,  and  ceases  to  be,  we  should  reckon  an  antecedent  \  what  was 
not,  eventuates,  and  begins  to  be,  we  place  among  the  consequents. 
"  It  happens  sometimes  that  when  a  relation  of  causation  is  established 
between  two  facts,  it  is  hard  to  decide  which,  in  the  given  case,  is  the 
cause  and  which  the  effect,  because  they  act  and  react  upon  each 
other,  each  phenomenon  being  in  turn  cause  and  effect.  Thus,  habits 
of  industry  may  produce  wealth,  while  the  acquisition  of  wealth  may 
promote  industry.  As  Plato  remarks,  education  improves  nature,  and 
nature  facilitates  education.  National  character,  again,  is  both  effect 
and  cause ;  it  reacts  on  the  circumstances  from  which  it  arises." — 
Lewis,  Methods  of  Politics,  i.,  p.  3Y5. 


58  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

not  .take  an  effect  and  try  what  will  cause  it,  we  can- 
not reverse  the  order  of  nature.  We  can  only  make 
note  of  the  circumstantial  and  substantial  antece- 
dents, knowing  that  tlie  cause  is  in  them.  We  may 
further  observe  the  phenomenon  amid  various  cir- 
cumstances, and  so  be  able  to  eliminate  many  that 
are  not  causal  conditions,  and  thus  reach  a  conclusion 
more  or  less  probable.  In  this  way  we  might  find 
that  the  like  change  in  several  specimens  of  silver 
chloride  is  probably  due  to  light. 

If  it  happen  that  two  cases  occur  wherein  all  an- 
tecedent circumstances  are  strictly  alike  except  that 
in  one  case  an  antecedent  is  present  with  the  phe- 
nomenon in  question  and  in  the  other  both  are  ab- 
sent, then  we  have  scientific  proof  that  this  antece- 
dent is  the  cause  of  the  phenomenon.  If  two  quite 
similar  bits  of  silver  chloride  are  observed  under 
quite  similar  circumstances  except  that  one  is  ex- 
posed to  light  and  the  other  not,  then  the  fact  that 
only  the  former  has  turned  black  is  proof  that  light 
is  the  cause.  It  is  rare,  however,  that  simple  obser- 
vation is  so  happy  as  to  find  two  such  cases,  or  even  a 
series  of  cases  varying  sufficiently  to  satisfy  the  de- 
mands of  scientific  proof,  nature  being  constituted 
on  quite  a  different  plan  from  that  of  facilitating  our 
inquiries. 

When  a  cause  is  given  to  find  its  effect,  experi- 
mental observation  is  often  applicable  ;  but  there  are 
many  cases,  indeed  whole  sciences,  whose  matter  is 
of  such  sort  as  to  be  mostly,  if  not  wholly,  out  of 
the  reach  of  experiment.     The  mental  sciences  ad- 


OBSERVATION  59 

mit  it  but  sparsely,  though  recently  some  progress 
has  been  made  in  experimental  psychology.  An- 
thropology, zoology,  geology,  and  astronomy  are  sci- 
ences whose  ground  is  almost  exclusively  simple  ob- 
servation. Thus  it  is  that,  in  looking  from  effect  to 
cause,  we  are  in  all  cases  limited  to  simple  observa- 
tion by  the  nature  of  the  relation;  and  in  looking 
from  cause  to  eifect,  we  are  in  many  cases  limited  to 
simple  observation  by  the  nature  of  the  matter. 

§  36.  Experimental  observation,  though  applicable 
only  to  the  problem  of  given  a  cause  to  find  its 
effect,  and  in  this  natural  order  only  to  matter  that 
can  be  handled,  is  nevertheless  an  extension  of  obser- 
vation, since  it  multiplies  the  facts.  Also  it  is  a 
means  of  more  exact  scientific  knowledge.  Indeed, 
simple  observation,  which  when  alone  hardly  yields 
sure  knowledge  of  causal  relations,  has  its  best  re- 
sults in  furnishing  ground  for  supposition,  and  in 
suggesting  intelligent  experiment.  When  in  its  ex- 
ercise we  have  found  reason  to  suppose  that  the 
blackening  of  silver  chloride  is  the  effect  of  light,  we 
have  recourse  to  experiment,  reversing  the  order, 
and  testing  the  influence  of  light  upon  the  salt.  We 
hereby  extend  observation,  and  determine  with  pre- 
cision the  cause  of  the  phenomenon. 

In  the  previous  section  it  is  indicated  that  the  ob- 
servation of  a  phenomenon  in  various  circumstances 
leads  approximately  to  the  determination  of  its  cause 
or  of  its  effect,  by  means  of  the  successive  elimina- 
tion of  circumstances  that  are  immaterial.     Now, 


60  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

it  is  a  prerogative  of  experiment  to  vary  the  circum- 
stances at  will,  and  thus  intelligently  to  produce  pre- 
cisely the  sort  of  variation  that  conduces  most  defi- 
nitely to  the  determination  we  seek,  a  variation 
which  perhaps  nature  does  not  furnish  at  all.  In 
order  to  know  which  of  the  two  principal  compo- 
nents of  air,  oxygen  and  nitrogen,  supports  combus- 
tion and  respiration,  we  separate  them,  thus  bring- 
ing them  into  states  not  found  in  nature ;  then 
testing  one  and  then  the  other  with  burning  and 
breathing  things,  we  ascertain,  by  this  especial  varia- 
tion of  circumstances,  that  oxygen  is  the  effective 
component.* 

Moreover,  when  we  can  produce  a  phenomenon 
artificially,  it  may  be  isolated,  or  at  least  produced 
amid  circumstances  which  are  well  known,  and 
hence  not  liable  to  be  confused  with  it.  For  the 
study  of  magnetism,  a  house  is  built  apart,  with  no 


'  One  hundred  years  before  Bacon's  time,  Leonardo  da  Vinci,  the 
painter  and  scientist,  wrote:  "Theory  is  the  general, Experiments  are 
the  soldiers. . . .  We  must  consult  Experience,  and  vary  the  cireum- 
stances  till  we  have  drawn  from  them  general  rules ;  for  it  is  she  who 
furnishes  true  rules.  But  of  what  use,  you  ask,  are  these  rules? 
I  reply  that  they  direct  us  in  the  researches  of  Nature  and  the  opera- 
tions of  Art;  they  prevent  our  imposing  upon  ourselves  and  others. 
.  . .  Nature  begins  from  the  Reason  and  ends  in  Experience ;  but,  for 
all  that,  we  must  take  the  opposite  course:  begin  from  the  Experi- 
ment  and  try  to  discover  the  Reason." — Venturi,  Msai.  Bacon  em- 
phasized "  the  prerogative  of  experiment,"  and  urged  compliance  with 
Nature ;  '■'■Natura  non  aliter  quam parendo  vincitur.^^  Coleridge  is  more 
inquisitorial  To  experiment  is  "  to  bind  down  material  matter  under 
the  inquisition  of  reason,  and  force  from  her,  as  by  torture,  unequiv- 
ocal answers  to  prepared  and  preconceived  questions." — Friend. 


OBSERVATION  61 

iron  in  its  construction,  so  as  to  avoid  local  disturb- 
ance. Instead  of  simply  observing  electricity  in 
thunder-clouds,  we  evolve  it  in  a  room  by  means  of 
contrivances  that  are  sufficiently  understood,  such  as 
the  Holtz  machine,  a  voltaic  battery,  or  a  dynamo. 
A  hospital  is  the  best  place  for  studying  disease,  for 
the  surroundings  and  treatment  of  patients  are 
largely  under  control  of  the  physician.  When  the 
phenomenon  in  question  is  thus  insulated,  we  proceed 
to  test  it  by  introducing  some  well-defined  circum- 
stance, and  noting  the  consequents.  A  chemist,  hav- 
ing obtained  apart  a  new  element  or  compound,  ap- 
plies various  well-known  reagents  in  succession,  and 
observes  what  unions  or  disunions  take  place.  Such 
practical  isolation  of  a  phenomenon,  and  the  testing 
it  with  various  familiar  and  modifying  circumstan- 
ces, thus  determining  definitely  its  causal  relations, 
is  perhaps  the  most  important  prerogative  of  experi- 
mental observation. 


v.— ENUMERATIOlSr 

§  37.  The  first  form  of  induction  to  be  considered 
is  one  that  is  in  very  common  use  and  highly  im- 
portant; natural  and  right  under  certain  provisos 
and  limitations,  but  to  be  distinguished  from  sci- 
entifically prepared  procedure.  It  is  described  by 
Bacon  as  Inductio  per  enumerationem  simplicem,  ubi 
non  rejperitur  instantia  contradictoria.  This,  he 
says,  is  the  only  mode  of  induction  that  was  known 
to  the  ancients,  or  indeed  prior  to  his  time. 

It  is  of  two  kinds.  One  arises  from  a  simple 
enumeration  of  cases  that  resemble  each  other  in  a 
given  mark  or  marks;  the  other,  from  a  simple 
enumeration  of  marks  in  which  given  cases  resem- 
ble each  other.  The  one  is  an  inference  from  a 
count  of  similar  instances  or  cases ;  the  other  is  an 
inference  from  a  count  of  similar  qualities  or  marks. 
The  one  deals  with  matter  relatively  to  its  extension ; 
the  other  relatively  to  its  intension  (§  W).  The 
former  is  called  enumeration  of  cases;  the  latter, 
analogy.^     Of  these  in  their  order. 

'  Analogy  is  not  recognized  by  Bacon  as  a  kind  of  simple  enumera- 
tion. It  is  usually  treated  by  subsequent  logicians  as  a  distinct  mode  of 
inference,  sometimes  as  hardly  inductive.  The  logical  place  and  relation 
here  assigned  will  be  justified  by  its  treatment  in  the  sequel  (§  41  sq.). 


ENUMERATION  63 

§  38.  The  frequent  recurrence  of  an  observed  fact 
gives  rise  in  the  mind  to  expectation  of  its  renewal. 
This  bj  the  laws  of  suggestion.'  Indeed,  a  single 
fact  strongly  impressed  does  likewise ;  as,  A  hurnt 
child  dreads  fire.  The  irrational  brute  mind  seems 
to  act  in  this  respect  like  the  human  mind.  But  the 
human  mind  reaches  a  higher  plane  when,  having 
observed  certain  repetitions,  it  concludes  inductively 
a  general  truth.  That  All  crows  are  hlaclc  will  be 
stoutly  maintained  by  a  boor,  and  not  without  rea- 
son, he  never  having  seen  a  contrary  case.  We  have 
no  other  proof  that  All  men  are  mortal,  and  the  ad- 
mitted certainty  that  you  and  I  shall  die  is  a  deduc- 
tion from  this  inductive  generalization  based  on  enu- 
meration. 

The  formal  procedure  of  induction  by  an  enumer- 
ation of  cases  may  be  expressed  in  the  following 
Canon:  If  many  instances  agree  in  having 
two  marks  in  common,  then  all  instances 
having  one  have  also  the  other  mark. 

The  process  is  forniulated  and  exemplified  thus: 

\i  A,  B,  C,  D,  E are  observed  to  have  each 

the  marks  m  and  n,  we  make  the  induction  that  all 
cases  having  m  have  also  n.  Then  X,  being  seen  to 
have  ^  is  deductively  inferred  to  have  an  unseen  n. 
Newton  observed  that  many  highly  refractive  (m) 
substances,  as  oils  and  resins,  are  combustible  {n). 
Through  inferring  it  of  all,  he  reached  the  further 
conclusion  that  the  diamond,  being  highly  refractive, 

^  For  Laws  of  Suggestion,  see  Psychology^  §  172  sq. 


64  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

is  also  combustible,  which  was  afterwards  verified 
(see  §  47).     The  inductive  step  takes  this  form  : 

Some  specific  cases  agree  in  an  accidental  mark ; 
.'.  All  such  cases  agree  in  this  accidental  mark. 

In  making  the  induction  the  mark  generalized  is 
regarded  as  a  logical  accident ;  as.  All  metals  are  lus- 
trous (§  5).  But  further  investigation  may  conclude 
it  to  be  essential;  as,  Cows  ruminate,  All  animals 
have  a  nervous  system  /  in  which  case  the  mark  is 
transferred  to  the  definition  of  .the  kind. 

§  39.  What  justifies  this  form  of  induction  ?  ^ 
There  is  in  the  human  mind  a  natural  and  strong 
tendency  to  generalize  from  observed  repetitions, 
but  the  only  principle  that  will  justify  a  generaliza- 
tion beyond  experience  is  the  principle  of  uniform- 
ity. This  is  the  basis  of  every  induction.  All  men 
know  that  like  causes  have  like  effects,  with  the  in- 
verse, and  though  very  few  may  have  thought  it  in 
abstract  form,  still  when  a  uniformity  is  observed, 
when  two  or  more  facts  frequently  and  invariably 
concur,  these  are  at  once  suspected  to  be  causally 
related,  either  as  one  determining  tlie  other,  or  as 
coexisting  parts  of  a  consequent.  Which  or  what  is 
the  cause  may  be  quite  unknown  and  unquestioned, 
but  an  obscure  surmise,  more  or  less  reliable,  that 
the  concurrence  is  due  to  causation,  is  the  authority 
for  the  induction. 

If  I  see  a  number  of  men  in  succession  rush  by 
my  window  up  the  street,  instinctively  I  wonder 


ENUMERATION  65 

what  is  the  matter.  I  cannot,  perhaps,  even  guess. 
Nevertheless,  I  expect  the  next  one  that  passes  will 
follow  the  others ;  having  deduced  his  case  from  the 
induction  that,  for  some  cause  or  other,  everybody  is 
running  up  the  street.  On  cold,  clear  nights  in  the 
north  the  aurora  has  frequently  appeared,  hence  at, 
such  times  Northerners  watch  for  it.  So  we  all  ex- 
pect meteors  in  November,  and  confidently  predict 
the  zodiacal  light  in  February.  Should  a  comet  ap- 
pear with  a  coma  not  turned  from  the  sun,  astrono- 
mers would  be  more  bewildered  than  ever.  In  case 
of  a  hemorrhage  of  the  lungs,  the  doctor  promptly 
administers  a  dose  of  common  salt.  Why?  All 
that  he  knows,  or  that  any  one  knows,  is  that  this 
old  woman's  remedy  has  often  been  efficacious. 
The  inference  to  all^  which  is  the  inductive  step,  is 
sometimes  so  obscurely  and  quickly  passed  through 
that  it  escapes  the  attention  even  of  logical  ana- 
lysts, and  the  whole  process  seems  to  be  a  direct  infer- 
ence from  particular  to  particular ;  as  when  a  village 
matron  says :  "  This  physic  cured  my  Susan,  there- 
fore it  will  cure  your  Lucy."  But  there  is  surely 
an  intermediate  universal.^ 

General  rules,  sometimes  called  laws,  obtained  by 
induction  from  a  mere  enumeration  of  cases,  are 
known  as  empirical  rules  or  laws;  for,  the  causes 
being  unknown,  at  least  in  their  modus  operandi, 
the  induction  is  made  solely  on  the  experience  of 
the  cases,  without  investigating  the  surmised  causes, 


*  For  the  contrary  view,  see  Mill,  Logic,  p.  141  sq. 
5 


66  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIO 

and  so  no  explanation  by  reference  to  more  general 
laws  is  assignable.  The  practice  of  medicine  is  very 
largely  thus  empirical  (§  95). 

§  40.  What  is  the  value  of  such  imperfect  induc- 
tion V  In  the  practical  affairs  of  every -day  life  its 
value  is  inestimable.  General  truth  that  has  been 
or  can  be  scientifically  determined  is  insufficient  for 
the  needs  of  the  scientist,  and  is  unknown  to  the 
vulgar;  hence  in  the  vast  majority  of  even  most 
important  concerns  we  are  obliged  to  use  induc- 
tion from  enumeration  of  cases  as  the  only  avail- 
able means  to  guide  expectation  and  provisory  con- 
duct. The  hazard  that  attends  it  is  often  great; 
still,  by  an  extensive  multiplication  of  facts,  no  ex- 
ception occurring,  we  are  able  to  infer  reliable  rules. 
Not  one  person  in  thousands  has  any  other  reason 
for  believing  that  the  sun  will  rise  to-morrow,  that 
the  moon  will  change,  that  the  seasons  will  come 
and  go  in  fixed  order,  that  industry  secures  reward, 
that  no  one  is  content,  that  money  purchases  goods, 
that  physic  cures,  that  water  quenches  thirst,  or  even 
that  he  himself  can  walk  and  talk. 

While  this  form  of  induction  can  never  furnish 
scientific  proof  of  a  universal  proposition,  but  at 
best  only  yields  high  probability,  yet,  even  in  its  less 

*  The  custom  is  to  call  the  Aristotelic  procedure  discussed  in  §  27 
perfect  induction,  though  truly  it  is  not  induction  at  all,  and  all  induc- 
tion proper  imperfect  induction.  I  prefer  to  call  induction  by  enu- 
meration imperfect  induction,  and  induction  by  methods  yet  to  be 
expounded  perfect  induction. 


ENUMERATION  67 

conclusive  instances,  it  has  great  scientific  value  in 
serving  constantly  to  suggest  causal  relations,  thus  ^ 
pointing  the  way  to  investigation  by  the  sure  meth- 
ods which  are  to  be  hereafter  discussed.  Thus  the 
diurnal  ebb  and  flow  of  the  tide,  observed  for  ages, 
led  at  last  to  the  investigation  that  proved  the  moon 
to  be  the  cause/ 

§  41.  To  induction  by  a  simple  enumeration  of 
cases  corresponds  induction  by  a  simple  enumera- 
tion of  marks,  or  analogy. 

^  It  is  quite  evident  that  the  mode  of  induction  before  us  rarely 
gives  rise  to  satisfactory  knowledge.  "Popular  notions,"  says  Mr. 
Mill,  "  are  usually  founded  on  induction  by  simple  enumeration ;  in 
science  it  carries  us  but  a  little  way.  We  are  forced  to  begin  with  it; 
we  must  often  rely  upon  it  provisionally,  in  the  absence  of  means  of 
more  searching  investigation ;  but  for  the  accurate  study  of  nature,  we 
require  a  surer  and  a  more  potent  instrument." — Logic,  p.  227.  It  ia 
surprising,  after  so  excellent  a  statement,  to  find  this  highest  authority 
holding  and  laboring  to  prove  that  the  "  ground  of  induction  "  is  ground- 
ed on  enumeration.  See  supra,  §  19,  note.  In  this  palpable  diallelon 
(§  1^6)  he  is  followed,  as  in  other  respects,  by  Mr.  Bain. — Logic,  bk.  iii., 
ch.  xi.,  §  13.  Mr.  Venn  admits  the  logical  fault,  but  comes  to  the  res- 
cue with  a  psychological  justification. — Logic  of  Chance,  ch.  x.,  §  14. 

Bacon  strongly  condemns  induction  by  simple  enumeration  as  un- 
scientific, as  '"'■mera  pilpatioy  He  says:  "Inductio  quae  procedit  per 
enumerationem  simplicem  res  puerilis  est,  et  precario  concludit,  et 
periculo  exponitur  ab  instantia  contradictoria,  et  plerumque  secundum 
pauciora  quam  par  est,  et  ex  his  tantummodo  quae  praesto  sunt,  pro- 
nunciat.  At  Inductio  quae  ad  inventionem  et  demonstrationem  Scien- 
tiarum  et  Artium  erit  utilis  Naturam  separare  debet,  per  rejecticmes 
et  exclusiones  debitas ;  ac  deinde,  post  negativas  tot  quot  sufficiunt, 
super  affirmativas  concludere." — Nov.  Org.,  bk.  I.,  aph.  105.  Cf.  aph. 
25  and  aph.  69.  Mr.  Mill  quotes  approvingly  the  same  passage  "  as 
a  final  condemnation  of  this  rude  and  slovenly  mode  of  generaliza- 
tion."— Logic,  p.  549. 


68  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

Analogy  is  liable  to  be  confused  with  metaphor. 
The  latter,  taken  in  a  wide  sense,  is  a  rhetorical 
form  wherein,  because  of  some  resemblance  between 
two  things,  the  marks  of  one  are  transferred  to  the 
other.  Because  they  are  alike  in  courage,  we  say; 
Achilles  is  a  lion.  So  also:  There  is  a  tide  in  the 
affairs  of  7nen,  etc;  Age  is  the  evening  of  life; 
Gratitude  is  the  inemory  of  the  heart;  A  ship 
ploughs  the  sea  ;  James,  Cephas,  and  John  were  pil- 
lars of  the  church.  Such  similitudes  are  used  to 
adorn  and  to  illustrate,  but  are  inconsequent,  and 
give  rise  to  a  fallacy  (§  HD).  Analogy  likewise  is 
founded  on  resemblance,  and  the  name  is  often  very 
loosely  applied  to  any  and  all  similes.  But  as  a 
logical  form,  analogy  is  restricted  to  such  resem- 
blances as  are  consequent,  furnishing  ground  for 
logical  proof.* 

According  to  its  early  definition,  analogy  is  an 
equality  of  relations.  For  example:  As  is  a  father 
to  his  children,  so  is  a  ruler  to  his  subjects.  Here 
we  have  stated,  in  an  equality  or  identity  of  re- 
lations, the  paternal  theory  of  government,  from 
which  may  be  deduced  the  duties  of  citizens."  But 
it  is  now  usual   and  better  to   extend  the   logical 

*  Metaphor  (from  fura-^speiv,  to  transfer)  is  a  mental  transference 
of  marks.  Analogy  is  not  a  transference  of  marks,  but  because  some 
marks  are  observed  to  be  inherent,  other  marks  are  inferred  to  be  in- 
herent, which  is  not  transference,  but  inference. 

2  With  Aristotle  analogy  is  iaSrrjQ  Xdywv,  an  equality  of  relations. 
His  example  is :  wg  yap  sv  trw/iart  o\pmg,  sv  \pvxv  vovg. — Fth.  Nic.^ 
I.,  vi.,  12.  Formally  this  is  a  proportion,  an  equality  of  ratios.  In 
mathematics  the  term  analogy  is  still  used  in  this  restricted  sense. 


ENUMERATION  69 

meaning  of  analogy  to  any  resemblance,  not  merely 
of  relations,  but  of  things  and  classes  of  things,  that 
justifies  an  inference  of  further  resemblance. 

§  42.  Accordingly  we  have  already  defined  in- 
duction by  analogy  as  an  inference  from  a  simple 
enumeration  of  marks  in  which  given  cases  resem- 
ble each  other  (§  37).  A  sportsman  has  found  trout 
in  a  deep  pool  of  a  clear  brook.  On  coming  to  an- 
other pool,  very  similar  in  many  observed  respects, 
he  makes  the  induction  by  analogy  that  it  is  sim- 
ilar in  yet  other  respects ;  thence  he  deduces  the 
probable  presence  of  trout;  and  casting  in  his  line, 
proceeds  to  verify  the  case.  Solid  metal  is  marked 
by  a  peculiar  lustre  ;  hydrogen  has  many  metallic 
qualities ;  hence,  through  an  induction  by  analogy, 
it  is  highly  probable  that,  should  hydrogen  be  so- 
lidified, it  would  exhibit  metallic  lustre. 

The  formal  procedure  of  induction  by  an  enumer- 
ation of  marks  may  be  expressed  in  the  following 
Canon:  If  two  instances  agree  in  having 
many  marks  in  common,  then  all  marks 
in  the  one  are  also  in  the  other  instance. 

The  process  is  formulated  and  exemplified  thus : 
If  A  and  A^  are  observed  to  have  many  marks 
in  common,  we  pass  by  analogy  beyond  this  ex- 
perience, and  infer  all  their  marks  to  be  common  ; 
then,  having  noted  that  A  has  a  mark  m  not  seen  in 
A\  we  deduce  its  presence  there.  The  evidence 
that  brutes  are  consciously  intelligent  is  analogical. 
There   being  very   many   physical   points  notably 


70  ELEMENTS    OF   mDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

common  to  man  and  brnte,  the  induction  is  to  all 
points,  making  allowance  for  differences  of  degree; 
and  thence  is  deduced,  what  cannot  be  directly  ob- 
served, the  conscious  intelligence  of  the  brute.  It 
is  usual  to  say  that  brutes  show  signs  of  conscious 
intelligence  by  certain  actions;  but  these  actions  are 
merely  transient  marks  obviously  common,  which 
are  accepted  as  analogical  signs  in  the  brute  of  a 
deeper  mark  beyond  observation.  Let  it  be  noted 
that  the  complete  analogical  argument  here  illus- 
trated consists  of  two  steps,  an  induction  followed 
by  a  deduction.  The  first  step  being  obscure,  is 
usually  overlooked,  and  hence  the  inference  seems 
to  pass  immediately  from  particular  to  particular. 

When  the  two  cases  under  consideration  are  of 
the  same  kind,  an  essential  mark  belonging  to  the 
definition  of  the  kind  evidently  cannot  be  made  the 
occasion  of  analogical  inference.  Only  marks  con- 
sidered accidental  are  inferable  by  analogy.  The 
inductive  step  takes  this  form : 

Some  accidental  marks  agree  in  two  specific  cases ; 
.*.  All  accidental  marks  agree  in  these  two  cases. 

This  may  yield  a  fuller  knowledge  of  the  essence. 
Some,  many,  accidental  marks  are  common  to  oaks 
and  pines.  Then,  from  an  induction  of  all,  we  con- 
clude that,  since  oaks  are  observed  to  be  dicoty- 
ledonous, pines  are  so  likewise.  This,  verified  by 
observation,  has  been  adopted  as  a  generic  mark. 

Generally  the  same  result  may  be  obtained  by 
either  mode  of  enumeration.     The  conclusion  that 


ENUMERATION  71 

I  am  mortal  may  be  had  thus:  My  neighbor  and  I 
being  much  alike,  and  he  dying,  then  I  too  shall  die. 
So  also  Newton's  inference  that  the  diamond  is 
combustible  (§  38)  ma}^  be  represented  analogically. 
This  might  be  expected  from  the  striking  similarity 
of  these  two  forms  of  induction,  and  from  the  con- 
vertibility of  extension  and  intension  to  which  they 
severally  correspond  (§  37). 

§  43.  The  justification  of  an  inference  by  analogy, 
like  that  from  an  enumeration  of  cases,  lies  in  the 
principle  of  uniformity.  The  sole  support  of  the 
induction  is  the  knowledge  or  surmise,  however  ob- 
scure, that  the  marks  observed  to  coexist  in  the  one 
ease  are  causally  connected,  and  hence  may  be  in- 
ferred to  coexist  in  the  analogous  case.  Hence,  if  the 
observed  property  or  mark  m  be  known  to  be  un- 
connected causally  with  any  of  the  properties  of  A 
in  which  A'  resembles  A^  there  is  no  basis  for  ana- 
logical inference.  On  the  other  hand,  if  the  mark 
m  be  known  to  be  connected  causally  with  some  one 
of  these  properties  of  A^  the  imperfect  induction  by 
analogy  is  superseded  by  a  perfect  induction  (§  40  n.). 
"We  must  be  measurably  assured  that  m  is  connected 
causally  with  some  of  the  resembling  properties  with- 
out knowing  with  which  it  is  so  connected. 

It  is  evident  that  if  the  induction  from  some  cor- 
respondences in  the  two  cases  to  all  were  fully  author- 
ized, the  result  would  be  one  of  entire  identity  ;  also 
that  cases  are  hardly  ever  so  thoroughly  assimilated. 
The  all  of  the  induction,  therefore,  can  be  taken  only 


72  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

in  a  loose  and  doubtful  sense  even  when  no  con- 
traries are  observed,  and  the  deduction  from  it  is  at 
best  doubtful.  If,  along  with  an  observed  commu- 
nity of  many  marks,  there  is  also  an  observed  dispar- 
ity of  others,  these  as  against  those  proportionally 
diminish  the  probability  of  the  inference.  When 
the  differences  balance  the  resemblances,  analogy 
affords  no  presumption. 

There  are  striking  points  of  community  between 
the  senses  of  smell  and  taste,  and  also  of  hearing  and 
seeing,  which  have  led  by  analogy  to  a  fuller  knowl- 
edge of  them.^  Sodium  and  potassium  have  many 
points  of  agreement  and  few  of  difference ;  there  is, 
therefore,  considerable  probability  that  a  newly  ob- 
served quality  of  one  has  its  counterpart  in  the 
other;  or,  since  qualities  are  causes,  that  an  effect  due 
to  sodium  might  also  arise  from  potassium,  such  as 
the  rapid  decomposition  of  water  at  ordinary  tem- 
perature. An  instance  may  thus  have  the  mark  of 
being  a  cause  or  an  effect. 

Plato's  Republic,  whose  constitution  is  modelled 
by  that  of  the  individual  man,  is  a  brilliant  ideal ; 
but  to  infer  from  three  leading  functions  of  mind 
that  there  should  be  three  classes  of  citizens  in  the 
state  is  inept,  for  these  are  not  counterparts.  Yet, 
when  we  observe  that  pure  reason  is  legislative, 
thought  judicial,  and  will  executive,  and  thus  dis- 
cover in  human  nature  the  approved  functions  of 
departments  of  state,  the  resemblances  are  sufl5cient 

*  These  analogies  are  more  fully  stated  in  "  Psyctwlogy,  §§  9,  20. 


ENUMERATION  73 

to  justify  an  inference  by  analogy  to  others  that  are 
derivative. 

A  famous  analogical  argument  is,  that,  since  the 
earth  and  the  moon  have  many  points  of  resemblance, 
and  the  earth  is  peopled,  therefore  the  moon  also  is 
peopled.  To  this  it  is  properly  objected,  first,  that 
being  peopled  cannot  be  surmised  as  the  effect  even 
remotely  of  any  or  all  the  enumerated  resemblances; 
secondly,  that  the  points  of  difference  are  much 
more  numerous  and  weighty  than  the  resemblances, 
and  therefore  the  presumption  is  decidedly  to  the 
contrary.  If  we  substitute  Mars  for  the  moon,  the 
resemblances  are  increased  and  the  differences  di- 
minished, but  still  the  argument  fails.  A  better  ana- 
logical inference  is  that  the  stars,  like  the  sun,  are 
attended  by  planets.* 

§  44.  Analogy  renders  good  service  in  practical 
concerns  by  furnishing  useful  hints  that  sometimes 
ripen  into  maxims  or  rules  of  life.  It  helps  to  a 
good  guess,  is  an  index  to  truth.  The  balsam  of 
Peru,  besides  many  other  properties,  is  medicinal ;  the 
balsam  of  Tolu  agrees  in  many  of  those  properties, 
and  presumably  may  replace  the  other  in  pharmacy. 
But  such  inferences  standing  alone  are  very  hazard- 
ous. The  order  of  plants  SolanacecB  is  defined  by 
many  common  points.  It  includes  the  tomato,  po- 
tato, and  egg-plant,  which  are  wholesome  food.     To 


'  See  the  anonymous  essay,  usually  attributed  to  Dr.  Whewell,  en- 
titled  "  Of  the  Plurality  of  Worlds." 


74  ELEMENTS    OF   INDUCTIYE   LOGIC 

infer  this  of  all  other  species  would  be  perilous,  for 
the  order  includes  the  thorn-apple,  tobacco,  and  also 
belladonna  or  deadly-nightshade,  a  virulent  poison. 

To  establish  any  scientific  doctrine  whatever  anal- 
ogy of  itself  is  quite  insufficient.  The  brilliant  trea- 
tise entitled  "  Natural  Law  in  the  Spiritual  World," ' 
whose  argument  in  support  of  its  leading  doctrine, 
indicated  in  the  title,  is  only  and  can  only  be  from 
analogies,  has  not  widened  the  domain  of  science 
or  increased  its  treasures.  Still,  the  process  has 
scientific  value.  It  may  often  profitably  be  used  to 
confirm  a  truth  otherwise  ascertained,  and  thus  be- 
come ancillary  to  science.  It  is  useful  too  in  ten- 
tative or  provisional  classifications,  as  those  of  the 
Linnsean  botanical  system.  But  its  principal  service 
is  to  suggest  lines  of  research  by  certain  conclusive 
methods  to  be  considered  hereafter.  The  points  of 
community  between  hearing  and  seeing  suggested 
to  Huyghens  and  to  Young,  that,  as  hearing  is  the 
effect  of  external  vibrations  of  an  elastic  medium,  so 
seeing  might  perhaps  have  a  similar  cause.  Thus  by 
analogy  originated  the  hypothesis  of  an  undulating 
luminiferous  ether. 

Analogy  has  also  a  negative  but  great  scientific 
value  in  meeting  objections,  and  thus  is  a  useful  de- 
fensive instrument.  The  argument  of  the  masterly 
treatise  entitled  "The  Analogy  of  Keligion  to  the 
Constitution  and  Course  of  Nature"  ^  shows  that  the 
difficulties  in  religion,  natural  and  revealed,  have  the 

*  By  Henry  Drummond,  F.R.G  S.         ^  By  Bishop  Joseph  Butler. 


ENUMERATION  75 

same  relation  to  their  respective  systems  that  the 
difficulties  in  the  course  of  nature  have  to  the  entire 
system  of  nature.  If,  then,  the  latter  be  admitted 
to  proceed  from  a  divine  Author,  the  difficulties  in 
the  former  are  not  a  valid  objection  to  a  like  origin. 
In  this  statement  the  analogy  is  represented  ex- 
pressly as  an  equality  of  relations  (§41).  It  may  be 
stated. also  thus:  Nature  and  religion  are  largely 
analogous — that  is,  have  many  likenesses,  even  as  to 
difficulties;  if,  notwithstanding  these,  a  divine  Au- 
thor is  attributed  to  the  former.  He  cannot,  because 
of  them,  be  consistently  denied  to  the  latter.  It  is 
not  intended  to  prove  the  divine  origin  of  religion, 
but  indirectly  to  confirm  proper  proofs  by  showing 
that  the  difficulties  in  religion,  being  like  those  ad- 
mitted by  the  deist  to  exist  in  nature,  cannot  be 
offered  by  him  as  an  objection  to  its  divine  origin. 
The  procedure  is  evidently  ad  hominem  (§  108). 


VI.— PEOBABILITY 

§  45.  It  has  several  times  been  stated  that  enumer- 
ation furnishes  only  probable  evidence.  Let  us  now 
examine  the  meaning  of  probability,  and  consider 
its  bearing. 

To  probability  is  opposed  certainty.  Only  intui- 
tion and  demonstration,  as  in  pure  mathematics,  are 
attended  by  pure  or  strict  certainty.  Demonstration 
starts  with  and  results  in  certainty,  for  its  ultimate 
premises  are  intuitive  necessary  principles,  and  it 
carries  their  strict  certainty  into  its  conclusions.  The 
process  is  always  a  deduction,  for  it  proceeds  from 
the  strictly  universal  to  the  less  general.  Both  de- 
ductive and  inductive  logic,  like  pure  mathematics, 
deduce  their  formal  theorems  or  canons  from  intuitive 
necessary  principles;  the  process  is  demonstrative, 
the  results  strictly  certain,  admitting  no  degrees.^ 

But  the  application  of  the  theorems  of  logic  to  em- 
pirical matter  involves,  as  in  applied  mathematics, 
the  essential  uncertainties  of  experience  (§  8),  as  well 
as  those  arising  from  the  imperfect  fulfilment  of  the 
theoretic  conditions.  It  is  clear  that  any  uncertainty 
in  the  premises  is  followed  by  an  equal  uncertainty 

*  On  the  feeling  of  certainty,  see  Psychology^  §§  69, 118,  227. 


PROBABILITY  11 

in  the  conclusion  (§  91).  Hence  in  the  employment 
of  induction  especially,  since  the  material  application 
of  its  formal  theorems  depends  wholly  on  experience, 
strict  demonstrative  certainty  is  unattainable. 

Probable  evidence  is  distinguished  from  demon- 
strative by  admitting  degrees  from  the  lowest  pre- 
sumption upward,  but  not  reaching  strict  certainty. 
That  the  tide  ebbs  and  flows  to-day  aftords  a  slight 
presumption  that  it  will  do  so  to-morrow;  and  the 
evidence  gathers  force  with  each  added  observation, 
until  the  observations  of  ages,  no  exception  occurring, 
afford  by  enumeration  alone  inductive  proof  of  high 
order,  giving  strong  assurance  that  it  will  do  so  again, 
but  not  giving  certainty  in  its  strict  sense.  Events 
falling  within  this  wide  range  are  regarded  as  merely 
more  or  less  probable. 

Having  set  probability  apart  from  strict  certainty, 
let  us  narrow  its  range  by  a  further  distinction.  Be- 
sides strict  or  pure  certainty  we  recognize  physical 
and  moral  certainty,  the  former  relating  to  natural, 
the  latter  to  human,  events.^  These  together  may  be 
called  empirical  certainty.  When  an  order  of  facts 
has  been  proved  by  a  rigorous  application  of  the  de- 
terminative methods  yet  to  be  discussed,  it  is  scien- 
tifically ascertained,  and  is  said  to  be  physically  or 
morally  certain  as  the  case  may  be — that  is,  empirically 
certain,  and  not  merely  probable.     Here,  then,  is  the 

'  Moral  certainty,  an  objectionable  phrase,  usually  quite  indefinite, 
but  too  well  established  to  be  changed  or  rejected.  The  meaning  to 
which  we  here  limit  it  is  justified  by  the  etymology  of  moral,  from  Lat. 
moSy  moris,  manner,  custom,  habit,  conduct. 


^8  ELEMENTS  OF  HTDTJCTIVE  LOGIC 

upper  limit  of  probability.  Its  extent  is  from  the 
lowest  presumption  having  any,  the  slightest,  evi- 
dence in  its  favor,  up  to  the  physical  or  moral  cer- 
tainty, the  empirical  certainty,  of  scientific  truth. 
That  the  sun  will  rise  to-morrow  is  not  strictly  cer- 
tain, but  is  physically  certain.  That,  when  the  sun- 
set sky  is  red,  the  morrow  will  be  clear,  is  not  a 
scientifically  ascertained  sequence,  but  has  at  best 
only  some  degree  of  probability. 

§  46.  Comparatively  few  phenomena  in  nature,  still 
fewer  in  human  affairs,  present  themselves  in  a  form 
suited  to  close  scientific  investigation.  By  far  the 
greater  number,  often  those  of  the  highest  practical 
moment,  are  out  of  reach  of  scientific  treatment,  and 
our  knowledge  of  them  and  our  conclusions  from 
them  are  uncertain.  These  fall  within  the  wide 
range  lying  between  bare  conjecture  and  empirical 
certainty,  the  range  of  probability.  In  such  matters 
we  are  dependent  on  imperfect  unscientific  induc- 
tion, merely  approximate  generalization,  such  as  is 
yielded  by  enumeration.  This  probable  evidence,  in 
its  very  nature,  affords  but  an  imperfect  kind  of  in- 
formation, yet  on  a  vast  multitude  of  occasions  we 
have  no  other  resource  in  guiding  our  conduct.  The 
ability  to  judge  fairly  of  probabilities  distinguishes 
the  man  of  wdde  experience,  close  observation,  and 
practical  sagacity.  When  pronouncing  what  is  likely 
to  be  true — that  is,  like  in  evidence  or  circumstances 
to  some  known  truth  or  true  event — he  rarely  errs. 

"  It  is  observation  that  produces,  in  numberless 


PKOB  ABILITY  79 

daily  instances,  a  presumption,  opinion,  or  full  con- 
viction that  such  an  event  has  or  will  come  to  pass ; 
according  as  the  observation  is  that  the  like  event 
has  sometimes,  most  commonly,  or  always,  so  far  as 
our  observation  reaches,  come  to  pass  at  like  dis- 
tances of  time  or  place,  or  upon  like  occasions. 
Hence  arises  the  belief  that  a  child,  if  it  live  twen- 
ty years,  will  grow  up  to  the  stature  and  strength  of 
a  man ;  that  food  will  contribute  to  the  preservation 
of  its  life,  and  the  want  of  it  for  such  a  number  of 
days  be  its  sure  destruction.  So  likewise  the  rule 
and  measure  of  our  hopes  and  fears  concerning  the 
success  of  our  pursuits,  our  expectations  that  others 
will  act  so  and  so  in  such  circumstances,  and  our 
judgment  that  such  and  such  actions  proceed  from 
such  principles — all  these  rely  upon  our  having  ob- 
served the  like  to  what  we  hope,  fear,  expect,  judge. 
And  thus  it  is  that  to  us  probability  is  the  very  guide 
of  life."  ' 

"  Even  when  science  has  really  determined  the 
universal  laws  of  any  phenomenon,  not  only  are 
these  laws  generally  too  much  encumbered  with  con- 
ditions to  be  adapted  to  every-day  use,  but  the  cases 
which  present  themselves  in  life  are  too  complicated, 
and  our  decisions  require  to  be  taken  too  rapidly,  to 
admit  of  waiting  till  the  existence  of  a  phenomenon 
can  be  proved  by  what  have  been  scientifically  ascer- 
tained to  be  the  universal  marks  of  it.  To  be  inde- 
cisive and  reluctant  to  act,  because  we  have  not  evi- 

^  Butler,  Analogy,  Int. 


80  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

dence  of  a  perfectly  conclusive  character  to  act  on, 
is  a  defect.  If  we  would  succeed  in  action,  we  must 
judge  by  indications  which,  though  they  do  not  gen- 
erally mislead  us,  yet  sometimes  do,  and  we  must 
make  up,  as  far  as  possible,  for  the  incomplete  con- 
clusiveness of  any  one  indication,  by  obtaining  others 
to  corroborate  it.  The  principles  of  induction  ap- 
plicable to  approximate  generalization  are  therefore 
not  a  less  important  subject  of  inquiry  than  the  rules 
for  the  investigation  of  universal  truths."  * 

§  47.  The  hazardous  validity  of  the  canons  of  enu- 
meration is  conditioned  on  there  being  no  known  ex- 
ceptions, instantia  contradictoria  (§  37).  In  an  appli- 
cation to  a  material  case,  though  no  exception  may 
have  been  observed,  and  though  we  may  feel  assured 
from  the  extent  of  the  observations  that  if  there 
were  an  exception  we  should  have  met  with  it,  still, 
since  we  can  never  be  positive  of  this,  it  follows  that 
a  universal  by  enumeration  is  never  more  than  prob- 
able. We  surmise,  and  perhaps  strongly  suspect,  the 
observed  uniformity  to  be  due  to  causation  wherein 
a  real  exception  is  impossible ;  as.  Horses  eat  grass, 
Cows  chew  the  cud,  Birds  lay  eggs  ;  ^  but  when  quite 
ignorant  of  the  determining  causes,  though  feeling 


»  Mill,  Logic,  p.  41 Y. 

2  Such  invariable  attributes  sometimes  come  to  be  regarded  as  es- 
sential marks  of  natural  kinds,  and  then  are  posited  as  generic  defin- 
ing qualities  ;  as,  graminivorom,  ruminant,  oviparous.  In  such  case 
to  say,  for  example,  that  All  birds  lag  eggs  is  merely  to  refer  to  the 
definition,  and  is  not  an  induction. 


PROBABILITY  81 

sure  of  their  existence,  we  can  do  no  more  than  vent- 
ure a  highly  probable  universal  proposition. 

The  saying  that  a  real  exception  to  a  causal  uni- 
formity is  impossible  is  simply  a  varied  statement  of 
the  irrefragable  principle  of  uniformity,  and  when 
a  real  exception  occurs  we  know  at  once  that  the 
phenomena  in  question  are  not  causally  related.  Be- 
fore giving  up  our  probable  universal,  however,  we 
should  be  very  sure  the  exception  is  real,  and  not 
merely  apparent  (§  8).  Merely  apparent  exceptions 
frequently  occur,  due  to  the  presence  of  some  counter- 
acting circumstance,  some  modifying  or  preventive 
cause ;  as,  when  gunpowder  fails  to  explode,  being 
damp  (§  15).  Exceptions  of  this  sort  do  not  invali- 
date the  induction,  its  universality  being  always 
under  the  general  condition  :  Provided  there  he  no 
preventing  cause.  We  do  not  lose  faith  in  a  medici- 
nal specific  because  it  sometimes  fails  to  cure.  But 
any  exception  rightly  checks  expectation.  We  hesi- 
tate, and  recognize  the  hazard  of  procedure. 

But  when  a  real  exception  has  been  detected,  this 
observation  of  a  contrary  forbids  the  induction  of  a 
universal  proposition.  The  best  we  can  say  is  Some 
(a  few,  or  many,  or  most,  but  not  all)  A's  are  B  /  as, 
A  few  springs  are  silicious  ;  Many  strata  arefossil- 
iferous  ;  Most  clays  are  ferruginous.  Such  incom- 
plete uniformities  of  coexistence  are  not,  cannot  be, 
cases  of  causation,  and  hardly  rise  to  the  dignity  of  em- 
pirical maxims,  much  less  of  laws.  The  predicate  is 
contingent,  the  coincidence  fortuitous.  An  approxi- 
mate generalization  of  this  sort  positing  Most  are,  or 


82  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

Most  are  not,  obviously  requires  a  comparative  knowl- 
edge of  the  total,  the  observed  cases  being  a  majority. 
The  assertion  when  limited  to  these  observed  cases 
is  not  an  induction,  but  merely  a  partial  colligation 
(§  9),  and  affords  no  ground  for  even  a  probable  in- 
ference to  unobserved  cases.  We  may  only  say  that 
perhaps,  perchance,  possibly,  others  correspond. 
Newton  inferred  from  oils,  resins,  etc.,  the  invariable 
concurrence  of  high  refrangibility  with  combusti- 
bility, and  thence  deductively  predicted  the  combusti- 
bility of  the  diamond  (§  38).  This  haply  proved  true. 
But,  as  Brewster  remarks,  had  he  known  the  high  re- 
fractive power  of  the  minerals  greenockite  and  octo- 
hedrite,  and  made  the  prediction  of  them,  it  would 
have  failed,  they  being  real  exceptions  invalidating 
the  induction,  and  showing  the  concurrence  to  be  by 
chance.  Facts  that  thus  concur  by  chance  do  not 
come  within  the  range  of  probability  indicated  in 
§  45,  but  lie  below  in  a  logical  region  which  we  shall 
now  examine,  preparatory  to  a  rise  from  it  through 
probability  into  empirical  certainty. 

§  48.  It  has  already  been  said  that  a  chance  or  for- 
tuitous event,  a  pure  accident,  a  hap,  a  casualty,  in 
the  sense  of  an  uncaused  event,  is  impossible  in  fact, 
or  even  in  thought  (§  18).  There  is  no  such  thing 
as  chance,  in  antithesis  to  cause  or  law,  in  the  whole 
realm  of  being.  So  taken,  the  word  has  no  meaning 
whatever. 

Every  event  is  the  effect  of  causes,  and  might  be 
predicted  from  a  knowledge  of  them.     The  turning 


PROBABILITY  83 

up  of  a  particular  card  is  a  causal  consequence  of  the 
way  the  pack  is  handled,  and  of  the  place  of  that 
card  in  the  pack ;  this  last  is  a  consequence  of  the 
way  the  cards  were  shuffled ;  and  so  on.  When  a 
leaf,  loosened  from  its  stem,  falls  to  the  ground,  its 
final  position  is  strictly  determined  by  causes  operat- 
ing chiefly  during  its  descent  through  the  resisting 
air.  Every  natural  event  is  physically  necessary,  but 
not  physically  certain,  for  there  are  many  that,  in 
our  ignorance,  we  can  neither  predict  nor  explain.* 
Such  wholly  uncertain  events  are  called  casual,  or 
are  said  to  occur  by  chance.  The  word  chance  is 
thus  used  as  a  common  name  for  the  unknown  cause 
of  any  single  occurrence  ;  as,  The  tree  fell  hy  chance 
due  north.  To  say,  then,  that  any  one  phenomenon 
is  produced  by  chance  is  merely  a  conventional  mode 
of  expressing  our  ignorance  of  its  cause,  and  in  this 
sense  the  word  has  no  place  in  logic.'*     i 

^  The  statement  that  each  natural  event  is  physically  necessary 
means  that  it  is  causally  determined  to  be  just  what  it  is,  without  pos- 
sible alternative.  This  is  quite  apart  from  our  knowledge  and  belief 
respecting  it.  Physical  certainty,  as  described  in  §  45,  has  reference 
to  knowledge  and  belief.  Certainty  and  uncertainty  are  primarily 
states  of  mind,  and  are  attributed  secondarily  as  marks  to  a  recognized 
relation  among  objective  facts,  when  the  relation  so  far  as  known  is 
such  as  to  produce  some  degree  of  one  or  the  other  mental  state  in  the 
observer.  It  is  evident  that  a  complete  knowledge  of  the  real  relation 
involving  physical  necessity  would  be  attended  by  strict  certainty,  and 
that  any  inferior  degree  of  certainty  is  due  to  a  corresponding  measure 
of  ignorance.  See  the  references  in  §  45,  note ;  and  Whately,  I/ygic, 
Appendix  I.,  iv. ;  also  Thomson,  Outline^  etc.,  §  122. 

"^  Says  Aristotle :  SokeI  jxtv  alria  -q  rvxVi  adrjXov  St  dv9p(x}mvy 
Siavoig.. — Physica,  ii.,  4. 


84  ELEMENTS    OF  INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

But  when  two  or  more  phenomena  or  events,  that 
are  in  no  way  related  through  causation,  coexist  or  suc- 
ceed one  another,  they  are  said  to  concur  by  chance. 
In  this  sense  we  shall  find  use  for  the  word.  Examples 
of  such  concurrence  are :  We  met  hy  chance^  and,  The 
night  of  CromweWs  death,  a  violent  storm  hroJce  over 
London.  Also,  We  chanced  to  arrive  an  hour  apart; 
and,  The  appearance  of  the  great  coTnet  of  1861  was 
followed  hy  war.  Some  such  casual  coincidences 
may  recur  again  and  again ;  as,  Many  great  hattles 
have  happened  on  Sunday.  Chance  in  this  sense 
may  be  defined  as  the  possibility  of  an  event,  and  the 
problem  of  chance  is  to  estimate  the  value  of  this 
possibility  in  terms  expressing  the  likelihood  of  its 
recurrence. 

§  49.  The  logical  doctrine  of  chance,  then,  pro- 
poses to  estimate  the  relative  value  of  a  chance.  The 
clearest  illustrations,  perhaps,  are  drawn  from  games 
of  chance.  In  these  the  probabilities  are  artificially 
balanced ;  in  other  words,  there  is  no  probability 
either  way.  Take  a  toss  of  a  penny.  Head  or  tail  ? 
It  must  be  one  or  the  other,  but  it  is  impossible  to 
predict  which,  since  there  is  no  ground  for  proba- 
bility in  favor  of  the  occurrence  of  either.'     Still, 

*  The  terms  chance  and  probability  are  very  often  used  synony- 
mously ;  as,  by  Laplace  in  his  "  Essai  Philosophique  sur  les  Probabili- 
t^s,"  and  by  Mr.  Venn  in  his  "  Logic  of  Chance,  an  Essay  on  the  The- 
ory of  Probability."  In  the  present  treatise  we  prefer  to  distinguish 
them.  Probable  cases  are  those  that  have  some  evidence,  more  or 
less,  in  their  favor.     The  probabilities  may  be  either  for  or  against  an 


PROBABILITY  85 

we  are  sure  that,  in  the  long  run  of  many  throws, 
the  number  of  heads  and  tails  will  be  about  equal. 
'No  specific  experience  seems  prerequisite  to  this  as- 
surance. 

How  are  we  assured,  without  trial,  that  the  chance 
between  the  two  is  even  ?  According  to  the  axio- 
matic principle  of  Sufficient  Reason,  nothing  comes 
to  pass  without  a  reason  why  it  should  occur  in  that 
way,  rather  than  in  another.*  But,  in  the  case  sup- 
posed, we  are  acquainted  with  the  causes  at  work  suf- 
ficiently to  know  that  there  is  nothing,  no  constant 
cause,  giving  a  bias  in  the  long  run  to  either  face  of 
the  penny ;  that  is,  there  is  no  cause  furnishing  a 
sufficient  reason  for  inequality.  Therefore,  inequal- 
ity will  not  come  to  pass ;  or,  in  the  long-run,  equal- 
ity of  heads  and  tails  is  reasonably  expected. 

event — that  is,  an  event  is  probable  or  improbable  according  to  the 
evidence  of  causal  connection  or  repugnance.  Chance  is  not  a  species, 
but  a  pure  negation  of  probability,  occupying  the  ind liferent  mean  be- 
tween the  probable  and  improbable.     It  is  strict  uncertainty. 

^  Leibnitz,  who  introduced  this  principle  into  logic,  says  in  a  letter 
to  Dr.  Clarke:  "  In  order  to  proceed  from  mathematics  to  natural  phi- 
losophy, another  principle  is  requisite  (as  I  have  observed  in  my  *The- 
odicsea ').  I  mean  the  principle  of  the  sufficient  reason  ;  or,  in  other 
words,  that  nothing  happens  without  a  reason  why  it  should  be  so, 
rather  than  otherwise.  And,  accordingly,  Archimedes  was  obliged,  in 
his  book  '  De  Equilibrio,'  to  take  for  granted  that  if  there  be  a  bal- 
ance, in  which  everything  is  alike  on  both  sides,  and  if  equal  weights 
are  hung  on  the  two  ends  of  that  balance,  the  whole  will  be  at  rest. 
It  is  because  no  reason  can  be  given  why  one  side  should  weigh  down 
rather  than  the  other."  The  reference  is  to  Theod.^  i.,  §  44.  See  Mr. 
Venn's  modified  view,  Lagic  of  Chance^  ch.  iv.,  §  8  sq.  Evidently  the 
principle  of  Sufficient  Reason  is  merely  an  imperfect  statement  of  the 
Laws  of  Causation,  §  18  sq. 


86  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOQIO 

Upon  this  a  priori  reasoning,  whose  subsumption, 
however,  is  empirical,  is  based  the  doctrine  of  the 
calculation  of  chance.  "  The  calculation  in  general 
consists  in  reducing  all  events  of  the  same  kind  to  a 
certain  number  of  cases  equally  possible,  that  is,  such 
that  we  are  equally  undecided  as  to  their  existence  ; 
and  in  determining  the  number  of  these  cases  which 
are  favorable  to  the  event  of  which  the  chance  is 
sought.  The  ratio  of  that  number  to  the  number  of 
all  the  possible  cases  is  the  measure  of  the  chance ; 
which  is  thus  a  fraction,  having  for  its  numerator 
the  number  of  cases  favorable  to  the  event,  and 
for  its  denominator  the  number  of  all  the  cases 
which  are  possible."  ^  We  will  consider  two  spe- 
cies. 

First. — When  the  uncertain  events  are  taken  sever- 
ally, the  chance  of  recurrence  is  expressed  hy  the  num- 
ber of  cases  favorable  to  it,  divided  by  the  whole  num- 
ber of  possible  cases.  In  tossing  a  penny  2000  times, 
we  reasonably  expect  each  face  to  recur  about  1000 
times.  In  every  single  toss,  each  of  the  two  possible 
cases  is  equally  possible — that  is,  equally  uncertain. 
The  chance,  then,  of  either  face  recurring  is  -J.  So 
likewise  in  case  of  drawing  a  ball  from  a  bag  contain- 
ing an  equal  number  of  black  and  white  balls,  or,  in 
general,  in  casting  equal  lots  in  any  manner.'     A  die, 


'  Laplace,  Essai  sur  les  Frobabilites,  p.  7. 

2  The  remarkable  parity  of  male  and  female  births,  statistically  as- 
certained, fixes  the  chance  of  each  at  ^.  The  parity  of  male  and  fe- 
male deaths  is  an  obvious  deduction  from  the  parity  of  births.     The 


PROBABILITY  87 

having  six  faces,  the  chance  of  an  ace,  or  any  other 
number,  is  ^',  which  is  only  a  mode  of  saying  that  in 
many  throws,  for  instance  600,  the  ace  would  recur 
about  100  times.  Also  in  each  throw  the  chance 
against  an  ace  is  |^.  If  there  be  in  a  lottery  wheel 
^ve  prizes  in  every  hundred  lots,  then  the  chance  of 
drawing  a  prize  is  .05,  or  ^^^ ;  and  the  chance  of 
drawing  a  blank  is  .95,  or  |^. 

Second.  —  When  the  uncertain  events  are  taken  to- 
gether^ the  chance  of  their  concurrence  recurring  is 
thejproduct  of  the  separate  chances.  When  a  pair  of 
dice  is  thrown,  the  chance  of  an  ace  with  each  die 
being  ^,  the  chance  of  double  aces  is  \  x  |-=^V?  which 
is  also  the  chance  of  an  ace  twice  in  succession  with  a 
single  die.  The  chance  of  cutting  a  coat-card  of  the 
twelve  in  the  pack  of  fifty-two  is  |^f  or  -^^ ;  hence,  of 
doing  so  twice  in  succession,  t¥><T3=tIt-  ^^^  *^^^ 
first  of  three  urns  contain  two  black  and  four  white 
balls,  and  the  others  six  white  balls  each.  What  is 
the  chance  of  drawing  a  black  ball  ?  The  chance  of 
the  drawer  taking  the  first  urn  is  \.  In  it  the  black 
balls  are  f  of  its  whole  number  of  balls.  Hence  the 
chance  of  a  black  ball  is  |  xf  =  -|^.  Syllogistically  : 
A  is  \  C;  B  is  ^  A;  .-.  B  is  \  C.  Note  that  if  the 
eighteen  balls  were  in  one  urn,  the  chance  would  be 
the  same. 

Mathematicians  have  greatly  extended  these  prin- 
ciples, and   added   others,  making  application  to  a 


census  bulletin  of  April  27,  1894,  shows  that  in  the  U.  S.  males  con- 
stitute about  51  per  cent,  of  the  population. 


88  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

great  variety  of  cases,  and  have  thus  elaborated  a 
logico-mathematical  system  known  as  the  Theory  of 
Chance/  Its  practical  applications,  however,  are  not 
considerable,  nor  does  its  study  seem  to  cultivate  sa- 
gacity in  the  estimate  of  that  probability  which  is 
"  the  very  guide  of  life."  ^  We  have  touched  upon 
only  the  simplest  elements,  and  these  merely  with 
a  view  to  their  immediate  bearing  on  the  general 
theory  of  probability. 

§  50.  To  set  apart  casual  from  causal  coincidence, 
we  need  a  canon  for  guidance,  since  the  distinction 
is  important  and  often  difficult  to  mark.  Absolute 
frequency  of  concurrence  will  not  suffice.  Some 
events  that  invariably  concur  are  merely  casual ;  as, 
every  change  of  fortune  in  one's  life  concurs  with 
some  change  in  the  position  of  the  planets,  but  we 
no  longer  believe  in  planetary  influence.  On  the 
other  hand,  some  events  that  only  occasionally  con- 
cur may  be  causally  connected,  the  failures  being 
due  to  unobserved  counteracting  circumstances ;  as, 
rain  only  sometimes  concurs  with  an  east  wind. 

^  The  "  Essai "  of  Laplace,  quoted  above,  and  that  of  Quetelet, 
"Sur  les  Probabilitfes,"  are  the  standard  authorities. 

Besides  works  already  referred  to,  the  "  Formal  Logic  "  of  Pro- 
fessor De  Morgan  should  be  named ;  also  Quetelet's  *'  Essai  de  Phy- 
sique Sociale,"  and  his  "  Anthropomfetrie." 

•J  "  Never  did  I  know,"  says  Bulwer,  "  a  man  who  was  an  habitual 
gambler  otherwise  than  notably  inaccurate  in  his  calculations  of  prob- 
abilities in  the  ordinary  affairs  of  life.  Is  it  that  such  a  man  has  be- 
come so  .chronic  a  drunkard  of  hope  that  he  sees  double  every  chance 
in  his  favor  ?"—  What  Will  He  Bo  with  It  ?  oh.  x. 


PROBABILITY  89 

From  a  fact  as  indefinite  as  this  last  example  noth- 
ing can  be  inferred.  Let  us  suppose,  however,  that 
rain  concurs  about  as  often  with  east  wind  as  with 
any  other ;  then  it  is  presumably  a  chance  concur- 
rence. But  if  rain  concurs  more  frequently  with 
east  wind  than  with  any  other,  this  indicates  that  one 
can  under  certain  circumstances  cause  the  other,  or 
somethinor  cause  both.  If  the  concurrence  is  less 
frequent,  this  indicates  that  one,  or  some  cause  of 
one,  can  counteract  the  other.  The  form  of  this 
procedure,  distinguishing  casual  from  causal  phenom- 
ena, is  expressed  in  the  following 

Canon:  Estimate  the  positive  frequency 
of  each  of  the  phenomena,  and  hovr  great 
frequency  of  coincidence  would  take  place, 
if  there  were  neither  connection  nor  re- 
pugnance. Then,  if  the  facts  correspond, 
the  coincidence  is  presumably  casual.  If 
there  be  greater  frequency,  there  is  pre- 
sumably causal  connection ;  if  less,  causal 
repugnance. 

To  estimate  the  positive  frequency  of  a  phenome- 
non we  strike  an  average  on  an  extended  series  of 
observations.  This  fixes  the  ratio  between  its  occur- 
rence and  its  failure  to  appear.  Also  it  eliminates 
mistakes  of  the  senses,  accidents,  and  all  errors  that 
do  not  arise  from  some  permanent  bias.  Suppose 
we  thus  ascertain  that  the  phenomenon  a  occurs  once 
for  two  instances  of  the  general  circumstances,  and 
that  h  occurs  once  for  three.  These  are  their  posi- 
tive frequency. 


90  ELEMENTS    OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

IN'ow,  if  a  and  h  be  independent  the  average  fre- 
quency of  their  coincidence  will  be  once  in  two  times 
three,  or  six,  instances ;  and  hence,  if  the  observed 
coincidences  be  to  the  instances  as  one  to  six,  the  co- 
incidence is  presumably  by  chance  (§  49). 

But  if  the  observed  coincidence  is  more  frequent 
than  one  time  in  six,  there  is  presumably  some  cause 
tending  to  produce  it ;  if  less,  some  cause  tending  to 
prevent  it.  The  probability  of  concurrence  will  in- 
crease or  diminish  with  this  greater  or  less  frequency. 

If,  in  a  certain  locality,  during  the  spring  months, 
it  shall  have  been  observed  for  a  number  of  years 
that  rain  (a)  occurs  as  often  as  every  other  day,  also 
that  an  east  wind  (J)  occurs  as  often  as  every  third 
day,  and  that  they  concur  on  the  average  once  in  six 
days,  then  there  is  presumably  no  causal  relation  be- 
tween them — it  is  a  chance  concurrence.  But  if  the 
observed  concurrence  be  more  frequent  or  less  fre- 
quent," it  is  evidence  of  causal  relation. 

To  vary  the  illustration  :  If,  in  another  locality, 
fair  weather  should  occur  twenty  times  as  many  days 
in  the  year  as  not,  and  westerly  winds  three  times 
as  often  as  not,  then,  were  there  no  connection  or  re- 
pugnance, fair  weather  in  the  long  run  would  concur 
with  westerly  wind  five  times  in  seven ;  for  ff  X  f  =  4- 
Now,  if  the  actual  concurrence  be  six  in  seven,  it  is 
probable  that  one  tends  to  produce  the  other,  or  that 
there  is  some  common  producing  cause;  if  four  in 
seven,  that  one  tends  to  prevent  the  other,  or  that 
there  is  some  occasional  preventing  cause. 

The  principle  applies  to  an  enumeration  of  marks 


PEOB  ABILITY  91 

or  analogy.  When  the  coincident  marks  in  two  cases 
are  greater  or  less  in  number  than  chance  would  af- 
ford, we  infer  that  they  are  causally  related,  and  make 
a  probable  induction  respecting  unobserved  marks. 
The  East  Indian  and  the  English  languages  have 
more  comnlon  points  of  syntactical  construction,  and 
similar  names  for  the  same  things,  than  chance  will 
account  for,  which  analogy  indicates  a  common  ori- 
gin. This  renders  it  probable  that  other  similar  feat- 
ures are  discoverable,  so  that  the  existence  of  some 
peculiarity  in  the  one  justifies  a  search  for  its  ana- 
logue in  the  other.  The  differences  between  English 
and  Arabic  are  greater  than  chance  would  yield;  hence 
a  probable  repugnancy  in  fundamental  construction, 
and  an  expectant  search  for  still  other  divergences. 

§  51.  The  principle  involved  in  the  foregoing 
canon  furnishes  ground  for  the  elimination  of  chance. 

In  the  first  place  it  distinguishes  a  series  of  concur- 
ring phenomena  having  real  exceptions  from  such  as 
have  only  apparent  exceptions  (§  47).  As  the  former 
does  not  justify  induction,  it  is,  when  exposed,  set 
aside  as  the  result  of  chance — eliminated  as  unfitted 
for  inductive  investigation.  That  many  great  battles 
have  happened  on  the  Sabbath  day  is  an  historical  fact 
from  which  nothing  can  be  inferred ;  for  a  count  would 
doubtless  find  them  to  be  one-seventh  of  all — a  mere 
chance,  yet  striking  coincidence. 

In  the  next  place  the  canon  helps  us  in  complex 
cases  to  distinguish  and  eliminate  the  chance  accom- 
paniments of  a  phenomenon  undergoing  investiga- 


92  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

tion.  Every  phenomenon  occurs  to  observation  atnid 
circumstances  that  are  immaterial — that  is,  having  no 
causative  relation  to  the  case.  Many  of  these  are 
eliminated  by  the  plainest  common-sense  ;  as,  in  a 
chemical  experiment  in  the  wet  way,  it  is  immaterial 
whether  the  containing  vessel  be  glass  of  porcelain. 
Many  are  eliminated  by  isolating  the  phenomenon  as 
far  as  possible,  and  producing  it  experimentally  amid 
well-known  circumstances  (§  36).  Still  some  usually 
persist  whose  presence, though  invariable,  has  no  bear- 
ing on  the  case,  and  whose  absence  would  not  modify 
it.  The  relative  position  of  the  planets  was  believed 
by  the  alchemists  to  exert  an  important  influence  on 
experimental  combinations.  The  chemist  of  to-day 
is  sometimes  embarrassed  by  persistent  accompani- 
ments which  are  really  chance  concurrences,  and  so 
need  not  be  regarded.  Observation  of  the  phenom- 
enon in  various  situations,  artificially  varying  the  cir- 
cumstances when  practicable,  is  a  means  by  which, 
according  to  the  canon  before  us,  immaterial,  chance 
circumstances  may  be  detected,  and  then  eliminated 
from  consideration.  This  process  is  especially  im- 
portant as  preliminary  to  a  search  for  the  cause  or 
effect  of  a  phenomenon  by  the  scientific  methods  to 
be  considered  subsequently. 

An  obvious  example  of  the  elimination  of  casual 
circumstances  is  the  common-sense  explanation  of 
the  progress  of  the  seasons.  The  fluctuations  of 
temperature  from  day  to  day  due  to  meteorological 
change  are  chance  accompaniments,  which,  being 
eliminated,  leave  the  corresponding  progress  of. the 


PROBABILITY  93 

sun  from  solstice  to  solstice  as  the  one  determining 
or  causal  antecedent.  The  sure  profits  of  a  faro- 
bank,  having  a  capital  too  large  to  be  broken  by  a 
run  of  bad  luck,  are  explained  in  like  manner  ;  for, 
eliminating  the  chance  elements,  there  remains,  in 
the  very  constitution  of  the  game,  a  small  but  per- 
manent advantage  in  favor  of  the  banker,  which  in 
the  long-run  insures  his  winnings.  In  all  so-called 
games  of  chance  which  nevertheless  involve  skill, 
as  whist,  success  in  the  long-run  falls  to  the  skilful 
players.^ 

An  elimination  of  the  chance  elements  of  a  com- 
plex phenomenon  occasionally  discovers  small  and 
hence  unsuspected  though  permanent  causes.  A 
series  of  throws  will  detect  a  loaded  die  by  the  turn- 
ing up  of  a  certain  face  oftener  than  chance  will  ac- 
count for.  The  slightly  more  than  chance  errors  of 
an  instrument  of  precision  indicate  some  minute  per- 
manent bias,  for  which,  when  determined,  allowance 
must  be  made.  In  this  way  the  obscure  diurnal  va- 
riation of  the  barometer  was  discovered.  An  elimi- 
nation of  its  grosser  meteorological  fluctuations  from 
many  daily  observations,  brought  it  to  light  and 
measurement.' 

'  Judge  Gaynor,  now  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  New  York,  decided 
(1894)  that  horse-raciug  is  not  a  lottery  within  the  legal  definition  any 
more  than  in  common  speech.  The  opinion  says :  "  A  lottery  depends 
on  a  lot  or  a  chance,  such  as  the  casting  of  lots,  the  throwing  of  dice, 
or  the  turning  of  a  wheel.  In  a  race  the  horse-owners  pay  a  sum,  not 
to  win  a  larger  sum  by  lot  or  chance,  but  in  order  to  enter  into  the 
contest  of  skill,  endurance,  and  speed  upon  which  the  stake  depends." 

2  Even  with  the  best  instruments  of  precision,  strict  accuracy  can- 


94  ELEMENTS    OF    INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

§  52.  The  preceding  considerations  prepare  us  to 
examine  more  definitely  the  valuation  of  probabili- 
ties. It  has  already  been  stated  that  when  a  uni- 
formity is  noted  by  the  enumeration  of  only  a  few 
instances,  there  is  a  slight  presumption  in  favor  of 
an  inductive  universal ;  and  that  as  observations  vary- 
ing in  circumstances  multiply,  no  contrary  case  oc- 
curring, the  probability  increases  until  it  reaches  the 
highest  degree,  bordering  on  physical  or  moral  cer- 
tainty (§  45).  A  deduction  from  a  universal  by  enu- 
meration, subsuming  some  particular  unobserved 
instance,  is  attended  by  all  the  hazard  involved  in 
the  universal ;  and  if  the  particular  differs  consider- 
ably from  the  observed  instances  in  its  circumstan- 
ces, the   deduction,  even   from   a   highly   probable 

not  be  expected  in  a  single  observation.  Therefore  it  is  usual  to  make 
a  large  number  of  observations,  and,  by  an  application  of  the  Method 
of  Least  Squares,  to  approximate  very  closely  and  surely  the  true 
value.  For  the  best  instruments  of  precision  are  subject  to  varia- 
tions. Heat,  with  its  irregular  warping  influence,  draughts  of  air,  dust 
and  consequent  friction,  distortion  by  strains,  and  the  slow  uneven 
contraction  of  metal  which  continues  long  after  casting — all  these 
cause  deviations.  Moreover,  every  instrument  is  liable  to  some  per- 
manent bias,  due  to  imperfect  construction,  which  vitiates  results,  and 
therefore  must  be  ascertained  and  eliminated  from  each  observation. 

Another  form  of  permanent  bias  lies  in  the  observer,  some  mental 
disposition  inclining  him  constantly  to  perceive  in  a  case  more  or  per- 
haps less  than  is  real.  Add  to  this  the  special  action  of  his  muscles 
and  nerve  currents.  Allowance  must  be  made,  especially  in  minute 
observations  on  quantity,  for  the  personal  bias  of  each  observer.  Its 
value  is  expressed  in  what  is  called  his  "  personal  equation,"  which 
phrase  has  become  familiar  to  us  in  connection  with  astronomical  ob- 
servations. It  is  ascertained  only  by  comparing  the  results  obtained 
by  various  observers  of  tlie  same  or  similar  phenomena. 


PROBABILITY  95 

universal,  becomes  so  precarious  as  to  liave  little 
value. 

It  has  also  been  stated  that  the  discovery  of  a  real 
exception  invalidates  the  universal  (§  47).  The  Zulu 
of  a  century  ago  believed  no  doubt  that  All  men  are 
black.  To  All  swans  are  white  there  are  unaccount- 
able exceptions.  The  satellites  of  Uranus  and  Nep- 
tune retrograde,  and  so  invalidate  All  members  of  the 
solar  system,  move  eastward.  Such  are  cases  of  over- 
hasty  generalization,  a  fault  of  every  day  and  every 
hour,  acknowledged  by  the  Psalmist  in  "  I  said  in  my 
liaste.  All  men  are  liars.^^ 

Exceptions  not  known  to  be  real,  and  hence  pre- 
sumably only  apparent,  do  not  invalidate  the  uni- 
versal, since  it  is  conditioned  on  the  proviso  that  no 
interference  or  prevention  takes  place.  A  modifying 
or  disturbing  cause  or  force  may  be  always  present, 
and  in  some  cases  prevail,  becoming  a  preventive 
cause.  That  all  terrestrial  bodies  fall  to  the  ground 
from  a  given  height  with  like  velocity  is  not  invali- 
dated by  the  retarding  effect  of  the  ever-present  air, 
nor  falsified  in  the  case  of  an  ascending  balloon. 
The  expression  is  rendered  unexceptionable  and  still 
more  general  by  saying  that  all  bodies  tend  so  to  fall. 
Thus  a  tendency,  even  if  never  realized,  may  be 
recognized  as  universal.  The  generalities  of  Me- 
chanics are  rendered  more  exact  by  expressing  them 
in  terms  of  tendency  to  motion,  or  pressure.^ 


*  "  The  habit  of  neglecting  this  necessary  element  in  the  precise  ex- 
pression of  the  laws  of  nature  has  given  birth  to  the  popular  prejudice 


96  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

But  instances  more  or  less  liable  to  frustration  by 
unrecognized  interferences  yield  only  a  questionable 
universal,  under  which  the  subsumption  of  an  unob- 
served particular  differing  much  in  its  circumstances 
is  precarious,  and  the  conclusion  only  more  or  less 
probable.  The  Greek  church  has  flourished  chiefly 
among  the  Slavonic  races,  the  Roman  among  the 
Latin,  the  Protestant  among  the  Teutonic.  Hence 
an  affinity  may  be  presumed  between  these  several 
forms  and  the  character  of  the  races.  Change  of 
time,  place,  or  circumstances,  as  lapse  of  centuries, 
emigration,  political  revolution,  often  breaks  this  uni- 
formity. It  is  at  best  an  empirical  generalization, 
whose  application  to  unobserved  cases  yields  only  a 
low  degree  of  probability. 

Approximate  generalizations  that  are  not  mere 
colligations  of  observed  cases  (§  47),  but  are  induc- 
tions proper,  extending  beyond  experience,  are  usu- 
ally expressed  by  Most  are  or  Most  are  not,  or 
their  equivalents ;  as.  Most  Judges  are  incorrujpti- 
hle.  Otherwise  we  say  that  the  proposition  is  true 
in  general,  or  generally,  which  in  usage  implies  that 
exceptions  are  recognized  at  least  as  possible;  as, 
It  seems  to  be  generally  true  that  Every  man  has 
his  jprice,  that  The  wealthy  are  more  virtuous  than 


that  all  general  truths  have  exceptions ;  and  much  unmerited  distrust 
has  thence  accrued  to  the  conclusions  of  science,  when  they  have  been 
submitted  to  the  judgment  of  minds  insufficiently  disciplined  and  cul- 
tivated. The  rough  generalizations  suggested  by  common  observation 
usually  have  exceptions ;  but  principles  of  science,  or,  in  other  words, 
laws  of  causation,  have  not." — Mill,  Logic^  p.  319. 


PBOBABiLirr  97 

the  indigent^  that  Punishment  deters  from  crime, 
A  statement  of  provisos,  when  complete,  converts 
the  very  general  into  a  universal  proposition  ;  as,  An 
absolute  sovereign  will  abuse  his  power,  unless  his 
position  depend  on  the  good-will  of  his  subjects,  or 
unless  he  have  great  rectitude  and  resolution,  or  un- 
less he  be  guided  by  a  minister  having  these  quali- 
ties. So  also.  Honesty  is  the  best  policy ,  provided  it 
squares  with  current  opinions,  promotes  public  in- 
terest, and  is  displayed  to  view.  The  value  of  the 
probability  involved  in  such  generalities  cannot  be 
exactly,  numerically  estimated.  It  taxes  the  sagacity 
of  the  experienced  observer  to  judge  their  worth  in 
general  statement,  and  in  application  to  special  or 
particular  cases.  They  abound  in  practical'  affairs, 
and  are  largely  the  guide  of  public  and  private  con- 
duct.' 

It  should  be  noted  that  induction  by  enumeration 
very  often  arises  from  groups  of  instances,  extends 
to  similar  groups,  and  thus  becomes  more  reliable, 
attaining  a  higher  degree  of  probability.  Thus,  if  in 
many  observed  groups  containing  A^s,  most  A''s  are 
^,  then  in  all  groups  containing  A^s,  most  A^s  are  J3, 
If  in  various  counties  of  Virginia  most  farms  grow 


^  The  form  of  the  argument  isxlfx  is,  y  is;  but  yis;  .'.  x  (prob- 
ably, presumably)  i?.  This  is  recognized  as  a  fallacy  when  the  rela- 
tion is  that  of  reason  and  consequent  (§§  91^  119,  I4S) ;  but  when,  as 
here,  the  condition  is  causal  (§  110\  it  affords  a  probability,  a  pre- 
sumption in  favor  of  the  conclusion.  For  the  allowed  plurality  of 
causes  (§  22),  which  investigation  reduces,  alone  forbids  the  sine  qua 
non  reading :  Only  ifxis,y  is,  which  would  yield  .*.  x  is.  See  §  69. 
7 


98  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIYE   LOGIC 

tobacco,  then  in  all  counties  most  farms  grow  it ;  or, 
simply,  most  farms  in  Virginia  grow  tobacco.  The 
inference  from  observed  groups  to  similar  unob- 
served groups  is  more  probable  than  inference  to 
individuals. 

§  53.  An  indefinite  judgment  of  probability  is 
frequently  expressed  definitely,  borrowing  the  lan- 
guage of  chance,  in  the  form  of  a  ratio;  as.  It  is 
ten  to  one  that  a  drunkard  cannot  he  reformed ; 
and.  Not  more  than  one  person  in  a  hundred  forms 
independent  opinions  in  politics  or  religion^  Such 
statements  are  inaccurate,  but,  making  an  approach 
toward  a  measure  of  probability,  are  significant  of 
degree.  The  statement  that  As  liTcely  as  not  he  will 
consent  is  an  inference  from  some  one's  character  to 
his  conduct  as  wholly  uncertain.  A  turf-gambler 
will  bet  two  or  more  to  one  on  his  favorite  racer, 
according  to  his  judgment  of  the  ratio  of  probabil- 
ities. 

An  accurate  numerical  expression  of  probability, 
like  that  of  chance,  is  practicable  in  many  instances 
both  of  natural  phenomena  and  of  human  affairs, 

J  "  What  Hobbes  says  of  Charles  II. — 

'Nam  tunc  adolescens 
Credidit  ille,  quibus  credidit  ante  Pater  '— 

is  true  of  the  vast  majority  of  men  even  in  the  most  enlightened 
countries.  Hence  a  strong  probability  that  any  given  individual  has 
never  exercised  any  independent  judgment  in  politics  or  in  religion. 
A  hundred  to  one  is  a  safe  estimate  of  such  a  probability." — Bain, 
Logic,  bk.  iil,  ch.  xiv. 


PROBABILITY  99 

with  the  modification  that  the  positive  frequency  of 
the  phenomenon  can  very  rarely  if  ever  be  known  a 
priori  (§  49),  but  must  be  ascertained  by  observations 
reduced  to  actual  count.  For  example,  all  the  met- 
als are  white,  including  shades  of  gray,  except  two, 
copper  and  gold.  As  chance  will  not  account  for 
this,  we  presume  there  is  some  modifying  cause  in 
the  atomic  constitution  of  these  exceptions  which 
determines  the  difference.  Now,  since  there  are 
fifty  known  metals,  the  probability  that  hydrogen, 
when  liquefied,  will  be  white  is  as  50  to  2.  In  gen- 
eral, then,  if  we  know  the  exact  proportion  of  in- 
stances in  an  approximate  generalization,  we  can  state 
numerically  the  degree  of  probability  of  an  inference 
from  it.  If  there  be  no  exceptions  to  a  well-ascer- 
tained uniformity,  the  probability  is  at  its  maximum. 
An  actual  count,  extensive  and  exhaustive,  thus 
enables  us  to  express  probabilities  with  scientific 
precision.  Herein  lies  the  inestimable  value  of  sta- 
tistics. Statistical  estimates  and  investigations,  with 
a  view  to  setting  up  an  inductive  universal,  or  at 
least  a  general  rule,  successfully  strive  by  what  is 
improperly  called  a  wide  induction  of  facts,  prop- 
erly a  wide  enumeration  of  cases,  to  approximate  the 
certainties  of  exact  science.  Our  decennial  census 
makes  a  wide  count  of  very  many  matters  relative 
to  the  lives,  property,  resources,  and  occupations  of 
the  people.  These  are  reduced  by  the  Census  Bu- 
reau, averages  struck,  and  ratios  obtained,  which, 
through  induction,  justify  inferences  of  great  value, 
especially  to  the  immediate  future. 


100  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

For  illustration,  let  us  suppose  that  in  a  given 
county  the  average  number  of  annual  deaths  in  ten 
years  is  found  to  be  two  per  cent,  of  the  population ; 
then  we  may  confidently  infer  that  in  the  next  dec- 
ade a  like  per  centum  of  mortality  will  prevail,  pro- 
vided the  population,  mode  of  living,  etc.,  are  not 
materially  changed.  This  inference  is  from  one 
temporal  group  to  another.  It  would  be  equally 
competent  to  infer  the  same  per  centum  of  mortal- 
ity of  an  adjoining  analogous  county  for  either  dec- 
ade. We  remark  that  the  inference  is  indifferent 
as  to  order  of  time,  since  it  would  be  true  likewise 
of  the  previous  decade,  but  that  it  is  greatly  weakened 
if  applied  to  a  case  differing  considerably  in  time, 
place,  or  circumstances.  Also  we  remark  that,  while 
this  inference  from  group  to  group,  temporal  or 
spatial,  may  reach  the  highest  probability,  it  fur- 
nishes no  ground  for  inference  respecting  the  life  of 
any  individual  member  of  a  group. 

Such  statistics  as  to  term  of  life,  loss  by  fire,  ship- 
wreck, and  the  like,  furnish  a  safe  basis  on  which  to 
calculate  the  value  of  risks,  and  so  justify  the  in- 
vestment of  large  capital  in  the  business  of  insur- 
ance. For  example,  the  American  Tables  of  Mor- 
tality show  the  results  of  wide  and  accurate  statistical 
observation.  Among  other  averages  they  give  the 
expectancy — that  is,  the  probability — of  life  for  differ- 
ent ages.  A  healthful  man  at  20  years  of  age  has 
an  expectancy  of  42  years  more ;  at  30,  of  35  years ; 
at  40,  of  28 ;  at  50,  of  21 ;  at  60,  of  14 ;  at  70,  of  8. 
The  rates  charged  by  a  life-insurance  office  for  a 


PROBABILITY.   ;      ;  ^''•;'J  V,,'  '\"t;o>V: 

policy  of  $1000  increase  as  the  expectancy  decreases. 
It  is  quite  obvious,  yet  needing  to  be  stated,  that 
the  probabilities  of  life  thus  estimated  are  of  no  as- 
surance to  the  individual  person  insured,  but  only  to 
the  office  insuring.  The  inference  from  the  large 
group  statistically  estimated  as  to  mortality  to  the 
large  group  the  office  has  in  hand  holds  good,  those 
who  die  short  of  expectancy  being  balanced  on  the 
average  by  those  who  live  beyond  it,  and  by  this 
means  the  office  knows  in  advance  with  high  prob- 
ability the  amount  from  year  to  year  of  its  disburse- 
ments, and  rates  its  charges  to  correspond. 


YII.— DIFFERENCE 

§  54.  In  view  of  the  foregoing  discussion  of  in- 
duction by  enumeration  it  is  plain  that,  were  there 
no  surer  canons,  the  prospect  of  attaining  scientific 
truth  of  unquestionable  universality  would  be  hope- 
less. The  radical  defect  of  enumeration  is  that  in 
this  preparation  for  induction  there  is  only  a  sur- 
mise that  a  determining  cause  exists,  not  an  ascer- 
tained knowledge  of  the  actual  determining  cause. 
Consequently,  by  conforming  to  its  stated  canons, 
we  reach  only  a  tentative,  somewhat  probable,  but 
still,  except  in  the  rarer  cases,  hazardous,  generality. 
Induction  grounded  on  enumeration  is  truly  induc- 
tion, but  imperfect,  always  falling  short  of  empirical 
certainty  (§  45). 

A  knowledge  of  the  cause  or  effect  of  a  phenom- 
enon is  scientific  knowledge,  as  stated  in  the  ancient 
aphorism :  ScientA  est  rerum  cognoscere  causas. 
Such  knowledge  is  a  sure  foundation  for  induction, 
and  prerequisite  to'  perfect  induction  characterized 
by  empirical  certainty.  In  undertaking  now  an  ex- 
amination of  the  several  methods  by  which  this  pre- 
liminary knowledge  is  sought,  it  will  be  well  at  the 
outset,  for  the  sake  of  clearness,  to  express  formally 
the  governing  principle  of  the  induction  which  it 


DIFFERENCE  ^  103 

conditions.  This  principle  is  derived  directly  from 
the  prinaarj  Laws  of  Causation,  being,  indeed, 
merely  a  slight  modification  of  the  Axioms  of  Uni- 
formity (§§  19,  21).  It  may  properly  be  termed  the 
General  Canon  of  Perfect  Induction,  reading  thus : 
Canon:  A  cause  and  its  effect  being  known, 
from  all  like  causes  like  effects  are  inferable, 
and  from  all  like  effects  like  causes  are  in- 
ferable. 

Hence  it  is  evident  that,  in  logical  order,  before 
the  induction  takes  place,  a  preparatory  problem  is 
to  be  solved  :  either,  a  particular  cause  being  given, 
to  find  its  effect ;  or,  a  particular  effect  being  given, 
to  find  its  cause.  When  this  is  done,  the  induction, 
expressed  in  a  strictly  universal  proposition,  is,  ac- 
cording to  the  canon,  immediately  inferred. 

§  55.  The  several  methods  of  solving  the  prepara- 
tory problem  constitute  one  of  the  chief  considera- 
tions of  inductive  logic,  and  their  application  is  the 
chief  difficulty  in  scientific  investigation,  the  sub- 
sequent inductive  step  itself  being  an  immedi- 
ate inference  of  the  simplest  character  (§  26). 
They  are  quite  commonly  called  "  inductive  meth- 
ods," though  not  themselves  inductive,  but  merely 
preparations  for  induction,  methods  for  ascertaining 
causal  relations  between  phenomena.  To  their  ex- 
position we  are  now  about  to  proceed.  It  will  be 
found  to  consist  in  the  proof,  statement,  and  illus- 
trative application  of  several  Canons  of  Causation, 
or  canons  of  methods  for  the  determination  of  causal 


104  ELEMEI^   OF   IimUCTIVE   LOGIC 

relations,  canons  which  express  merely  the  forms  of 
thought  to  which  actual  processes  must  conform. 
These,  like  the  canon  of  induction  just  stated,  are 
evolved  a  priori,  are  derived  deductively  from  the 
Laws  of  Causation.  They  should  not  be  mistaken 
for  canons  of  induction,  since  they  are  strictly  and 
solely  tfee  formal  processes  by  which  a  particular 
fact  of  causation  may  be  ascertained,  formulating 
only  a  sound  and  scientific  preparation  for  subse- 
quent inductive  procedure. 

The  methods  are  primarily  two — the  Method  of 
Difference,  and  the  Method  of  Agreement — each 
having  subordinates.  Both  accomplish  their  ends 
by  a  partial  elimination  of  circumstances,  in  order 
to  detect  which  particular  circumstances  are  con- 
cerned in  the  causation.  In  the  Method  of  Differ- 
ence, whatever  circumstance  cannot  be  absent  with- 
out the  absence  also  of  the  phenomenon  under 
investigation,  is  causally  connected  with  that  phe- 
nomenon ;  in  the  Method  of  Agreement,  whatever 
circumstance  can  be  absent  without  the  absence  also 
of  the  phenomenon  under  investigation,  is  not  causal- 
ly connected  with  that  phenomenon.  These  maxims 
are  obviously  derived  from  the  Axiom  of  Change 
(§  18),  which  furnishes  the  basis  of  the  methods.* 

^  The  methods  of  scientific  investigation  now  before  us  are  all  essen- 
tially methods  of  elimination,  and  thus  conform  to  Bacon's  aphorism 
that  induction  proceeds  "  by  due  rejections  and  conclusions," — Nov. 
Org.^  i.,  106,  already  quoted  in  §  40,  note.  This  process  Bacon  con- 
trasts with  the  method  of  "  simple  enumeration,"  and  justly  claims  to 
be  the  first  to  make  it  prominent ;  but  his  "  Prerogatives  of  Instances," 
id.,  bk.  ii.,  hardly  anticipate  the  present  methods. 


DIFFERENCE  105 

§  56.  The  most  important,  direct,  and  simple 
method  for  determining  the  causal  relation  between 
phenomena  is   the   Method    of    Difference.     It    is 

Newton's  four  "Kules  for  Philosophizing"  (§  21,  note)  are  quite 
different  from  these  methods,  and  have  special  reference  to  his  own 
procedure  in  the  "  Principia." 

Sir  John  Herschel,  in  his  "  Discourse  on  the  Study  of  Natural  Phi- 
losophy," gives,  in  §  145,  five  "  general  rules  for  guiding  and  facili- 
tating our  search,  among  a  great  mass  of  assembled  facts,  for  their 
common  cause."  From  the  rules  he  deduces  nine  "  propositions  read- 
ily applicable  to  particular  cases."  Four  of  these  (2,  T,  8,  9)  are 
the  four  methods,  though  lacking  the  prominence  given  them  by  Mr. 
Mill  as  the  sole  and  sufficient  methods  of  logical  proof.  By  Her- 
schel the  four  propositions  indicated,  together  with  the  others,  are  ex- 
pounded as  aids  to  discovery ;  the  notion  that  they  constitute  a  system 
of  logical  proof  does  not  seem  to  have  occurred  to  him.  Of  his  ad- 
mirable "  Discourse  "  Mr.  Mill  says :  "  It  is  a  work  replete  with  happily 
selected  exemplifications  of  inductive  processes  from  almost  every 
department  of  physical  science,  and  in  which  alone,  of  all  books  which 
I  have  met  with,  the  four  methods  of  induction  are  distinctly  recog- 
nized, though  not  so  clearly  characterized  and  defined,  nor  their  cor- 
relation so  fully  shown,  as  has  appeared  to  me  desirable." — Logic^ 
p.  297. 

Science  in  all  its  branches  is  deeply  indebted  to  Mr.  Mill  for  the  first 
clear  and  distinct  statement  of  its  logical  methods,  and  the  importance 
now  universally  attributed  to  them  is  mainly  due  to  his  influence.  It 
was  the  distinction  of  his  "  System  of  Logic "  to  draw  a  clear  and 
broad  line  between  the  Art  of  Discovery  and  the  Science  of  Proof. 
The  latter  is  Logic.  It  is  concerned  mainly  with  methods  of  proving 
propositions,  and  only  in  an  incidental  way  does  it  aid  in  suggesting 
them.  He  says :  "  The  business  of  Inductive  Logic  is  to  provide  rules 
and  models  (such  as  the  syllogism  and  its  rules  are  for  ratiocination) 
to  which,  if  the  inductive  arguments  conform,  those  arguments  are 
conclusive,  and  not  otherwise.  This  is  what  the  four  methods  profess 
to  be,  and  what  I  believe  they  are  universally  considered  to  be  by  ex- 
perimental philosophers,  who  had  practised  all  of  them  long  before  any 
one  sought  to  reduce  the  practice  to  theory." — Logic^  p.  308. 

The  Canons  of  Causation,  as  we  have  designated  them,  of  the  pres- 


106  ELEMENTS    OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

based,  as  just  stated,  on  the  Axiom  of  Change,  from 
which  are  deduced  the  following  special  maxims : 

1st.  When  a  consequent  appears  or  disappears,  and 
with  it  an  antecedent,  the  latter  is  the  cause  or  a 
part  of  the  cause  of  the  former. 

2d.  When  an  antecedent  cannot  be  introduced  or 
excluded  without  adding  or  losing  a  consequent,  the 
latter  is  the  effect  of  the  former. 

These  deductions  are  comprised  in  the  following 
Canon  of  Difference  :  If  an  instance  w'herein 
a  phenomenon  occurs,  and  another  wherein 
it  does  not  occur,  have  every  circumstance 
in  common  save  one  in  the  former,  this  is 
wholly  or  partly  the  cause  of  the  phenom- 
enon, or  its  effect.' 

A  symbolical  formula  of  this  canon  is  as  follows : 

ABC  B  C 

y    z    X  X    y 

The  larger  letters  represent  particular  causal  an- 
tecedents, or  simply  causes;  the  smaller  letters,  par- 
ticular consequents  or  effects.  Each  of  the  larger 
letters  usually  stands  for  a  collocation  of  distinguish- 
able but  co-operating  factors;  each  of  the  smaller, 

ent  treatise,  are  the  "  Four  Methods  of  Experimental  Inquiry  "  drawn 
from  Mill,  "  Logic,"  bk.  iii.,  ch.  viii.  In  transcribing  them,  we  have 
ventured  to  rearrange  them  and  to  make  some  verbal  changes  in  the 
interest  of  logical  order,  brevity,  and  precision. 

*  It  should  be  noted  that  in  this,  and  in  the  subsequent  Canons,  an 
instance  or  case  is  an  observed  total  analyzed  into  antecedents  and 
consequents  (§  35);  some  one  or  a  group  of  these  is  the  phenomenon 
under  investigation,  and  the  rest  are  its  circumstances. 


DIFFERENCE  107 

for  a  collective  fact.  The  two  groups  represent  two 
instances  or  cases,  one  instance  affirmative  and  one 
negative  of  As.  If  ^  be  the  particular  phenom- 
enon under  investigation,  the  fact  that  it  disappears 
in  the  second  instance  along  with  A  proves  that  A, 
either  alone  or  together  with  some  other  antecedent, 
is  its  cause.  If  A  be  the  phenomenon  under  in- 
vestigation, the  fact  that  it  cannot  be  absent,  as  in 
the  second  instance,  without  the  loss  of  s,  proves 
that  3  is  its  eifect. 

Such  is  a  formal  statement  in  theoretical  strictness 
of  the  method  of  difference,  a  process  of  elimina- 
tion. It  should  be  observed  that,  although  in  its 
practical  applications  only  approximate  results  can 
be  abtained,  yet  it  is  the  most  rigorous  proof  of  par- 
ticular causes  or  effects  that  is  possible,  and  when  its 
theoretic  conditions  are  fairly  fulfilled  its  results  are 
empirically  certain,  falling  little  short  of  strict  dem- 
onstration, and  thereby  furnish  a  safe  premise  for 
induction  (§  26). 

§  57.  Material  examples  in  general  accord  with 
this  formal  method  lie  on  every  hand.  It  is  unwit- 
tingly used  daily  and  hourly  even  by  the  most 
thoughtless  and  ignorant  persons.  We  cite  several 
common-sense  cases. 

I  see  rain  (s)  falling,  and  a  cloud  {A)  in  the  sky ; 
the  rain  disappears,  and  with  it  the  cloud ;  I  infer 
this  cloud  to  be  the  cause,  at  least  in  part,  of  that 
rain.^ 

^  It  may  be  well  to  recall  just  here  our  doctrine  on  the  function  and 


108  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

A  sound  {2)  strikes  mj  ear  (a?),  and  I  see  a  swing- 
ing {A)  bell  {B) ;  the  sound  ceases,  and  with  it  the 
swinging;  I  infer  that  the  swinging  was  partly  the 
cause  of  the  sound.  There  is  here  no  induction  ;  but 
I  might  inductively  infer,  All  swinging  hells  always 
produce  sound. 

If  I  find  my  dog  shot  through  the  heart,  I  know, 
by  the  method  of  difference,  it  was  this  that  killed 
him;  for  he  was  alive  just  now,  and  all  circum- 
stances are  the  same  except  the  wound.  Again  no 
induction ;  one  might  follow,  but  would  be  super- 
fluous. 

A  scientific  and  more  recondite  example  is  as  fol- 
lows: When  looking  in  a  spectroscope  at  the  spec- 
trum of  incandescent  sodium  {A)  and  calcium  chlo- 
rides, I  see  a  very  bright  yellow  line  (s) ;  just  now, 
when  looking  at  the  spectrum  of  incandescent  cal- 
cium chloride,  this  yellow  line  was  absent ;  I  infer 
that  in  the  present  case  the  incandescent  sodium  is 
the  cause  of  the  bright  yellow  line.  Then  may  fol- 
low an  induction  of  all  such  cases. 

The  foregoing  are  inferences  from  effect  to  cause. 
An  inference  in  the  reverse  order  is :  I  observe  a 
shower  of  hail  {A\  and,  on  going  to  my  conservatory. 


application  of  form,  §  31.  The  canons  now  before  us  are  merely 
formal  statements,  without  any  material  content.  They  do  not  serve 
as  premises  from  which  material  conclusions  are  inferred,  but  in  their 
application  the  provided  abstract  form  is  merely  supplied  or  filled  in 
with  given  matter.  Thus  the  forms  instance^  phenomenon^  circum- 
stance, are  simply  embodied,  in  the  above  example,  by  weather^  rain, 
cUyud. 


DIFFEKENCE  109 

find  the  glass  broken  {£) ;  1  infer,  all  other  circum- 
stances being  unchanged,  that  the  breakage  is  the 
effect  of  the  hail.  Also,  just  before  the  hail,  I  ob- 
served a  cold  nor'wester  set  in,  and  infer  that  the 
hail  was  its  effect. 

So  a  pilot,  noting  that  during  a  thunder-storm  the 
needle  was  disturbed,  and  that  during  a  storm  with- 
out lightning  it  was  not  disturbed,  concludes  the  dis- 
turbance to  have  been  effected  by  the  lightning.* 

§  58.  The  illustrations  thus  far  given  are  cases  of 
simple  observation,  and  to  this  we  are  limited  when 
an  effect  is  given  to  find  its  cause  (§  35) ;  but  when 
a  cause  is  given  to  find  its  effect,  we  may  have  re- 
course also  to  experimental  observation.  Simple 
observation  of  nature  often  fails  to  discover,  amid 
her  vast  complications,  the  second  case  requisite  to 
fulfil  exactly  the  conditions  of  proof  by  this  method, 
but  w^hen  we  have  an  approximation  indicating  the 
causal  relation,  or  a  suggestion  of  it  from  some  other 
quarter,  we  may,  if  the  matter  be  subject  to  hand- 
ling, apply  the  test  of  experiment  (§  36). 

The  conclusion  of  the  pilot,  stated  above,  may  be 

^  The  method  of  difference  is  applicable  also  to  inquiry  concerning 
preventive  cause  (§§  15, 47).  A  patient  has  intermittent  fever  {z).  If 
in  the  interval  he  be  brought  under  the  influence  of  quinine  {A\  the 
fever  does  not  reappear,  the  quinine  acting  as  a  preventive  cause, 
though  we  are  puzzled  to  know  how.  Here  £  C  is  followed  by  y  z  x, 
and  A  B  Chj  y  x;  that  is,  in  the  presence  of  A,  z  disappears ;  hence 
A  counteracts  B  C  so  far  as  to  prevent  the  effect  z.  So,  also,  as  the 
old  wives  tell  us,  a  silver  spoon  (A)  in  a  common  tumbler  will  prevent 
its  breaking  (z)  when  it  is  filled  with  hot  water.     This,  too,  puzzles  us. 


110  ELEMENTS    OF   INDUCTIVE    LOGIC 

tested,  inverting  the  order  of  proof,  and  verified 
thus:  Place  a  copper  wire  near  and  parallel  to  a 
magnetic  needle,  the  latter  is  not  disturbed ;  elec- 
trify the  wire,  instantly  the  needle  is  disturbed,  tak- 
ing position  at  right-angles  to  the  wire;  therefore 
this  disturbance  is  effected  by  the  electricity.  Note 
that  this  test  verifies,  not  the  particular  conclusion 
of  the  pilot,  but  an  obscure  induction  from  it,  that 
Electricity  deflects  the  needle. 

The  previous  spectroscopic  instance  may  be  tested 
and  verified,  reversing  its  order  of  thought,  by  this 
experiment:  Produce  the  spectrum  by  an  incandes- 
cent platinum  wire,  the  bright  line  does  not  appear; 
having  touched  a  pellet  of  sodium  with  the  point  of 
the  wire,  produce  the  spectrum,  instantly  the  bright 
yellow  line  flashes  across ;  therefore  it  is  the  effect  of 
the  incandescent  sodium. 

Again,  wishing  to  ascertain  which  of  the  two  chief 
components  of  air  supports  breathing  life,  we  put  a 
mouse  in  an  open  jar,  and  then  fill  the  jar  by  dis- 
placement with  pure  nitrogen  ;  the  mouse  soon  dies ; 
therefore  nitrogen  is  azotic,  and  it  is  the  oxygen  of 
the  air  that  supports  life. 

Thus  the  method  of  difference  is  pre-eminently  a 
method  of  experiment,  and  the  most  potent  means  of 
scientific  investigation.  To  it  the  student  of  nature 
always  preferably  resorts  in  cases  where  its  application 
is  possible.  Perhaps  nine-tenths  of  the  experimental 
research  in  the  chemical,  physical,  physiological,  and 
other  scientific  laboratories,  as  well  as  the  testing  of 
ordinary  matters,  is  by  the  method  of  difference. 


DIFFERENCE  111 

Let  it  be  remarked  that  the  foregoing  examples  of 
the  method  are  not  inductions.  So  far  as  they  in- 
volve inference,  it  is  deductive.  The  result  in  each 
case  is  merely  that  a  certain  particular  fact  is  the 
cause,  or  the  effect,  of  a  certain  other  particular  fact. 
The  method  of  difference  only  prepares  this  ground 
for  the  induction  of  a  universal  according  to  the 
general  canon  of  induction  (§  54).  An  inductive 
inference  is  then  competent,  and  is  so  simple  and 
direct  that  thought  almost  instinctively  makes  it, 
indeed  running  constantly  before  the  proof  of  the 
particular  with  an  anticipating  generalization.  It 
requires,  therefore,  some  attentive  discrimination, 
rarely  exercised  on  this  point  even  by  logicians,  to 
avoid  confusing  the  preparatory  process  with  the 
logically  subsequent  induction. 

§  59.  Recurring  to  the  first  example  in  §  57,  we 
inductively  infer.  Every  like  cloud  always  causes 
rain.  Here  rain^  a  generalized  effect,  is  attributed 
to  cloud  as  its  generalized  cause.  The  statement  is 
in  the  form  of  a  causal,  categorical,  universal  propo- 
sition. Letting  A  stand  for  any  generalized  cause, 
and  ;§;  for  its  generalized  effect,  we  have : — 

If  A  is,  then  ^  is ;  and 

If  »  is,  then  A  is. — Canon,  §  54. 

These  may  be  combined  in  the  compound  form : — 

Only  if  A  is,  then  %  is. 

This  implies,  not  merely  that  if  either  is,  the  other 
is,  but  also  that  if  either  is  not,  the  other  is  not. 


112  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

Hence  affirming  either  affirms  the  other,  and  deny- 
ing either  denies  the  other.  Such  is  the  character 
of  the  causal  conditional,  causa  essendi^  as  distin- 
guished from  the  logical  conditional,  causa  cogno- 
scendi  (§  110).  Formally  and  theoretically  it  is  rig- 
idly conditio  sine  qua  non. 

Now  suppose  that,  having  obtained  inductively  a 
universal,  some  new  particular  phenomenon  of  like 
sort  is  observed,  then  it  may  be  subsumed,  and  an 
unobserved  fact  deduced,  as  follows  : — 

Only  if  A  is,  then  z  is ; 


But  A  is ; 

.*.  z  is 


But  z  is ; 

.♦.  A  is. PONENS. 


E.  g.  When  I  see  just  such  a  cloud  in  the  distance, 
I  conclude  it  is  raining  over  there ;  or,  when  at  night 
I  hear  the  rain  on  my  roof,  I  conclude  there  is  a 
rain-cloud  above.     Again  : — 

Only  if  A  is,  then  Z  is ; 


But  A  is  not ; 
/.  z  is  not. 


But  z  is  not ; 

.-.   A  is  not. — ToLLENS. 


E.  g.  If  there  be  no  such  cloud,  there  is  no  rain ; 
or  if  there  be  no  rain,  there  is  no  such  cloud.  Other 
forms  of  the  so-called  conditional  syllogism  may  be 
used  in  these  deductions  (§  119  sq.). 

§  60.  A  modification  of  the  foregoing  method  of 
difference  is  the  Method  of  Kesidue.  After  the 
principal  causes  of  a  complex  phenomenon  have 
been  severally  ascertained,  there  often  remains  a 
portion  unaccounted  for.   Sometimes  this  is  so  slight 


DIFFERENCE  113 

as  to  be  overlooked,  or  else  supposed  to  be  due  to 
errors  of  observation.  But  alert  scientists  have 
learned  to  scrutinize  with  profit  what  others  neglect. 
Indeed,  some  very  important  discoveries  have  re- 
sulted from  the  study  of  an  apparently  trifling  resi- 
due. Separating  it  from  the  cognate  effects,  inquiry 
is  made  for  a  corresponding  surplus  in  the  antece- 
dents, which  has  either  been  disregarded,  or  is  as  yet 
unknown,  and  this,  when  found,  is  rightly  posited  as 
the  cause  of  the  residuum.  The  formal  process  in 
such  case  is  expressed  succinctly  in  the  following 
Canon  or  Eesidue  :  Subduct  from  a  complex 
instance  the  consequents  of  ascertained  an- 
tecedents, and  the  residue  is  the  effect  of  the 
remaining  antecedents. 

The  method  may  be  formulated  as  follows: 


ABC 

But  ^ 

and  C 

.'.  B  C 

y  z  X 

X 

y 

X  y 

Here  the  complex  instance  has  yielded  to  investi- 
gation that  X  is  caused  by  B,  and  y  by  C.  On  sub- 
ducting X  and  y  from  the  total  consequents,  a  resid- 
ual phenomenon,  s,  perhaps  quite  inconspicuous,  is 
discovered.  This,  then,  is  the  effect  of  A,  the  re- 
maining antecedents. 

Note  that  the  two  instances,  one  aflSrraative  and 
one  negative  of  A  ^,  characteristic  of  the  method  of 
difference,  appear  in  the  formula.  This  negative  in- 
stance, however,  is  not  obtained  by  direct  observa- 
tion, but  is  deduced  from  the  effects  which  B  and  G 
produce  separately.    Still  the  method  is  as  cogent  as 


114  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

the  method  of  difference  itself,  provided  the  prem- 
ises B  X  and  C  y  oi  its  specific  deduction  are  ob- 
tained by  that  method,  and  that  A  is  the  only  agent 
to  which  z  can  be  referred.  Otherwise  further  proof 
is  requisite. 

§  61.  For  example :  Arfwedson,  in  1818,  on  ana- 
lyzing a  portion  of  a  certain  mineral  {A  B  C\  whose 
total  weight  (y  z  x)  he  ascertained,  found  the  weight 
{x)  of  the  contained  magnesia  (B),  and  the  weight  {y) 
of  other  components  (C).  Subducting  these  weights 
{x  and  y)  from  the  total,  a  residue  (s)  was  observed. 
Searching  the  mineral  for  its  cause,  he  discovered  a 
substance  (A),  previously  unknown,  and  named  it 
lithia.  In  like  manner  were  discovered  iodine, 
bromine,  selenium,  and  several  new  metals  accom- 
panying platinum. 

The  discrepancy  between  the  observed  and  calcu- 
lated times  of  eclipses  of  Jupiter's  satellites  was  a 
residue  accounted  for  by  the  difference  of  times  req- 
uisite for  the  passage  of  light,  previously  supposed 
to  be  instantaneous,  over  his  greater  and  less  dis- 
tances from  us,  and  on  this  basis  Roemer  calculated 
its  velocity. 

The  perturbation  of  the  planets  was  a  residue 
which  led  astronomers  to  extend  the  law  of  gravita- 
tion from  the  central  body,  to  which  alone  it  was 
at  first  supposed  to  be  applicable,  inductively  to  all 
bodies  in  the  universe. 

The  geologists  who  posit  early  cataclysmic  causes 
allege  in  support  of  their  view  that,  after  the  effect 


DIFFERENCE  115 

of  all  ordinary  causes  has  been  allowed  for,  there  is  a 
large  residue  of  facts  proving  the  existence  in  geo- 
logic eras  either  of  other  forces,  or  of  like  forces 
greatly  intensified. 

Whoever  claims  that  there  is  a  fundamental  differ- 
ence in  the  intellectual  capacities  of  the  sexes  should 
show  that,  after  subtracting  from  the  known  differ- 
ences all  that  can  be  attributed  to  differences  of 
physical  organization  and  to  the  influence  of  envi- 
ronment, there  is  a  residue  which  can  be  attributed 
only  to  an  ulterior  distinction. 


YIII.— AGEEEMENT 

§  62.  It  has  already  been  said  that  the  ordinary 
course  of  nature  or  of  affairs  rarely  presents  cases 
fulfilling  the  requirements  of  the  method  of  differ- 
ence. Moreover,  it  often  happens  that  these  require- 
ments cannot  be  fulfilled  by  experimental  contriv- 
ance with  sufficiently  rigorous  accuracy.  In  such 
cases  an  alternative  mode  of  discovering  the  cause 
of  a  given  effect,  or  the  effect  of  a  given  cause,  is 
afforded  by  the  Method  of  Agreement.  This  method 
follows  the  maxim  that  whatever  circumstance  can 
be  absent  from  a  case  without  the  absence  also  of  the 
phenomenon  under  investigation,  is  not  causally  con- 
nected with  that  phenomenon  (§  55).  It  is  based  on 
the  Axiom  of  Change,  from  which  are  deduced  the 
following  special  maxims : 

1st.  When  a  consequent  disappears  without  the 
disappearance  of  a  given  antecedent,  the  latter  is  not 
the  sole  cause  of  the  former. 

2d.  When  an  antecedent  disappears  without  the 
disappearance  of  a  given  consequent,  the  latter  is  not 
the  effect  of  the  former. 

3d.  The  antecedent  and  consequent,  which  togeth- 
er are  constant  during  the  successive  disappearance 
of  each  of  the  others,,  are  related  as  cause  and  effect. 


AGREEMENT  117 

These  deductions  are  comprised  in  the  following 
Canon  of  Agreement  :  If  instances  wherein  a 
phenomenon  occurs  have  only  one  circum- 
stance in  common,  this  is  its  cause,  or  its 
effect. 

A  symbolical  formula  of  this  canon  is  as  follows : 

ABC  A  :^  D  -  ACE 

y    z^x  s^  y    z  x    z  v 

If  z  be  the  particular  phenomenon  under  investiga- 
tion, the  fact  that  the  three  instances  containing  it 
have  only  one  circumstance  in  common,  the  ante- 
cedent A^  is  evidence  that  A  is  the  cause  of  z. 
Conversely,  if  A  be  under  investigation,  the  com- 
mon consequent  z  is  its  effect. 

In  the  application  of  this  method  the  instances  are 
studiously  varied  so  as  to  eliminate  in  turn  the  sev- 
eral chance  or  immaterial  circumstances  attending 
the  phenomenon  (§  51).  We  must  follow  the  Ba- 
conian rule  of  "varying  the  circumstances";  for  a 
repetition  of  strictly  similar  cases,  however  numer- 
ous, proves  nothing,  there  being  no  elimination. 
Only  dissimilar  cases  eliminate,  and  so  afford  proof ; 
hence  these  should  be  multiplied  as  far  as  needful.* 

^  The  enormous  extent  to  which  experiments  are  sometimes  carried 
in  order  to  establish  causal  connection  finds  illustration  in  physiolog- 
ical investigation  by  vivisection.  M.  Paul  Bert  describes  a  series  of 
experiments  extending  to  No.  286.  Flourens  states  that  Mcagendie 
used  4000  dogs  in  an  effort  to  prove  Sir  Charles  Bell's  theory  of  the 
motor  and  sensor  functions  of  the  nerves,  and,  having  failed,  used  4000 
more  to  disprove  it ;  but  that  he  himself  had  proved  Bell  to  be  right 
by  the  vivisection  of  1000  more. 


118  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

The  questionable  possibilities  will  thus  be  gradually 
reduced  in  number,  and,  if  the  means  of  elimination 
be  complete,  the  inquiry  terminates  in  fixing  upon 
some  one  circumstance  that  has  never  been  absent 
when  the  phenomenon  is  present. 

§  63.  IlTewton  observed  bright  prismatic  colors  {z) 
displayed  in  white  light  on  a  film  {A)  of  a  liquid 
soap-bubble;  like  colors  in  white  light  on  a  film  of 
solid  mica;  like  colors  in  white  light  on  a  film  of 
air  between  glass  plates.  The  only  common  circum- 
stance appearing  to  be  white  light  on  a  film,  he  pos- 
ited this  as  the  cause  of  the  prismatic  colors,  now 
more  fully  explained  by  the  interference  of  light. 

Conversely,  cause  being  given  to  find  its  effect,  if 
in  several  instances  an  alkali  and  oil  {A)  unite,  e.  g. 
potash  and  tallow,  soda  and  suet,  lime  and  olive  oil, 
a  common  circumstance  is  soap  {z) ;  this,  then,  is  the 
effect  of  the  common  antecedent. 

From  each  of  these  particular  determinations  an 
induction  is  now  competent,  thus :  Any  transparent 
film  in  white  light  exhihits  jprismatio  colors;  and 
Any  alkali  and  oil  uniting  produce  a  soap. 

Some  other  examples  will  be  helpful.  We  observe 
in  many  cases  the  conversion  of  solids  into  liquids, 
and  these  into  gases.  The  bodies  so  converted  have 
a  great  variety  of  properties.  One  circumstance 
common  to  the  cases  is  the  increase  of  heat.  The 
elimination  of  other  circumstances  being  complete, 
this  antecedent  is  rightly  assigned  as  the  cause  of  the 
change. 


AGREEMENT  119 

Brewster  proved  that  the  iridescence  of  nacre  is 
not  due  to  the  nature  of  the  substance^,  but  of  the 
surface.  Taking  an  impression  of  it  in  wax,  he  found 
on  this  different  substance  a  like  iridescence.  It  is 
now  a  familiar  fact  that  the  surface  of  glass  or  metal, 
when  finely  grooved,  becomes  iridescent. 

If  a  certain  occupation  or  mode  of  living  is  found 
to  be  usually  attended  by  a  particular  disease,  it  is 
reasonably  suspected  to  be  the  cause  of  the  disease ; 
and  the  exceptional  cases  wherein  the  disease  does  not 
occur  are  suspected  to  involve  a  preventive  cause 
(§§15,47,  56  n.). 

Whenever  I  eat  a  particular  kind  of  fruit,  what- 
ever else  I  may  eat  or  drink,  however  various  my 
general  state  of  health,  the  temperature  of  the  air, 
the  season,  the  climate,  and  divers  other  surround- 
ings, I  am  taken  ill,  and  rightly  consider  the  eaten 
fruit  the  very  probable  cause. 

A  certain  plant  grows  luxuriantly  on  a  certain  soil. 
If  wide  observation  eliminates  very  generally  the 
other  circumstances,  it  is  correct  to  conclude  that 
soil  to  be  the  cause  of  the  remarkable  luxuriance  of 
that  plant. 

If  trade  languishes  or  flourishes  under  a  high  tar- 
iff, and  if  it  be  ascertained  that  those  countries  where 
the  one  effect  is  observed  agree  throughout  in  no 
other  material  respect  except  the  tariff,  or  if  this  is 
observed  of  different  decades  in  the  same  country, 
the  high  tariff  may  be  posited  as  the  cause. 

Thus  it  is  by  the  method  of  agreement  primarily 
and  chiefly  that  we  discern  the  cause  of  disease,  of 


120  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

political  revolution,  of  national  characteristics,  of 
inodificatioos  in  animal  and  vegetable  physiology,  of 
the  order  of  geological  strata,  of  changes  in  language ; 
likewise,  the  effect  of  storm,  of  sunshine,  and  of 
snow,  of  good  and  bad  legislation,  of  this  or  that 
method  of  teaching,  of  one's  habits  of  life,  of  aesthetic 
culture  on  morals,  etc.  In  short,  there  is  hardly  any 
department  of  knowledge  wherein  the  method  is  not 
in  constant  use. 

§  64.  Some  general  remarks  will  now  be  appropri- 
ate. The  determination  of  natural  kinds,  and  in 
general  of  phenomena  of  ultimate  coexistence,  is  by 
virtue  of  similarit}^  or  agreement  (§  33).  The  meth- 
ods of  induction  by  enumeration  are  also  founded  on 
agreement  of  cases  or  of  marks  (§  37).  But  the 
methods  now  under  consideration  are  not  methods 
of  induction,  but  of  inquiry  into  particular  cases 
of  causation.  Also  they  do  not  apply  to  ultimately 
coexisting  phenomena,  but  only  to  phenomena  of 
succession,  and  in  these  only  to  cases  of  causal  succes- 
sion. 

It  is  not  always  easy  to  determine  whether  or  not 
successive  phenomena  are  causally  connected.  Mere 
succession  in  time  is  insufficient  (§  14:).  The  trans- 
ference of  energy  is  perhaps  the  ultimate  test,  but  it 
is  rarely  applicable  (§  17).  We  must  rely  mainly  on 
similar  experiences  to  help  us  at  the  outset  in  distin- 
guishing cases  of  causation,  in  separating  the  causal 
antecedents  from  the  causal  consequents,  and  in  as- 
certaining the  several  components  of  each  (§  35). 


AGREEMENT  121 

In  studying  a  case  we  disregard  the  immaterial  or 
chance  circumstances.  Most  instances  agree  in  a 
number  of  these.  The  objects  are  subject  to  gravity, 
immersed  in  air,  exposed  to  light,  etc.  Unless  these 
can  be  supposed  to  affect  the  case,  they  are  not  taken 
into  account.  But  no  circumstance  should  be  hastily 
rejected.  Light  was  hardly  esteemed  an  agent  until 
it  was  detected  blackening  salts  of  silver  (§  35) ;  now 
it  is  recognized  as  widely  effective  in  chemical 
changes  and  vital  processes. 

In  the  distribution  of  the  antecedents  and  conse- 
quents, as  well  as  in  their  subdivision,  care  is  requi- 
site. Disturbances  of  the  magnetic  needle  are  coin- 
cident, more  often  than  chance  will  account  for,  with 
changes  on  the  disk  of  the  sun,  and  with  auroral  dis- 
plays. Hence  one  of  these  has  been  mistaken  for 
the  cause  of  the  others,  when  in  fact  they  are  all 
properly  parts  of  the  effect  of  some  widely  prevail- 
ing common  cause. 

Among  the  unquestionable  antecedents  occur  real 
conditions,  which  should  be  distinguished  from  the 
causal  conditions  (§  110).  Thus  joints  are  a  condi- 
tion, not  a  cause,  of  walking.  So  also  molecular  mo- 
bility is  not  a  cause,  but  a  condition,  of  crystalliza- 
tion. Again,  there  are  certain  doubly  refracting  (z) 
substances,  Iceland  spar  being  one,  having  a  great 
variety  of  color,  weight,  hardness,  form,  and  compo- 
sition, which  qualities,  then,  are  immaterial  circum- 
stances ;  but  solidity,  transparency,  and  in  general  a 
crystalline  structure,  are  invariable  and  essential  an- 
tecedents, yet  not  causal  conditions  {A\  but  simply 


122  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

real  conditions.  Su,cli  substances  exhibit  periodical 
colors  on  exposure  to  polarized  light,  which  is  a  spe- 
cial real,  not  causal,  condition  of  the  periodical  colors. 
The  discrimination  and  elimination  of  the  real  condi- 
tions are  requisite  to  avoid  misleading  confusion. 

§  65.  E-eturning  to  the  specific  consideration  of 
the  method  of  agreement,  we  note  that  after  all  the 
foregoing  general  precautions  have  been  observed, 
still  it  is  seldom  that  we  have  a  series  of  cases  either 
so  simple  or  so  complete  as  the  theoretical  formula 
indicates.  Usually  there  is  a  complex  tale  of  many 
antecedents  and  consequents,  and  it  is  hard  to  get 
the  variety  of  instances  requisite  to  eliminate  all  save 
one  of  the  important  circumstances  attending  the 
phenomenon  in  question. 

Another  imperfection  in  the  practical  application 
of  this  method  is  called  its  characteristic  imperfec- 
tion, since  it  is  not  attributable  to  the  other  meth- 
ods. An  effect  given  to  find  its  cause  is  often 
due  to  an  apparently  possible  plurality  of  causes 
(§  22).  Recurring  to  the  formula  (§  62),  it  appears, 
unless  the  analysis  has  been  thorough,  that  z  may 
have  been  in  the  first  instance  the  effect  of  B^  or  of 
(7,  in  the  second  of  Z>,  in  the  third  of  E.  Suppose 
two  distinct  drugs,  each  curative  of  a  certain  disease, 
and  each  mixed  with  an  inert  drug;  applying  the 
method  of  agreement  we  might  unguardedly  infer 
the  cure  to  be  the  effect  of  the  latter. 

This  difficulty  is  wholly  due  to  imperfect  analysis 
of  facts  and  factors,  and  not  to  any  inherent  imper- 


AGREEMENT  123 

fection  in  the  theory.  But  the  best  analysis  even  of 
the  simpler  cases  is  always  so  far  short  of  perfection 
that  we  must  admit  in  practice  the  maxim  of  plural- 
ity of  causes  and  regard  the  colligation  (§  9)  of  re- 
sults as  uncertain. 

A  multiplication  of  various  instances  increases  the 
presumption  that  A  is  the  cause  of  ^.  The  error  of 
ascribing  the  cure  to  the  inert  drug  would  hardly 
survive  even  a  few  cases.  Adverting  to  the  first  ex- 
ample (§  63),  the  possibility  that  the  prismatic  colors 
are  the  effect  in  the  first  instance  of  the  dissolved 
soap,  in  the  second  of  the  alumina  in  the  mica,  in 
the  third  of  the  nitrogen  of  the  air,  would  soon  dis- 
appear under  additional  instances,  provided  the  ob- 
servations are  made  amid  various  circumstances,  and 
the  colligated  conclusion,  that  in  each  instance  the 
colors  are  the  effect  of  white  light  on  a  transparent 
film  constantly  present,  would  soon  become  a  very 
strong  probability,  the  uncertainty  arising  from  a 
possible  plurality  of  causes  being  thereby  practically 
eliminated. 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  maxim  of  a  plurality 
of  effects  (§  20)  is  likewise  to  be  recognized,  and  the 
uncertainty  thence  arising  to  be  similarly  reduced  by 
multiplied  eliminations.  Thus,  heat  (J.)  boils  water 
(a?),  melts  metal  (^),  stimulates  growth  (5),  etc.  Elim- 
ination of  the  differences  in  these  effects  discovers  a 
common  fact  (z)  in  a  specific  molecular  change. 

§  ^^.  It  is  now  sufficiently  manifest  that'  in  prac- 
tice a  causal  connection  between  a  phenomenon  and 


124  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

a  circumstance  cannot  be  rigidly  proved  by  the 
method  of  agreement.  A  very  high  degree  of  prob- 
ability may  sometimes  be  attained,  and  with  this, 
when  other  methods  are  inapplicable  to  the  case,  we 
have  to  be  content.  In  most  cases  the  probability  is 
of  lower  degree,  varying  in  value  with  the  multiplic- 
ity of  differing  instances.  A  rule  for  estimating  this 
value  is  as  follows :  "  Given  an  effect  to  be  accounted 
for,  and  there  being  several  causes  that  might  have 
produced  it,  but  of  whose  presence  in  the  particular 
case  nothing  is  known ;  the  probability  that  the  ef- 
fect was  produced  by  any  of  these  causes  is  as  the 
antecedent  probability  of  the  cause,  multiplied  by 
the  probability  that  the  cause,  if  it  existed,  would 
have  produced  the  given  effect."  ^ 

It  is  also  obvious  that  the  method  of  agreement  is 
a  method  of  simple  observation  rather  than  of  ex- 
periment. When  the  effect  of  a  given  cause  is 
sought,  experimental  tests  are  often  applicable  with 
advantage  (§  36).  When  the  cause  of  a  given  effect 
is  sought,  simple  observation  may  give  rise  only  to  a 
suspicion  or  surmise  of  the  cause ;  then,  reversing 
the  order,  the  suspected  cause  may  often  be  tried  to 
see  whether  z  will  come  of  it,  which  is  experimental 
observation  again.     But  perhaps  yet  more  often  the 

'  This  rule  is  given  by  Laplace  as  the  "  Sixth  Principle,"  in  his 
"  Essai  Philosophique  sur  les  ProbabilitSs,"  and  is  described  by  him 
as  the  "  fundamental  principle  of  that  branch  of  the  Analysis  of  Proba- 
bilities which  consists  in  ascending  from  events  to  their  causes."  An 
excellent  exposition,  which  we  have  not  space  to  quote,  will  be  found 
in  Mill,  Logic,  p.  385  sq.,  reproduced  by  Bain,  Logic^  bk.  iiL,  ch.  ix.,  §  13. 


AGREEMENT  125 

matter  is  out  of  reach  of  handling,  and  tlien  we  are 
limited  to  simple  observation  in  both  orders  of  in- 
quiry. 

Yery  generally  investigation  begins  with  simple 
observation  by  the  method  of  agreement.  Recourse 
is  had  to  experiment  if  practicable,  and  the  intelli- 
gent inquirer  will  never  lose  an  opportunity  of  re- 
sorting to  the  more  cogent  method  of  difference. 
Perhaps  the  chief  value  of  the  method  of  agreement 
in  scientific  pursuit  is  that  it  suggests  lines  of  exper- 
iment, and  the  application  of  other  methods  yielding 
empirical  certainty.  In  itself  it  is  tentative  rather 
than  probative,  resulting  merely  in  a  greater  or  less 
probability  that  in  the  observed  cases  A  is  the  cause 
of  2.     Formulae  of  the  induction  may  be  stated  thus : 

If  A  is,  then  probably  ^  is ;  and 
If  i^  is,  then  probably  A  is. 

§  67.  An  important  modification  of  the  foregoing 
method  is  the  Method  of  Double  Agreement.  It 
consists  in  applying  agreement,  first  to  a  series  of 
cases  wherein  a  certain  circumstance  attends  a  phe- 
nomenon, and  then  to  a  series  within  the  same  gen- 
eral sphere  of  circumstances,  as  nearly  similar  to  the 
other  as  possible,  except  that  the  phenomenon  in 
question  and  the  attendant  circumstance  are  absent. 
A  comparison  of  the  positive  with  the  negative  se- 
ries greatly  strengthens  the  inference  that  the  phe- 
nomenon and  the  circumstance  are  causally  con- 
nected. There  is  first  an  agreement  in  presence,  and 
then  an  agreement  in  absence,  which  double  agree- 


126  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

ment  conjoined  makes  an  approach  to  the  conchi- 
siveness  of  the  method  of  difference. 

The  argument  is:  Since  the  positive  cases  agree 
with  each  other  in  nothing  throughout  except  in  the 
presence  of  the  given  phenomenon  and  a  circum- 
stance, then  bj  the  single  method  of  agreement  it  is 
probable  that  these  are  causally  connected.  More- 
over, since  the  negative  cases  agree  with  each  oth- 
er in  nothing  throughout  except  in  the  absence  of 
the  given  phenomenon  and  that  circumstance,  this, 
considered  apart,  likewise  renders  their  connection 
probable.  Therefore,  a  fortiori^  the  two  inferences 
being  conjoined,  the  connection  is  still  more  prob- 
able. 

The  method  is  stated  succinctly  in  the  following 
Canon  of  Double  Agreement  :  If  instances 
wherein  a  phenomenon  occurs  have  only 
one  circumstance  in  common,  and  others  in 
which  it  does  not  occur  have  nothing  in 
common  save  the  absence  of  the  circum- 
stance, this  wholly  or  partly  is  the  cause  of 
the  phenomenon,  or  its  effect. 

A  symbolical  formula  of  this  canon  is  as  follows : 

ABC  A  B  D  A   C  F 

a    h    c  a    h    d  a    c   f 

B  F  CD  D  F 

h  f  c    d  d  f 

Let  it  be  observed  that  no  negative  instance  differs 
from  any  positive  instance  merely  in  the  absence  of 
-4,  a.    If  one  did,  it  would  satisfy  the  requisites  of 


AGREEMENT  127 

the  simpler,  more  cogent,  and  therefore  preferable 
method  of  difference,  and  this  would  supersede  the 
other. 

§  68.  In  correspondence  with  the  formula,  sup- 
pose a  south  wind,  Auster,  from  over  a  marsh,  to  be 
attended  by  ague  in  three  several  instances.  In  the 
first,  the  weather  is  Bleak  and  blighting,  also  Cloudy 
and  cold,  but  not  Damp  or  Foul.  In  the  second,  it 
is  Bleak  and  blighting.  Damp  and  dewy,  but  not 
Cloudy  or  Foul.  In  the  third,  it  is  Cloudy  and  cold, 
Foul  and  foggy,  but  not  Bleak  or  Damp.  The  meth- 
od of  agreement  concludes  from  these  cases  agree- 
ing in  presence  that  probably  the  ague  was  in  each 
caused  by  Auster  charged  with  malaria  from  the 
marsh. 

Again,  suppose  in  the  same  locality  another  trio  of 
winds  not  Austral  and  not  attended  by  ague,  but 
each  of  the  other  circumstances  appearing  in  turn  in 
one  or  two  instances,  yet  no  one  in  all  three.  The 
method  of  agreement  infers  negatively  from  these 
negative  cases  agreeing  in  absence  that  these  winds 
not  Austral  did  not  cause  ague. 

Now  this  negative  inference  greatly  strengthens 
the  prior  conclusion  that  in  those  cases  the  ague  was 
caused  by  the  malarial  Auster.  For,  imagine  a  se- 
ries of  negative  cases  exhaustive  of  the  important 
circumstances  associated  in  any  instance  with  A,  a. 
This  series  alone  would  furnish  full  proof  of  their 
causal  connection,  as  follows :  Generalizing  from  a 
colligation  of  the  negative  cases,  we  have — 


128  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

If  A  is  not,  then  a  is  not ;  and  v. v. ; 
But  in  a  certain  case  a  is ; 
.*.  In  that  particular  case  ^  is  ;  or  v.  v. — Tollens. 

Practically,  however,  we  can  never  obtain  an  ex- 
haustive negative  series,  hence  the  conclusion  is  only 
probable.  But  this  probability,  corroborated  by  that 
arising  from  the  affirmative  series,  yields  a  conclu- 
sion a  fortiori. 

In  another  important  respect  the  prior  conclusion 
is  strengthened  still  more  by  the  negative  series.  It 
excludes  the  supposition  of  a  plurality  of  causes. 
For,  since  the  negative  series  comprises,  theoretically 
at  least,  all  the  antecedents  of  the  affirmative  series 
except  A,  without  the  occurrence  of  a  among  its  con- 
sequents, it  follows  that  none  of  those  antecedents  is 
a  cause  of  a.  Thus  the  characteristic  imperfection 
of  the  method  of  agreement  does  not  invalidate  this 
modified  method,  which  therefore  is  the  more  cb- 
gent,  and  approaches,  though  it  never  reaches,  the 
demonstrative  force  of  the  method  of  difference. 

§  69.  A  standard  illustration  of  the  method  of 
double  agreement  is  the  research  of  Wells  into  the 
cause  of  dew.  "  It  appears  that  the  instances  in 
which  much  dew  is  deposited,  which  are  very  vari- 
ous, agree  in  this,  and,  so  far  as  we  are  able  to  ob- 
serve, in  this  only,  that  they  either  radiate  heat  rap- 
idly or  conduct  it  slowly ;  qualities  between  which 
there  is  no  other  circumstance  of  agreement  than 
that,  by  virtue  of  either,  the  body  tends  to  lose  heat 
from  the  surface  more  rapidly  than   it  can  be  re- 


AGREEMENT  129 

stored  from  within.  The  instances,  on  the  contrary, 
in  which  no  dew,  or  but  a  small  quantity  of  it,  is 
formed,  and  which  are  also  extremely  various,  agree 
(as  far  as  we  can  observe)  in  nothing  except  in  not 
having  this  same  property.  We  seem,  therefore,  to 
have  detected  the  characteristic  difference  between 
the  substances  on  which  dew  is  produced  and  those 
on  which  it  is  not  produced.  And  thus  have  been 
realized  the  requisitions  of  what  we  have  termed  the 
Indirect  Method  of  Difference."  This,  however,  is 
not  the  whole  of  the  research.  By  the  application 
of  other  methods,  proof  is  accumulated,  and  the  the- 
ory fully  established.* 

^  See  §  11,  last  paragraph  but  one.  Mr.  Fowler,  in  his  Inductive 
Logic,  p.  134,  note,  says :  "  Dr.  "Wells's  "  Memoir  on  the  Theory  of  Dew" 
is  very  brief,  and  deserves  to  be  carefully  read  by  every  student  of 
scientific  method.  Sir  John  Herschel,  in  his  "  Discourse,"  etc.,  §  168, 
speaks  of  the  speculation  as  *  one  of  the  most  beautiful  specimens  of 
inductive  experimental  inquiry,  lying  within  a  moderate  compass,'  that 
is  known  to  him.  Cf.  id.,  p.  155.  Our  quotation  is  from  Mill,  Logic^ 
p.  299,  which  is  borrowed  from  Herschel,  as  above. 


IX.— COl^COMITAITCE 

§  70.  The  Method  of  Concomitant  Yariations, 
which  may  be  construed  as  a  modification  either  of 
the  method  of  difference  or  of  the  method  of  agree- 
ment, remains  to  be  'considered.^  There  is  a  large 
and  important  class  of  cases  from  which  it  is  imprac- 
ticable to  eliminate  entirely  an  agent  and  its  conse- 
quent. To  these  cases,  therefore,  neither  of  the  fore- 
going methods,  without  modification,  is  applicable. 
For  instance,  the  oscillations  of  a  pendulum  near  a 
mountain  are  .disturbed ;  we  take  it  far  away,  and 


*  The  method  has  regard  to  concomitant  changes  in  the  degree  of  a 
given  phenomenon  and  a  circumstance.  Observation  having  noted  a 
gain,  or  a  loss,  of  quantity  in  an  antecedent  and  consequent,  this  gain 
or  loss  itself  may  be  taken  as  a  phenomenon  and  circumstance  in 
which  alone  this  instance  differs  from  another ;  thus  fulfilling  the  con- 
ditions of  the  method  of  difference.  For  example,  two  observations  of 
a  thermometer  may  discover  no  difference  except  a  gain  of  height  along 
with  a  gain  of  heat.  Or,  a  series  of  observations,  noting  a  gain  or  a 
loss  in  each  of  several  instances,  may  be  compared  as  to  this  point,  in 
which  alone  they  agree ;  thus  fulfilling  the  conditions  of  the  method 
of  agreement.  For  example,  observations  on  mercury,  iron,  water, 
and  marble,  at  ordinary  temperatures,  may  agree  alone  in  a  loss  of 
bulk  along  with  a  loss  of  heat.  The  methods,  therefore,  are  primarily 
two  (§  55). 

It  will  be  better,  however,  to  disregard  this  reduction,  and  treat  the 
method  of  concomitant  variations  as  an  independent  original  method. 


CONCOMITANCE  131 

the  disturbance  ceases ;  this  proves,  by  the  method 
of  difference,  that  the  mountain  was  the  cause  of  the 
disturbance.  But  we  cannot  take  it  away  from  the 
earth,  and  by  tlie  same  method  ascertain  the  cause  of 
the  oscillations.  Nor  can  we  apply  the  method  of 
agreement;  for,  though  the  earth,  a  permanent  cause, 
is  always  present,  so  also  is  the  sun,  which,  by  this 
method  alone,  might  with  equal  reason  be  posited  as 
the  agent.  It  is  evident  that  some  other  method 
of  discovering  causal  relations  is  needed.  Now,  a 
pendulum  oscillates  about  a  vertical  through  its 
point  of  suspension,  a  vertical  whose  direction  in 
space  varies  concomitantly  with  the  earth's  motion; 
therefore  the  oscillations  of  the  pendulum  about  the 
varying  vertical,  and  the  moving  earth,  are  causally 
related. 

In  general,  it  follows  from  the  axiom  of  change 
(§  18),  that  any  modified  cause,  which,  indeed,  is  a  dif- 
ferent cause,  is  followed  by  a  modified  effect ;  and 
any  modification  of  an  effect  is  due  to  some  modi- 
fication of  its  cause.  Hence,  limiting  the  view  to 
progressive  changes  attending  each  other,  we  have  the 
Canon  or  Concomitant  Variations  :  If  a  phenom- 
enon varies  in  any  manner  whenever  a  cir- 
cumstance varies  in  some  particular  man- 
ner, they  are  causally  connected. 

Only  the  general  fact  of  a  causal  connection  can 
be  determined  by  this  method  alone.  Whether  the 
phenomenon  is  specifically  the  cause  or  the  effect  of 
its  circumstance,  or  whether  they  both  are  not  rather 
the  joint  effect  {x  oc  x')  of  some  common  cause,  must 


132  .    ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE    LOGIC 

be  ascertained  by  trying  whether  we  can  produce  one 
set  of  variations,  or  find  one  produced,  by  means  of 
the  other.  If  so,  the  relation  is  that  of  cause  and  ef- 
fect, and  may  be  symbolically  formulated  thus : 

ABC 

X      z     y 

Here  B  with  z,  and  C  with  y,  remain  constant,  while  A 
varies  with  x,  ^ 

§  71.  It  is  impracticable  to  deprive  a  body,  a  bar 
of  iron  for  instance,  entirely  of  its  heat.  "We  can- 
not, therefore,  so  vary  the  circumstances  as  to  com- 
ply with  this  requisite  of  the  preceding  methods,  and 
thus  discover  what  effect  is  due  to  the  heat.  But 
we  can  observe  a  rise  of  temperature  in  the  bar,  and 
note  that  the  only  concurring  modification  is  an  in- 
crease of  bulk,  especially  of  its  length.  We  con- 
clude, by  the  method  of  concomitant  variations,  that 
its  heat  and  its  length  are  causally  connected. 

We  find,  upon  trial,  that  by  adding  or  withdraw- 
ing heat  we  can  increase  or  diminish  its  length. 
Hence  these  are  not  the  joint  effect  (a?  oc  x')  of  some 
common  cause,  but  are  related  as  cause  and  effect 
{A  oc  x). 

Which  is  cause  of  the  other?  When  we  increase 
the  heat,  the  length  increases ;  but  when  we  increase 
the  length  by  simple  traction,  the  heat  does  not  in- 
crease accordingly.  When  we  increase  the  bulk  of 
some  bodies,  as  air,  the  temperature,  on  the  contrary, 


CONCOMITANCE  133 

falls.  Therefore  the  varying  heat  is  the  cause  of  the 
varying  length. 

This  relation  being  thus  particularly  ascertained, 
we  are  authorized  by  the  principle  of  uniformity 
(§  19)  to  infer  immediately  and  inductively  the  gen- 
eral law  that  heat  expands  iron,  or  metals,  or  bodies. 

For  further  illustration  :  Sitting  in  my  study,  I 
find  myself  growing  too  warm,  and  observe  the  ther- 
mometer on  my  table  rising.  Hence  these  concomi- 
tantly varying  phenomena  are  causally  related.  But 
how  ?  The  present  method,  alone  applied,  does  not 
determine.  I  suspect,  however,  from  previous  expe- 
riences, that  they  are  the  joint  effect  of  a  common 
cause.  On  closing  the  hot-air  register  the  observed 
variations  cease,  proving  my  surmise  to  be  correct. 

§  72.  We  cite  some  examples  of  direct  concomi- 
tance :  On  the  earth  there  is  no  instance  of  motion 
persisting  indefinitely,  and  hence  the  ancients  held, 
by  induction  from  enumeration,  that  all  bodies  nat- 
urally tend  to  a  state  of  rest.  In  proportion,  how- 
ever, as  the  known  obstructions  to  motion,  such  as 
friction,  resistance  of  the  air,  etc.,  are  abated,  the 
motion  is  less  and  less  retarded ;  as  in  Borda's  ex- 
periment with  the  pendulum  in  a  vacuum,  the  fric- 
tion at  the  point  of  suspension  being  minimized, 
the  swing  continued  more  than  thirty  hours.  Now, 
comparing  a  whole  series  of  cases,  from  speedy  loss 
of  motion  to  prolonged  continuance,  we  observe  that 
there  is  a  strict  concomitance  between  the  degree  of 
obstruction  and  the  retardation.     Therefore,  it  is  in- 


134  ELEMENTS    OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

ferred,  if  obstruction  were  wholly  removed,  the  mo- 
tion would  be  uniform  and  perpetual.  This  proof 
is  given  by  ]N"ewton  in  support  of  his  induction  of 
the  first  law  of  motion  (§  18  n.). 

Again,  we  find  that  all  the  variations  in  the  posi- 
tion of  the  moon  are  attended  by  corresponding  tidal 
variations,  which  is  the  first  step  of  the  process  con- 
cluding the  moon  to  be  the  cause  determining  the 
tides. 

The  science  of  Geology  abounds  in  illustrations. 
Since  the  agents  with  which  it  is  concerned,  land 
and  water,  subsidence  and  elevation,  denudation  and 
deposition,  are  constantly  present  and  acting  on  the 
earth's  surface,  it  being  therefore  impossible  to  elim- 
inate entirely  the  influence  of  any  one,  the  geologist, 
in  preparing  for  an  induction  explanatory  of  events 
long  past,  is  limited  very  closely  to  this  method. 

Also  the  psycho-physiologist,  in  seeking  to  -Q.X  the 
relations  between  mental  powers  and  cerebral  devel- 
opment, also  between  sensations  and  neural  excitants, 
since  they  are  inseparable  from  mind  and  body  at 
large,  has  small  resource  at  the  outset  beyond  their 
concomitant  variations. 

We  cite,  also,  some  examples  of  inverse  concomi- 
tance:  The  apparent  size  of  an  object  diminishes  as 
the  square  of  its  distance  increases.  Gravity,  which 
varies  directly  as  the  mass,  varies  inversely  as  the 
distance  squared. 

The  tendency  to  chemical  action  between  two  sub- 
stances increases  as  their  cohesion  diminishes,  being 
much  greater  between  liquids  than  between  solids. 


CONCOMITANCE  135 

Mariotte's  law,  the  volume  of  a  gas  is  in  inverse 
ratio  to  the  pressure,  is  an  induction  from  observed 
and  measured  concomitant  variations. 

The  greater  the  elevation  of  the  land,  the  lower 
the  temperature  of  the  climate,  and  the  more  scanty 
the  vegetation. 

The  statistics  of  crime  reveal  its  general  causes. 
When  we  find  crimes  diminishing  according  as  hab- 
its of  sobriety  and  industry  have  increased,  according 
to  the  multiplication  of  the  means  of  detection  and 
the  more  rigorous  infliction  of  penalties,  we  may 
presume  their  causal  connection  with  circumstances 
that  do  not  admit  the  method  of  difference. 

§  Y3.  An  important  feature  of  the  method  still 
remains  to  be  considered.  It  will  be  suitably  pref- 
aced by  a  few  general  remarks. 

The  profound  and  thorough-going  distinction  be- 
tween quality  and  quantity  has  been  emphatically 
noted  (§§  23,  2^,  W5  sq),  A  change  in  a  thing  that 
leaves  it  the  same  thing  which  it  was — that  is,  one 
which  does  not  alter  its  essence,  and  so  does  not 
amount  to  a  change  of  kind — is  merely  an  accident, 
often  a  change  in  some  respect  of  degree,  of  quan- 
tity. Sciences  are  at  first  merely  qualitative,  classi- 
fying their  objects,  and  treating  of  their  several 
kinds,  but  they  seek  to  become  also  quantitative  by 
measurement  of  degrees.  When  they  have  passed 
into  this  latter  stage  they  are  more  highly  esteemed, 
for  then  the  principles  of  pure  mathematics,  the  ab- 
stract science  of  quantity,  can   be  applied  to  their 


136  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

concrete  facts,  and  the  knowledge  becomes  more 
complete  and  exact.  Astronomy  is  an  illustrious 
example  of  a  science  founded  on  observation  and  a 
few  broad  inductions,  and  then  developed  to  extraor- 
dinary dimensions,  and  attaining  many  new  and  valu- 
able results  by  the  application  of  mathematics. 

The  several  methods  of  discovering  the  cause  or 
the  effect  of  a  given  phenomenon,  which  we  have 
discussed,  afford  opportunities  for  passing  to  a  meas- 
urement of  its  quantity  which  the  scientific  inves- 
tigator is  eager  to  use.  The  qualitative  analysis  of 
the  chemical  laboratory,  proceeding  mostly  and  w^hen- 
ever  possible  by  the  method  of  difference,  would  be 
comparatively  poor  in  results  were  it  not  followed 
by  quantitative  analysis.  Indeed,  alchemy  became 
chemistry  just  when  the  balance  was  introduced  for 
quantitative  estimates.  In  the  earlier  part  of  this 
century  most  of  the  phenomena  of  electricity  and 
magnetism  were  known  and  classified  merely  as 
facts;  now  they  can  for  the  most  part  be  measured 
and  calculated.  The  attempt  is  making  to  subject 
even  mental  phenomena  to  measurement,  and  by  the 
determination  of  their  relative  quantities  to  raise 
psychology  to  the  rank  of  an  exact  science.  The 
effort  to  bring  logic  under  the  dominion  of  mathe- 
matics has  been  noticed  (§  7^).  The  result  is  a 
purely  artificial  structure,  as  truly  so  as  the  calculus 
of  a  fourth  dimension,  or  the  geometry  of  curved 
space — ingenious  and  curious,  but  without  any  cor- 
responding reality.  Such  speculation  is  practically 
useless  and  misleading,  and  is  mentioned  here  merely 


CONCOMITANCE  137 

to  indicate  the  strong  tendency  of  scientists  to  apply 
measurement  and  mathematical  form  to  all  branches 
of  knowledge. 

§  74.  We  have  examined  applications  of  the  meth- 
od of  concomitant  variations  to  cases  that  cannot  be 
resolved  by  the  other  methods.  But  it  has  very 
important  applications  in  connection  with  these. 
Especially  is  it  of  inestimable  importance  in  deter- 
mining comparative  quantities.  After  a  causal  rela- 
tion has  been  ascertained  by  other  methods,  this  one 
is  often  applied  in  determining  the  ratio  of  the  cause 
and  effect.  Eecurring  to  a  previous  example  (§61), 
when  by  the  method  of  residue  it  was  definitely  as- 
certained that  the  passage  of  light  requires  time, 
then  the  variations  of  the  time  concomitant  with 
those  of  the  distance  furnished  Roemer  with  data  for 
calculating  its  velocit3\ 

But  apart  from  other  methods,  this  one  often 
leads  to  an  important  measure  of  quantity.  The 
velocity  of  a  body  falling  freely  varies  concomitantly 
with  the  distance  fallen.  This  is  an  easy  observa- 
tion. The  exact  ratio  of  the  increase  of  distance 
and  the  increase  of  velocity  is  not  so  readily  ascer- 
tained, but  Atwood's  machine  determines  it  to  be  as 

1,  2,  3 to  1,  3,  5 .     It  also  determines  the 

absolute  quantity  of  fall  from  rest  in  the  first  sec- 
ond to  be  16.08  feet.  From  these  data  can  be  cal- 
culated its  fall  during  any  subsequent  second,  and 
its  acquired  velocity  at  any  point  of  its  fall. 

The  respective  action  of  the  sun  and  moon  in  pro- 


138  ELEMENTS    OF   INDUCTIVE    LOGIC 

ducing  the  tides  may  be   estimated  quantitatively 
from  the  varying  positions  of  those  two  bodies. 

Tiiese  examples  are  sufficient  to  indicate  the  im- 
portant part  the  method  of  concomitant  variations 
plays  in  the  progress  of  a  science,  especially  in  facil- 
itating its  passage  into  an  advanced  stage,  and  its 
further  development  under  the  sway  of  mathematics. 

§  75.  In  making  a  quantitative  induction  from 
measured  variations — that  is,  in  applying  mathemat- 
ical results  deduced  from  observed  cases  to  cases  be- 
yond experience — provision  is  to  be  had  on  at  least 
three  points. 

First,  we  should  know  the  absolute  quantities  of 
both  A  and  a?,  as  well  as  their  relative  variation. 
For,  if  we  cannot  fix  the  total  quantity  of  each,  we 
cannot  fix  a  thorough-going  ratio.  Not  only  must^ 
and  X,  or  x  and  x\  vary  concomitantly — they  must 
also  vanish  together.  Because  heat  expands  a  body, 
we  cannot  infer  that  the  distance  between  its  par- 
ticles is  due  wholly  to  heat,  so  that,  if  all  heat  were 
withdrawn,  they  would  be  in  contact ;  for  we  do  not 
know  the  amount  of  heat  in  a  body,^  or  the  dis- 
tance between  its  particles,  and  hence  cannot  know 
whether  the  two  would  vanish  simultaneously.  But 
in  the  case  of  a  falling  body,  cited  above,  we  have 
the  absolute  zero  both  of  the  distance  fallen,  the 
starting-point,  and  of  the  velocity,  the  state  of  rest 


^  The  thermal  zero  has  not  been  observed,  but  by  calculation  has 
been  fixed  at  -273°  C,  or  -459°  F. 


CONCOMITANCE  139 

from  which  it  falls,  and  are  consequently  justified  in 
fixing  their  ratio. 

Second,  in  general  we  cannot  be  sure  that  beyond 
the  limit  of  observation  there  may  not  develop  some 
modifying  agent,  latent  in  the  observed  circum- 
stances, which  will  falsify  our  induction.  The  induc- 
tion that  heat  expands  bodies  (§  71)  is  subject,  even 
in  this  inexact  form  of  statement,  to  a  number  of  ex- 
ceptions. Yet  more  emerge  when  the  degree  of  ex- 
pansion and  contraction  is  measured  and  inductive- 
ly posited.  Indeed,  the  contrary  sometimes  occurs. 
Water  at  ordinary  temperatures  expands  as  it  warms, 
and  contracts  as  it  cools,  but  when  cooled  below  39° 
it  begins  and  continues  to  expand  until  it  becomes 
ice  at  32°,  which  is  supposed  by  Grove  to  be  due  to 
the  setting  in  of  crystallization.  . 

Third,  when  the  observed  variations  are  within 
narrow  limits,  a  very  small  error  in  the  estimate 
may,  beyond  those  limits,  enlarge  in  geometrical 
ratio.  This  occasion  for  uncertainty,  unlike  the  pre- 
ceding, is  peculiar  to  the  method  of  concomitant  vari- 
ations. It  is  very  hazardous,  for  example,  to  extend 
an  ascertained  ratio  of  expansion  and  temperature— 
that  is,  the  numerical  coeflScient  of  expansion — far 
beyond  the  limits  of  observation.  By  being  thus 
extended  the  early  formulas  for  the  elasticity  of 
steam  have  led  to  disaster.^     So  we  can  be  sure  of 

^  "  The  formulge,"  says  Sir  John  Herschel,  "  Discourse,"  etc.,  §  18*7, 
"  which  have  been  empirically  deduced  for  the  elasticity  of  steam  (till 
very  recently),  and  those  for  the  resistance  of  fluids,  and  other  similar 
subjects,  have  almost  invariably  failed  to  support  the  theoretical 


140  ELEMENTS    OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

our  induction  only  when  it  does  not  greatly  exceed 
the  extreme  limits  that  have  been  subjected  to  obser- 
vation and  measurement. 

structures  which  have  been  erected  on  them."  Mr.  Mill  adds: 
".  .  .  when  relied  on  beyond  the  limits  of  the  observations  from  which 
they  were  deduced." — Logic^  p.  291. 


X.— DEDUCTION 

§  76.  In  the  syllogism  a  general  proposition  is 
premised,  from  which  is  inferred  a  conclusion  of 
equal  or  less  generality,  or  a  particular  individual 
fact  (§  3). 

The  general  proposition  may  be  an  intuitive  pri- 
mary axiom,  or  an  inference  from  axioms.  In  either 
of  these  cases  the  process  is  wholly  deductive  and 
strictly  demonstrative  or  apodictic,  as  in  pure  math- 
ematics, and  in  the  logic  of  forms.  With  it  the 
present  treatise  has  no  concern  save  to  point  out 
that  the  formal  theorems  of  induction,  and  of  its 
preparatory  steps,  are  deductions  from  axioms. 

Otherwise  the  general  proposition  premised  is  an 
induction,  from  which  a  deduction  is  made  by  sub- 
suming some  subsidiary  truth.  The  great  body  of 
reasoning  in  the  so-called  inductive  sciences,  and  in 
the  practical  affairs  of  life,  is  of  this  character. 
Hence  a  treatise  on  logic  limited  to  a  discussion  of 
the  Aristotelic  deductive  processes  is  essentially  in- 
complete; and,  on  the  other  hand,  the  notion,  which 
has  widely  prevailed,  that  induction  is  capable  of 
advantageously  superseding  deduction,  and  alone  is 
worthy  of  consideration,  arises  from  an  entire  mis- 
conception of  the  nature  and  several  ends  of  the  two 


142  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

processes,  and  of  their  essentially  complementary  re- 
lation. * 

'  The  Logic  of  Aristotle  received  the  title  opyavov,  not  from  him- 
self, but  from  his  followers.  It  is  clear  that  he  did  not  regard  it  as  an 
organon,  an  aid  or  instrument  of  discovery,  but  as  a  propoedeutic. — 
See  Meta.^  iv.,  3  (1005  b.  4).  The  title  came  into  general  use  in  the 
fifteenth  century. — See  St.  Hilaire,  De  la  Logique  d^Aristote,  torn,  i., 
p.  19.  Bacon's  second  book  of  the  "  Instauratio  Magna"  is  entitled 
"Novum  Organum  "  (1620),  and  is  evidently  intended  to  elaborate  an 
instrument  of  discovery.  Dr.  Whewell,  dissatisfied  with  its  methods, 
gives  us  his  "  Novum  Organon  Kenovatum." 

The  designation  "  Organon  "  has  led  to  much  error.  For  two  cen- 
turies after  Bacon  it  was  commonly  held  that  his  was  a  new  method, 
superseding  the  effete  method  of  Aristotle.  But  in  the  last  half-cen- 
tury a  better  understanding  has  come  to  prevail.  Deduction  and  In- 
duction together  constitute  Logic,  and  Logic  in  both  branches  is  merely 
"  an  analysis  and  systematic  exposition  of  what  we  are  all  doing  from 
morning  till  night,  and  continue  to  do  even  in  our  dreams  "  (Macau- 
lay,  £Jssay  on  Bacon).  In  support  of  our  view  of  the  relation  of  De- 
duction and  Induction,  we  quote  the  foHowing  authorities : 

Aristotle  says ;  "  All  learning  is  derived  from  things  previously 
known,  as  we  also  stated  in  the  Analytics ;  and  is  derived  partly  from 
induction  [di  tTraywy^g],  and  partly  from  syllogism.  Now,  induction 
is  the  origin  of  the  universal ;  but  a  syllogism  is  deduced  from  uni- 
versals.  There  are,  therefore,  some  principles  from  which  the  syl- 
logism is  deduced,  which  are  not  themselves  syllogistically  established; 
they  are  therefore  established  by  induction." — Mc.  Eth.,  vi.,  3  (3) ; 
cf.  ihid.,  vi.,  8  (9);  Meta.^  i.,  1 ,  Post.  Anal,  ii,,  19.  Also  see  Grote, 
Aristotle,  ch.  vi,,  p.  276  sq. 

Sir  John  Herschel  says :  "  It  is  to  our  immortal  countryman,  Bacon, 
that  we  owe  the  broad  announcement  of  this  grand  and  fertile  prin- 
ciple, and  the  development  of  the  idea  that  the  whole  of  natural  phi- 
losophy consists  entirely  of  a  series  of  inductive  generalizations,  com- 
mencing with  the  most  circumstantially  stated  particulars,  and  carried 
up  to  universal  laws  or  axioms,  which  comprehend  in  their  statements 
every  subordinate  degree  of  generality  ;  and  of  a  corresponding  series 
of  inverted  reasoning  from  generals  to  particulars,  by  which  these 
axioms  are  traced  back  to  their  remotest  consequences,  and  all  par- 


DEDUCTION  143 

In  the  preceding  exposition  of  the  several  meth- 
ods of  observation  and  experiment  by  which  we 
contrive  to  distinguish  among  a  mass  of  coexistent 
phenomena  the  particular  effect  due  to  a  given  cause, 


ticular  propositions  deduced  from  them  ;  as  well  those  by  whose  imme- 
diate consideration  we  rose  to  their  discovery,  as  those  of  which  we 
had  no  previous  knowledge." — Discourse^  etc.^  ch.  iii.,  §  96.  This 
passage,  which  Dr.  Whewell  prefixes  as  a  motto  to  his  "  Nov.  Org. 
Renov.,"  reminds  us  that  Buckle,  in  his  "  Essay  on  Induction,"  says 
that  Induction  is  inference  from  a  reality  to  an  idea,  and  Deduction  is 
inference  from  an  idea  to  a  reality. 

Sir  William  Hamilton  says  r  **  The  deductive  and  inductive  processes 
are  elements  of  Logic  equally  essential.  Each  requires  the  other. 
The  former  is  only  possible  through  the  latter ;  the  latter  is  valuable 
only  as  realizing  the  possibility  of  the  former.  As  our  knowledge 
commences  with  the  apprehension  of  singulars,  every  class  or  universal 
whole  is  consequently  only  a  knowledge  at  second  hand.  Deductive 
reasoning  is  thus  not  an  original  and  independent  process.  The  uni- 
versal major  proposition,  out  of  which  it  develops  the  conclusion,  is 
itself  [if  not  an  axiom]  necessarily  the  conclusion  of  a  foregone  induc- 
tion, and  mediately  [?]  or  immediately,  an  inference,  a  collection,  from 
Individual  objects  of  perception  or  self-consciousness.  Logic,  there- 
fore, as  a  definite  and  self-sufficient  science,  must  equally  vindicate  the 
formal  purity  of  the  synthetic  illation  by  which  it  ascends  to  its 
wholes,  as  of  the  analytic  illation  by  which  it  re-descends  to  their 
parts.  —  Discussions,  p.  160  (Harper's  ed.).  See,  also,  id.,  p.  15*7  sq. 
Cf.  Metaphysics,  Lee.  vi. 

Mr.  J.  S.  Mill  says  :  "  We  shall,  conformably  to  usage,  consider  the 
name  Induction  as  belonging  to  the  process  of  establishing  the  gen- 
eral proposition,  and  the  remaining  operation  we  shall  call  by  its  usual 
name,  Deduction.  And  we  shall  consider  every  process,  by  which  any- 
thing is  inferred  respecting  an  unobserved  case,  as  consisting  of  an 
Induction  followed  by  a  Deduction ;  because,  although  the  process 
need  not  necessarily  be  carried  on  in  this  form,  it  is  always  suscep- 
tible of  the  form,  and  must  be  thrown  into  it  when  assurance  of  scien- 
tific accuracy  is  needed  and  desired," — Logic,  p.  154.  Cf.  Venn,  Mn- 
pirical  Logic,  ch.  xiv.,  p.  363  sq. 


144  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE    LOGIC 

or  the  particular  cause  which  gave  birth  to  a  given 
effect,  it  has  been  repeatedly  indicated  that,  the  rela- 
tion being  first  definitely  ascertained  in  a  particular 
case  or  cases,  the  axioms  of  uniformity  authorize  a 
generalization  extending  to  unknown  cases — that  is, 
an  induction  of  all  possible  like  cases  under  a  uni- 
versal proposition  or  law.  Also  it  has  been  stated 
that  such  propositions  serve  as  major  premises,  from 
which  to  make  deductions  (§§  32,  59).  This  is  spe- 
cifically proof,  often  resulting  in  discovery.  A  new 
case  being  brought  under  the  general  proposition, 
and  a  conclusion  proved  respecting  it,  this  conclu- 
sion, if  previously  unknown,  is  a  discovery. 

The  induction  All  matter  gravitates  has  been  made, 
we  will  suppose  for  illustration,  from  observations 
on  solids  and  liquids.  Now  do  gases  gravitate  ?  We 
have  only  to  establish  All  gases  are  matter^  in  order 
to  deduce  All  gases  gravitate^  or  have  weight.  This, 
in  form,  is  not  a  mere  find,  but  a  scientific  investi- 
gation and  discovery. 

Again,  suppose  we  have  All  celestial  objects  show- 
ing a  proper  motion  among  the  stars,  and  shining 
with  reflected  light,  are  planets  of  the  solar  system. 
We  descry  a  telescopic  object,  seen  by  refiection,  and 
having  a  proper  motion,  and  discover  it  to  be  a 
planet.  If,  furthermore,  its  path  is  found  to  lie  be- 
tween the  orbits  of  Mars  and  Jupiter,  we  have  dis- 
covered another  one  of  the  many  asteroids. 

The  research  into  the  cause  of  dew  (§  69)  led  to 
the  establishment  of  an  inductive  generalization, 
from  which  deductions  were  made  to  eases  thereto- 


DEDUCTION  145 

fore  unexplained,  thus  resulting  in  a  discovery  of 
the  true  cause  of  certain  phenomena,  such  as  the 
"  sweating  "  of  a  pitcher  of  iced  water. 

Note  that  the  minor  in  the  first  example  is  a  uni- 
versal. It  is  not,  however,  an  induction,  but  merely 
the  result  of  identification  under  definition  (§  10). 
Matter  is  defined  as  extended  and  impenetrable, 
which,  being  found  true  of  gases,  gives  the  proposi- 
tion Gases  are  matter.  Questions  of  identity  to  es- 
tablish a  minor  are  a  necessary  part  of  research,  but 
should  not  be  mistaken  for  inductive  inquiries  estab- 
lishing a  major.  Are  alloys  definite  chemical  com- 
pounds, or  mere  mixtures,  is  a  question  of  identity 
under  definition. 

When  a  deduction  to  an  unobserved  fact  has  been 
made,  it  remains  to  verify  the  conclusion.  This  is 
to  seek  for  and  observe  a  particular  instance,  either 
one  occurring  naturally,  or  one  produced  artificially. 
Having  inferred  that  Gases  gravitate,  we  exhaust  a 
vessel  of  its  air,  and  find  that  it  loses  weight.  By 
the  method  of  difference  we  rightly  judge  the  weight 
lost  to  be  that  of  the  withdrawn  air.  This  verifies 
our  inference,  and  also  strengthens  the  premised  in- 
duction.^ 

Deduction  thus  normally  subsequent  to  induction 
often  leads  to  further  induction,  as  in  the  method  of 
residue  (§  60),  and  in  other  preparatory  processes. 

^  It  will  be  seen,  by  the  foregoing  exposition  of  the  general  rela- 
tions of  induction  and  deduction,  that,  in  logical  order,  the  order  of 
thought  and  investigation,  induction  comes  first.     In  didactic  order, 
deduction  usually  comes  first. 
10 


146  ELEMENTS   OF    INDUCTIVE    LOGIC 

But  deduction  has  a  specific  application  in  the  inves- 
tigation of  certain  causal  relations  which  calls  for 
detailed  consideration. 

§  Y7.  There  are  two  kinds  of  effect  which  must  be 
set  clearly  apart.  The  distinction  is  very  important, 
and  runs  deep,  being  due  to  the  ultimate  nature  of 
things.  An  effect  of  one  kind  has  properties  quite 
different  from  those  of  the  effect  of  any  of  its  an- 
tecedents operating  apart  from  the  others.  Thus, 
oxygen  and  hydrogen  unite  to  form  water ;  but  in 
water  not  a  trace  of  the  effective  properties  of  either 
factor  is  discernible.  Hence  it  is  impossible  to  de- 
duce from  such  factors  the  consequent  of  their  con- 
joint action.  To  ascertain  it  an  observation  of  the 
product  is  requisite,  which  observation  may  often  be 
verified,  not  merely  by  direct  experiment,  but  by 
an  inverse  process  of  analyzing  the  product  into  its 
originating  components.  This  kind  of  effect  is  aptly 
termed  heterogeneous  or  heteropathic,  the  conjoint 
effect  differing  in  kind  from  those  separately  pro- 
duced. It  is  also  called  chemical,  because  the  clear- 
est and  most  abundant  examples  are  to  be  found  in 
chemical  actions ;  as,  the  taste  of  sugar  of  lead  is 
wholly  unlike  that  of  acetic  acid  or  any  other  of  its 
components,  and  the  color  of  blue  vitriol  is  nei- 
ther that  of  copper  nor  of  sulphuric  acid.  There  is,  in 
short,  a  change  of  properties  so  nearly  complete  that 
the  effect  cannot  be  predicted  from  the  given  cause, 
nor  indeed  the  cause  from  the  given  effect.^    It  is  to 

^  To  this  change  of  properties  weight  at  least  has  been  accounted  an 


DEDUCTION-  147 

the  resolution  of  tin's  class  of  cases  that  the  fore- 
going methods  are  especially  adapted. 

An  effect  of  the  other  kind  has  properties  quite 
similar  to  those  of  the  effects  of  its  antecedents  oper- 
ating separately.  When  two  simultaneous  impulses, 
which  may  differ  in  direction  and  intensity,  impart 
motion  to  a  body,  the  resultant  motion  is  an  effect 
quite  similar  to  the  effects  which  the  impulses  acting 
successively  would  produce,  and  the  terminal  result  is 
identical.'  Hence  it  is  possible  to  deduce  from  sucti 
factors  the  consequent  of  their  conjoint  action  with- 
out observing  it.  The  inference  may  often  be  veri- 
fied by  direct  observation  of  a  case,  but  not  by  any 
reverting  analysis  of  the  product,  such  analysis  being 
impracticable.  This  kind  of  effect  is  termed  homo- 
geneous, as  of  like  kind  to  those  separately  pro- 
duced. It  is  also  called  mechanical,  since  its  clear- 
est and  most  abundant  examples  are  to  be  found  in 
mechanics,  both  terrestrial  and  celestial.  In  gen- 
eral, it  is  a  composition  of  forces  or  causes,  giving 
an  intermixture  of  effects,  a  homogeneous  result  not 
susceptible  of  analysis  into  its  originating  compo- 
nents.'* 

exception;  for  the  weight  of  any  composite  substance  whatever  is 
always  precisely  the  sum  of  the  weights  of  its  components.  This  it  is 
that  has  made  the  science  of  Chemistry  possible  (§  18,  note,  and  §  73). 
But  weight  is  not  truly  an  exception  to  the  foregoing  statements,  since 
it  is  not  properly  a  chemical  but  a  mechanical  property,  not  a  molec- 
ular but  a  molar  activity. 

'  See  Newton's  second  law  of  motion,  §  18,  note. 

2  This  composition  of  causes  or  intermixture  of  effects  is  liable  to 
be  confused  with  plurality  of  causes  (§  22).     In  both  a  number  of 


148  ELEMENTS    OF    INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

Cases  of  a  homogeneous  intermixture  of  effects 
are  very  much  more  common  than  those  of  the  other 
class.  Indeed,  they  abound  on  every  hand,  and  in  all 
departments  of  knowledge.  A  lake  is  fed  by  rains 
and  rivers,  but  no  examination  of  the  lake  will  tell 
how  much  is  due  to  each.  "Wind  often  concurs  with 
tide  to  make  high  water.  The  moon's  orbit  is  a  re- 
sultant of  attracting  and  tangential  forces,  centripe- 
tal and  centrifugal.  A  good  crop  is  a  single  effect; 
the  agency,  multiple.  An  invalid  plies  all  means  to 
regain  health  ;  many  influences  combine,  but  the 
effect  is  indivisible.  A  voluntary  effort  is  the  off- 
spring of  many  feelings.  The  rise  and  fall  of  prices, 
the  general  prosperity  of  a  country,  and  the  increase 
of  population  seldom  depend  on  a  single  cause,  yet 
the  effect  is  homogeneous. 

§  78.  Let  us  examine  these  two  classes  of  causal 
relation,  first  with  reference  to  the  problem  given 
cause  to  find  effect,  reserving  the  inverse  for  treat- 
ment in  the  next  following  chapter. 

As  to  the  class  marked  by  a  heterogeneous  effect, 
since  we  can  infer  nothing  from  the  properties  of 
the  antecedents  respecting  the  character  of  the  con- 
sequent, we  are  shut  up  to  the  methods  of  investiga- 

antecedents  is  involved ;  but  in  the  latter  there  is  a  plurality  of  distinct 
causes,  to  either  of  which  the  effect  may  apparently  be  due,  and  we 
are  at  loss  to  fix  on  the  true  one ;  whereas  in  the  former  there  is  a 
plurahty  of  co-operating  antecedents,  each  of  which,  producing  a  spe- 
cial effect  when  alone,  produces  the  same  when  acting  conjointly  with 
the  others,  and  we  are  at  loss  to  assign  to  each  its  due  share. 


DEDUCTION  149 

tion  which  have  already  been  discussed.  These  are 
based  on  simple  observation  of  facts  or  on  experi- 
ment, and  the  procedure  is  a  ^posteriori  by  elimina- 
tion. 

As  to  the  class  marked  by  a  homogeneous  effect, 
that  is,  a  composition  of  causes  yielding  an  inter- 
mixture of  effects,  since  the  consequent  is  not  sus- 
ceptible of  analysis  into  its  actual  constituents,  none 
of  the  foregoing  methods  is  competent  to  cope  with 
it ;  for  those  methods,  proceeding  essentially  by  elim- 
ination, require,  in  order  to  this,  an  analysis,  a  dis- 
crimination of  the  constituent  facts  of  both  antece- 
dent and  consequent.  This,  as  to  the  consequent, 
being  impracticable,  the  preceding  methods  fail.  If 
A  B  6^  are  followed,  not  by  y  s  x,  but  by  a ;  and  if 
B  G  still  produce  a,  nothing  is  eliminated  from  the 
consequent,  and  no  point  is  gained.^ 

We  are  obliged,  therefore,  in  case  of  a  homoge- 
neous effect,  to  seek  some  other  method  of  investi- 
gation. The  homogeneity  of  the  effect  furnishes 
ground  for  an   inference  from   the  effects   of  the 

1  In  some  exceptional  cases,  however,  the  preceding  methods  yield 
results.  If  A  and  a  vary  together,  they  are  causally  connected  ;  and 
if  with  the  total  disappearance  of  A  there  is  a  loss  of  Ja,  this  proves 
by  the  methods  of  concomitance  and  difference  that  A  causes  Ja.  If, 
as  the  weather  becomes  warmer,  one's  appetite  diminishes,  he  may  be 
pretty  sure  that  the  appetite  is  affected  by  the  season,  though  other 
facts  co-operate.  Dr.  Parkes  ascertained  that  a  muscle  grows  during 
exercise,  and  loses  bulk  during  rest  ^  but  there  are  other  causes  of  its 
growth.  If  a  floating  glass  globe  loses  -^  of  its  displacement  on  be- 
ing exhausted  of  air,  this  is  proof  that  the  weight  of  the  contained  air 
caused  that  much  of  the  displacement. 


150  '       ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

causes  acting  apart  to  the  effect  of  their  conjoint 
action.  This  presupposes  the  ascertainment,  by  some 
of  the  preceding  methods,  of  the  particular  effect  of 
each  of  the  given  causes,  and  generally  an  induction 
of  the  law  according  to  which  each  cause  operates. 
Then  we  proceed  a  jpriori  to  deduce  their  conjoint 
effect,  either  from  the  inductions  themselves  or  from 
their  several  consequences.  Thus  we  have  a  new 
distinct  method,  which,  since  it  proceeds  by  deduc- 
tion, is  called  the  Deductive  Method.^ 

The  problem  to  be  solved  by  the  deductive  method 
is,  to  find  the  composite  effect  from  the  laws  of  the 
several  composing  causes.  The  logical  form  of  the 
procedure  is  concisely  expressed  in  the  following 
Canon  of  Deduction  :  If  from  the  several  laws 
of  a  plurality  of  co-operating  antecedents  a 
composite  consequent  be  deduced,  this  will 
be  the  conjoint  effect  of  the  antecedents. 

The  method  may  be  formally  illustrated  as  fol- 
lows :     Let  X  be  the  unknown  total.    JS^ow — 
If  from  A  can  be  inferred         -J-  x, 
and  from  ^     "     "         "      .         f  x, 
and  from  (7    "     "         "  ^  x, 

and  from  i>     >'     "         ''  —\x, 

then  their  algebraic  sum  is  the  conjoint  effect  x. 

For  an  example  of  a  particular  case,  suppose  we 
wish  to  find  the  velocity  of  a  train  of  cars  at  the  foot 
of  a  grade.     If  we  can  ascertain  that  the  initial  pro- 

^  The  name  is  not  felicitous,  seeing  that  it  is  not  sharply  distinc- 
tive, and  hence  tends  to  confusion ;  but,  having  been  generally  adopted 
by  logical  writers,  it  is  here  retained. 


DEDUCTION  151 

pulsion  causes  a  velocity  of  10  feet  a  second,  the  pull 
of  the  engine  while  running  down  40,  gravity  30, 
and  that  friction  causes  a  retardation  of  20,  then  the 
sum  of  the  several  velocities  thus  ascertained  is  its 
final  velocity.  If,  now,  we  actually  measure  the  final 
velocity  and  find  it  the  same  as  that  calculated,  our 
estimate  is  thereby  verified.  Theoretically  this  is  a 
very  simple  case,  practically  it  would  be  difiicult.^ 
Yet  this  method  is  the  sole  one  applicable  to  it,  and 
to  a  great  variety  of  cases,  many  of  great  intricacy ; 
nevertheless  it  has  often  led  to  very  brilliant  results. 

§  79.  The  deductive  method,  including  its  prep- 
paration  and  confirmation,  may  be  viewed  as  con- 
sisting of  three  several  stages. 

1st.  Induction.'  This,  the  causes  having  been 
separately  investigated,  makes  induction  of  their 
several  laws.  Many  celestial  phenomena  remained 
unexplained  until  the  mechanical  laws  of  certain 
causes,  especially  the  laws  of  motion  (§  18  n.),  were 
ascertained  and  furnished  a  basis  for  explanation. 

^  Often  forces  are  in  equilibrium,  as  in  mechanical  action  and  reac- 
tion producing  rest  (§  18,  note,  3d  law).  If  A  produces  a,  and  B  pro- 
duces —a,  the  causes  neutralizing  each  other  as  to  any  perceptible 
change,  we  may  have  no  suspicion  that  they  are  in  operation  at  all. 
Thus  an  equal  balance  at  rest  gives  no  sign  of  the  downward  forces  in 
play.  Rest  is  the  effect  produced,  and  the  forces  must  be  described,  in 
terms  of  pressure,  by  their  tendency  to  produce  motion  (§  52). 

2  The  first  stage  is  called  induction  because  there  must  be  an  induc- 
tion as  the  basis  of  the  whole.  In  many  particular  investigations  the 
place  of  the  induction  may  be  supplied  by  a  prior  deduction,  but  the 
ultimate  major  premise  of  the  prior  deduction  must  have  been  obtained 
by  induction. 


152  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

If  the  subject  be  a  social  phenomenon,  the  premises 
prerequisite  to  its  determination  are  certain  laws  of 
human  action,  and  certain  properties  of  outward 
things  by  which  the  conduct  of  men  in  society  is 
influenced.  Thus  certain  political  and  social  ante- 
cedents are  regarded  as  explanatory  of  the  French 
Kevolution. 

2d.  Deduction.  This  infers  from  the  laws  of  the 
causes  their  combined  effect.  If  the  cases  subsumed 
be  general,  the  conclusions  will  be  general.  If  they 
be  particular,  so  will  the  conclusions  be ;  as,  the  pre- 
dicted positions  of  the  planets,  found  in  the  nautical 
almanac.  When  the  terms  of  the  premises  have 
been  subjected  to  quantitative  measurement  (§  73), 
the  deduction  becomes  a  process  of  mathematical 
calculation.  To  determine  the  path  of  a  projectile, 
a  cannon-ball  for  instance,  the  causes  which  affect  its 
range  and  velocity  must  first  be  known  and  meas- 
ured ;  as,  the  force  of  the  powder,  the  action  of 
gravity,  the  angle  of  elevation,  the  resistance  of  the 
air,  the  force  and  direction  of  the  wind.  The  laws 
of  these  being  given,  and  particular  cases  subsumed, 
still  it  is  a  very  difficult  mathematical  problem  so  to 
combine  the  results  as  to  deduce  the  effect  of  their 
collective  action. 

3d.  Verification.  This  tests  the  conclusion  by 
comparing  it  with  actual  fact.  If  these  agree,  the 
conclusion  is  confirmed.  The  function  of  verifica- 
tion is  not  proof,  but  merely  the  confirmation  of 
proof.  Still  its  value  is  inestimable,  and  it  cannot 
be  dispensed  with.    In  numerous  and  important  cases 


DEDUCTION  153 

the  agencies  are  so  many  and  various,  often  more 
or  less  counteracting  one  another,  that  we  can  hardly 
ever  be  sure  that  we  have  taken  all  into  account,  or 
have  estimated  rightly  those  that  we  know.  More- 
over, when  these  conditions  are  fairly  fulfilled,  to 
make  the  computation  in  any  but  very  simple  cases 
transcends  our  calculus.  "Witness  the  unsolved  prob- 
lem of  three  gravitating  bodies.  Save  in  rare  in- 
stances our  results  are  at  best  only  approximations. 
To  warrant  reliance  on  the  conclusion,  it  must  be 
found  to  accord  with  a  direct  observation  of  the  in- 
ferred facts,  or  with  an  empirical  generalization  of 
them.  Should  a  discrepancy  between  the  inference 
and  the  observation  appear,  it  will  lead  to  a  correc- 
tion of  error,  or  be  indicative  of  some  unnoticed 
residue,  which  may  lead  to  additional  discovery 
(§  60). 

In  Newton's  procedure  that  establishes  the  iden- 
tity of  terrestrial  gravity  with  the  force  that  deflects 
the  moon's  motion,  or,  in  other  words,  that  proves 
the  attraction  of  the  earth  to  be  the  cause  of  the  de- 
flection, all  three  of  the  foregoing  stages  occur.^ 

1  The  statement  that  follows  is  quoted  from  Mill,  Logic,  p.  350.  It 
should  be  noted  that  the  order  of  procedure  indicated  here,  and  indeed 
throughout  this  treatise,  is  the  logical  order.  The  historical  order — 
that  is,  the  actual  order  ofthe  thoughts  of  an  investigator — is  very  va- 
rious, anticipating,  reverting,  passing  to  and  fro  over  the  whole  ground; 
dwelling  now  on  this  point,  now  on  that,  overleaping  necessary  means; 
returning  to  finish  the  unfinished,  making  excursions  into  collateral 
regions,  etc.,  so  that  it  would  perhaps  be  impossible  for  him  to  record 
his  actual  procedure.  But  the  logical  order  of  statement  links  all  in 
a  continuous  chain  of  reason  and  consequent,  and  may  be  regarded  as 
a  corrected  restatement  of  the  process. 


154  ELEMENTS   OF    INDUCTIVE    LOGIC 

"  First,  it  is  proved  from  the  moon's  motions  that 
the  earth  attracts  her  with  a  force  varying  as  the  in- 
verse square  of  the  distance.  This,  though  partly 
dependent  on  prior  deductions,  corresponds  to  the 
first  or  purely  inductive  step,  the  ascertainment  of 
the  law  of  the  cause  (§  89). 

"  Secondly,  from  this  law,  and  from  the  knowl- 
edge previously  obtained  of  the  moon's  mean  dis- 
tance from  the  earth,  and  of  the  actual  amount  of 
her  deflection  from  the  tangent,  it  is  ascertained  with 
what  rapidity  the  earth's  attraction  would  cause  the 
moon  to  fall,  if  she  were  no  farther  off,  and  no  more 
acted  upon  by  extraneous  forces,  than  terrestrial 
bodies  are.  That  is  the  second  step,  the  ratiocina- 
tion. 

"  Finally,  this  calculated  velocity  being  compared 
with  the  observed  velocity  with  which  all  heavy 
bodies  fall,  by  mere  gravity,  towards  the  surface  of 
the  earth  (§  74),  the  two  quantities  are  found  to 
agree."  The  proof  is  thus  perfected,  the  identity 
established,  the  cause  of  the  deflection  ascertained 
with  physical  certainty  to  be  the  attraction  of  the 
earth.   The  logical  process  is  complete  in  all  its  parts. 


XI.— HYPOTHESIS 

§  80.  When  a  novel  phenomenon  occurs  which 
cannot  at  once  be  referred  to  its  kind  or  otherwise 
explained,  we  are  perplexed  and  dissatisfied.  This 
prompts  us  to  assign  it  provisionally  to  some  known 
class  or  cause  to  which  we  suppose  it  may  be- 
long. If  the  matter  be  trifling,  we  are  usually 
satisfied  by  a  guess,  and  dismiss  it.  If  it  be  im- 
portant, we  follow  the  clew  implied  in  the  guess, 
and  investigate  the  case  until  perhaps  a  plausible 
supposition  is  reached.  Closer  investigation  may 
lead  to  knowledge,  but  very  often  we  cannot  get 
beyond  a  suspicion,  a  good  guess,  a  fair  conjecture, 
a  reasonable  supposition,  or  at  best  a  probable  as- 
sumption. 

Whoever  will  attentively  consider  his  own  mental 
operations  will  find  that  almost  always  they  thus 
consist  at  the  outset  of  suppositions,  that  these  guide 
his  inquiries,  and  that  very  often  he  is  unable  to 
pass  beyond  to  positive  knowledge,  but  must  rest 
content  with  probability.  He  will  find,  not  only 
that  his  thoughts  are  constantly  employed  with  sup- 
positions, and  that  they  comprise  the  great  body  of 
his  most  mature  reflections,  but  also  that  without 
the  aid  of  these  as  percursors  it  would  hardly  be  pos- 


156  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

sible  to  attain  any  satisfactory  knowledge  of  any- 
thing whatever. 

A  supposition  or  hypotliesis  has  the  form  of  a 
representative  idea — a  mental  image  of  what  is  at 
least  logically  possible.  The  making  it  is  the  work 
chiefly  of  the  reflective  or  the  practical  imagination, 
the  thinking  faculty  co-operating  and  restraining.^ 
That  the  earth  is  even  now  a  sphere  of  molten  fluid 
intensely  hot,  enclosed  by  a  thin  crust  comparable  to 
an  egg-shell,  is  an  hypothesis  that  required  a  bold 
imagination  to  frame,  and  requiring,  we  may  add,  a 
like  imagination  to  comprehend.  A  special  vigor  of 
this  faculty,  disciplined  by  thought,  is  characteristic 
of  discoverers  in  science  and  of  inventors  in  the  arts. 
By  it  they  make  tentative  excursions  into  unexplored 
regions,  increasing  and  utilizing  knowledge. 

The  methodical  use  of  suppositions  in  trifles  is 
precisely  the  same  as  in  the  noblest  sciences.  One 
cannot  hear  a  knock  at  his  door,  or  see  a  flash,  or 
smell  an  odor,  or  feel  a  pain,  without  instantly,  al- 
most instinctively,  making  a  supposition  to  explain 
it.  Questions  in  common  talk  conform  to  supposi- 
tions in  mind.  Tares  appear  among  the  wheat;  good 
seed  was  sown;  whence  come  the  tares?  An  enemy 
hath  done  this.  The  plausible  supposition  may  be 
rendered  highly  probable  by  circumstantial  evidence, 
as  the  courts  call  it,  against  the  accused,  who,  while 
enjoying  the  presumption  of  innocence,  is  tried  on 

1  These  mental  relations  are  more  fully  stated  with  illustrations  in 
Psychology,  §§  200,  202,  214. 


HYPOTHESIS  157 

the  supposition  of  guilt.  This,  unless  established  by- 
direct  evidence,  remains  a  supposition — that  is,  an  un- 
proved proposition — only  becoming  more  or  less  prob- 
able according  to  the  circumstances.  Yet,  if  it  be 
shown  that  no  other  supposition  can  be  maintained, 
this  is  proof,  legal  and  logical.^  We  have  passed 
from  trifles  into  serious  matter.  Kow,  if  we  turn  to 
the  great  sciences  that  solve  the  mysteries  of  nature, 
or  to  theology  that  tells  us  of  God,  we  shall  find  the 
same  logical  principles  and  processes,  the  same  use  of 
conjecture,  supposition,  and  hypothesis,  in  the  course 
through  which  the  loftiest  truth  is  attained.  It  is 
the  province  of  logic  in  general  to  disclose  and  for- 
mulate the  natural  processes  of  thinking,  and  in  par- 
ticular to  unfold  in  this  place  the  important  part 
played  by  hypothesis."* 

^  "  Let  any  one  watch  the  manner  in  which  he  himself  unravels  a 
complicated  mass  of  evidence ;  let  him  observe  how,  for  instance,  he 
elicits  the  true  history  of  any  occurrence  from  the  involved  statements 
of  one  or  of  many  witnesses ;  he  will  find  that  he  does  not  take  all  the 
items  of  evidence  into  his  mind  at  once,  and  attempt  to  weave  them 
together;  he  extemporizes,  from  a  few  of  the  particulars,  a  first  rude 
theory  [supposition,  hypothesis]  of  the  mode  in  which  the  facts  took 
place,  and  then  looks  at  the  other  statements  one  by  one,  to  try  whether 
they  can  be  reconciled  with  that  provisional  theory  [hypothesis],  or 
what  alterations  or  additions  it  requires  to  make  it  square  with  them. 
In  this  way  we  arrive,  by  means  of  hypotheses,  at  conclusions  not  hy- 
pothetical."— Mill,  Logic^  p.  354. 

^  A  thesis  (Gr.)  is  a  proposition  posited  (Lat.);  an  hypothesis  is 
one  supposited  or  supposed.  The  words  hypothesis  and  supposition 
have  thus  a  like  etymology,  and  are  synonyms.  The  latter  in  usage 
is  applied  more  freely  to  commonplace  and  transient  notions ;  the  for- 
mer to  such  as  are  scientific  and  settled,  and  so  has  rather  more  dig- 
nity. 


158  ELEMENTS    OF   mDUCnVE   LOGIC 

§  81.  The  various  methods  of  investigating  to 
ascertain  the  causal  relation  between  a  given  phe- 
nomenon and  its  circumstances  involve  necessarily 
a  constant  use  of  suppositions.  "When  an  effect  is 
given  to  find  its  cause,  we  are  limited  to  simple 
observation,  and  seek  for  a  natural  occurrence  of 
an  instance  wherein  the  antecedents  can  be  noted. 
When  one  has  been  found,  the  first  step  is  to  reject 
the  immaterial  circumstances,  and  then  to  distrib- 
ute the  remainder  into  antecedents  and  consequents. 
I^ow,  it  is  quite  obvious  that  even  this  much  cannot 
be  done,  unless  there  be  in  the  mind  of  the  observer 
some  idea,  however  vague  and  unsettled,  of  the  cause 
he  is  seeking,  some  suggestion  from  experience  of 
analogous  cases,  some  clew,  some  index,  some  sur- 
mise, conjecture,  supposition,  to  guide  him  in  a  ten- 
tative application  of  one  or  another  of  the  methods 
of  investigation.  This  is  essential  to  any  intelligent 
observation,  which  otherwise  would  be  no  more  than 
the  stupid  gazing  of  a  boor.  The  supposition,  aris- 
ing perhaps  in  a  very  loose  and  uncertain  way,  may 
soon  prove  quite  erroneous  and  be  rejected,  whereby 
a  negative  point  is  gained.  Another  takes  *its  place, 
and  investigation  is  renewed,  guided  constantly  by 
a  supposition.  Illustrations  of  this  mode  of  research 
are  seen  in  the  various  hypotheses  on  the  nature  of 
comets  and  nebulae.  Others  may  be  taken  from  va- 
rious literary  hypotheses  which  have  laid  claim  to 
acceptance ;  as,  the  hypothesis  of  Wolf  respecting 
the  origin  of  the  Homeric  poems ;  that  of  IS'iebuhr, 
deriving  the  stories  of  early  Kome  from  lost  ballads 


HYPOTHESIS  159 

or  epics ;  those  of  Eicliliorn,  Marsh,  and  others  con- 
cerning the  origin  of  the  text  of  the  Gospels ;  the 
many  concerning  the  authorship  of  tlie  (Economics 
attributed  to  Aristotle,  and  of  the  Letters  of  Junius. 
In  such  cases  suppositions  are  made,  and  then  sup- 
ported by  circumstantial  evidence.  The  form  of 
logical  procedure  in  the  grave  matter  of  scripture 
exegesis,  or,  generally,  in  the  interpretation  of  lan- 
guage, is  quite  similar.^ 

It  is  equally  obvious  that  all  experimental  obser- 
vation is  likewise  dependent  on  supposition.  A  mere 
trial  of  possible  combinations  to  see  what  will  come 
of  them,  without  the  further  suggestions  of  a  sug- 
gested supposition,  can  elicit  nothing,  save  by  chance. 
Indeed,  that  cannot  properly  be  called  an  experiment 
which  does  not  proceed  upon  some  tolerably  well 
defined  hypothesis.  Cavendish,  suspecting  that  water 
is  not  an  element,  was  led  by  positive  supposition  to 
burn  hydrogen  with  oxygen,  and  thus  discovered  its 
composition.  Davy,  conjecturing  the  alkalies  to  be 
metallic  oxides,  and  following  a  clew  suggested  by 
analogy,  proved  it  on  decomposing  them  in  a  gal- 
vanic circuit.  Franklin  sailed  his  kite  on  a  surmise 
of  the  identity  of  lightning  with  the  electricity  of  his 
machine.  Bacon  stuffed  a  dressed  fowl  with  snow, 
to  test  his  supposition  that  cold  would  keep  meat 
sweet.    Columbus  sailed  westward  on  the  hypothesis 

^  A  striking  example  of  the  application  of  the  hypothetical  deduc- 
tive method  to  interpretation  is  the  deciphering,  by  Champollion,  in 
1822,  of  the  famous  Rosetta  stone,  whereby  the  Egyptian  alphabet 
was  discovered. 


160  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

that  the  earth  is  round,  and  hence  that  he  could  thus 
reach  the  Indies.  Socialists  attempt  revolution, 
and  legislators  enact  tentative  laws  on  hypothetical 
grounds.  Whenever  anybody  tries  to  do  any  new- 
thing  with  the  least  modicum  of  intelligence,  he  is 
trying  to  realize  a  suppositive  idea,  and  no  scientific 
procedure  of  any  sort  is  possible  unless  in  accord 
with  a  preconceived  hypothesis. 

§  82.  A  more  formal  use  of  hypothesis — one  more 
generally  recognized  by  logicians  and  scientists — is 
now  to  be  examined  at  some  length. 

In  the  previous  chapter,  of  which  this  is  a  con- 
tinuation, it  was  shown  that  the  law  of  each  of  sev- 
eral given  causes,  which  together  produce  a  homo- 
geneous effect,  being  inductively  ascertained,  we 
may,  in  simple  cases,  deduce  their  united  effect, 
and  then  verify  this  result  by  comparing  it  with 
observed  fact.  We  thus  determine  the  effect  to  be 
expected  in  certain  cases  wherein  the  several  co-op- 
erating causes  intermixing  their  effects  are  known. 
The  logical  order  of  the  whole  procedure  is,  first 
induction,  then  deduction,  then  verification.  This 
is  the  deductive  method  as  applied  to  solve  the  prob- 
lem :  Given  a  certain  composition  of  causes,  to  find 
what  homogeneous  effect  will  follow  (§  78).  We  have 
now  to  show  how  the  deductive  method  is  applied  to 
solve  the  inverse  problem :  Given  a  homogeneous 
effect,  to  find  the  cause  or  causes  producing  it,  or 
their  laws. 

It  is  quite  evident  that,  owing  to  the  homogeneity 


HYPOTHESIS  161 

of  a  mechanical  effect,  an  analysis  of  it  into  its  com- 
ponents is  impracticable,  and  therefore  no  direct  ap- 
plication of  this  or  any  of  the  preceding  methods  will 
solve  the  present  problem.  The  obstacle  may  also 
be  explained  as  due  to  the  quasi-principle  of  a  plu- 
rality of  causes  (§  22).  Referring  to  the  illustration 
drawn  from  the  composition  of  motion,  it  is  evident 
that,  given  the  motion  of  a  body,  no  practicable  anal- 
ysis of  this  effect,  which  is  but  a  part,  though  the 
chief  one,  of  the  consequents,  will  enable  us  to  deter- 
mine what  force  or  forces  were  its  actual  cause ;  since 
there  is  an  infinite  number  of  combinations  of  im- 
pulses, varying  in  intensity  and  direction,  which  might 
have  produced  precisely  this  partial  effect.  To  find 
liypothetically,  for  instance,  what  impelling  force  or 
forces,  with  their  point  of  application,  direction,  and 
intensity,  might  have  produced  the  existing  projec- 
tile and  rotary  motion  of  the  earth,  is  an  easy  prob- 
lem ;  but  to  ascertain  what  combination  of  impulses, 
if  any,  did  actually  produce  it,  is  impossible  from 
any  data  we  possess. 

The  difficulty  is  not  always  so  absolutely  insuper- 
able. There  are  many  and  very  important  cases,  in 
which  an  indirect  application  of  the  deductive  method 
attains,  by  the  aid  of  hypothesis,  results  of  inesti- 
mable scientific  value.  It  consists  in  substituting 
for  the  induction  of  the  first  stage  of  the  direct  de- 
ductive method  (§  79),  an  hypothesis  of  the  cause  or 
of  its  law,  and  then  proceeding  as  before,  the  stages 
now  being,  first  hypothesis,  then   deduction,   then 

verification.     This  modified  application  of  the  de- 
11 


162  ELEMENTS    OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

ductive  method,  we  shall  now  examine  more  particu- 
larly.^ 

§  83.  Let  us  first  define  the  term.  In  its  most 
general  sense,  an  hypothesis  is  an  unproved,  and  may 
be  an  unprovable,  proposition.  More  specifically, 
it  is  a  proposition  laid  down,  without  evidence  or 
with  insufficient  evidence,  from  which  to  draw  con- 
clusions relative  to  facts,  under  the  notion  that,  if 
the  conclusions  are  in  accord  with  known  facts,  the 
hypothesis  either  is,  or  is  likely  to  be,  true.'*  In 
undertaking  to  explain  the  formal  use  of  scientific 
hypothesis,  we  venture  this  yet  more  restricted 
definition :  A  scientific  hypothesis  is  an  ideal 
assumption  of  a  cause  or  law. 

§  84.  For  many  cases  of  a  mechanical  effect  whose 
cause  is  unknown,  a  known  cause,  with  its  known 
law,  is  hypothetically  posited ;  from  this  supposition 
a  deduction  is  made,  and  its  conclusion  verified  by 
observation.  Thus  it  has  frequently  occurred  to  a 
scattered  cluster  of  powder-magazines  that  when 
one  is  exploded  the  others  immediately  explode. 
How  shall  we  account  for  or  what  causes  this  uni- 

*  Comte  puts  the  process  in  a  sentence,  saying:  "Some  fact  is  as 
yet  little  understood,  or  some  law  is  unknown ;  we  frame  on  the  sub- 
ject an  hypothesis  as  accordant  as  possible  with  the  whole  of  the  data 
already  possessed ;  and  the  science,  being  thus  enabled  to  move  for- 
ward freely,  always  ends  by  leading  to  new  consequences  capable  of 
observation,  which  either  confirm  or  refute,  unequivocally,  the  first 
supposition." — Philoaophie  Positive,  torn,  ii,,  p.  434. 

'-^  See  Mill,  Logic,  p.  249 ;  and  Bain,  Logic^  bk.  iii.,  ch.  13. 


HYPOTHESIS  163 

formitj?  The  hypothesis  has  been  assumed  that 
aerial  vibrations,  whose  mode  of  motion  and  of  com- 
municating motion  are  well  known,  are  the  cause. 
JSTow,  if  in  general  aerial  vibrations  can  cause  explo- 
sion, it  is  deductively  inferred  that  intense  explo- 
sives, as  cordite,  nitrogen  iodide,  or  fulminate  of 
mercury,  shall  readily  be  exploded  by  the  vibrations 
which  a  similar  explosion  produces,  or  even  by  a 
musical  note.  Experiments  have  verified  this  con- 
clusion, thus  rendering  the  hypothesis  probable. 

Let  it  be  remarked  that  in  this  case  the  cause  hy- 
pothetically  posited  is  a  vera  causa — that  is,  one 
known  in  other  connections  to  be  a  cause.^  So  we 
may  assume  the  cause  of  an  epidemic  to  be  excessive 
heat,  or  bad  drainage,  or  imported  bacteria,  each  be- 
ing a  vera  causa^  and  push  the  inquiry  accordingly. 
The  glacial  hypothesis,  accounting  for  the  character 
and  distribution  of  erratic  boulders,  assigns  the  ob- 
served action  of  glaciers  and  ice-floes  as  the  cause; 
and  the  science  of  geology  in  general,  finding  in  the 
earth's  crust  strata  and  masses  of  rock  quite  similar 
to  observed  deposits  from  water  and  products  of  vol- 
canic fire,  assumes  these  vercB  causm  as  explanatory 
of  those  ancient  formations. 

*  The  phrase  vera  causa  is  taken  from  Newton^s  first  Rule  of  Phi- 
losophizing (§  21  n.).  His  meaning  seems  plain  enough  when  we  con- 
sider that  he  was  proposing  gravity,  a  cause  known  to  operate  near 
the  earth,  as  the  cause  of  planetary  motions,  to  take  the  place  of  the 
ideal  vortices  of  Descartes,  in  the  theory  of  celestial  mechanics.  Still 
the  phrase  has  been  much  discussed,  and  variously  interpreted.  See 
Herschel,  Discourse,  etc.,  §  137  sq. ;  Whewell,  Phil,  of  Dis.,  ch.  xriii., 
§  7  sq. ;  Mill,  Lo^ic,  p.  353. 


164  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

It  is  not,  however,  as  has  been  claimed,  essential 
in  scientific  investigation  that  the  cause  assumed 
shall  be  a  vera  causa,  but  such  assumption  brings 
the  case  nearer  to  and  facilitates  complete  proof,  and 
hence  is  the  most  promising  form  of  this  general 
mode  of  inquiry/  There  is,  indeed,  no  other  limit 
to  hypothesis  than  that  of  imagination  ;  but  natural 
science  admits  only  such  hypothetical  agencies  as  are 
allied,  at  least  by  analogy,  with  known  causes  and 
laws  in  nature.  The  assumption  of  a  supernatural 
cause  to  account  for  a  natural  event  is  unscientific, 
and  characteristic  of  superstition ;  as,  to  attribute  an 
epidemic  to  the  ill-will  of  a  witch,  or  table-rappings 
to  spirits. 

In  illustration  of  a  cause  wholly  hypothetical— that 
is,  one  not  a  vera  causa,  but  invented  and  supposed — 
we  cite  the  undulatory  hypothesis  of  light  originally 
proposed  by  Huyghens.  This  assumes  space  to  be 
filled  with  an  ether  whose  vibrations,  according  with 
the  known  laws  of  vibration  in  elastic  fluids,  account 
for  many  of  the  phenomena  of  light.  The  suppo- 
sition has  given  unity  to  the  science  of  light,  and 
served  as  an  excellent  working  hypothesis ;  but  inde- 
pendent evidence  of  the  real  existence  of  such  an 
ether  is  still  lacking,  though  it  has  been  earnestly 
sought,  especially  in  watching  for  a  retardation  of 
the  motion  of  comets  attributable  only  to  a  resisting 

1  "  Any  hypothesis  which  has  so  much  plausibility  as  to  explain  a 
'considerable  number  of  facts,  helps  us  to  digest  these  facts  in  proper 
order,  to  bring  new  ones  to  light,  and  make  experimenta  ci'ucis  for  the 
sake  of  future  inquiries."— Hartley,  06s.  on  Man,  vol.  i.,  p.  16. 


HYPOTHESIS  165 

medium.  The  assumed  cause,  then,  is  not  a  vera 
causa,  and  until  it  be  proved  to  be  one,  it  is  not 
strictly  proper  to  speak  even  of  this  most  admirable 
and  truly  scientific  hypothesis  as  a  theory/ 

§  85.  Instead  of  a  hypothetical  cause  acting  accord- 
ing to  known  law,  there  maybe  posited  a  known  cause 
acting  according  to  hypothetical  law.  For  instance, 
the  kinetic  hypothesis  of  gases  assumes  that  their 
mechanical  properties  are  due  to  a  peculiar  mode  of 
activity  of  the  molecules.  This  activity  of  the  known 
cause  is  supposed  to  be  in  accordance  with  the  laws 
of  motion,  inertia  and  others,  which,  since  they  are 
known  to  be  true  laws  in  other  relations,  vercB  leges, 
correspond  in  this  hypothesis  to  the  verm  causm  in 
those  just  discussed.  The  gaseous  molecules  are  rep- 
resented as  constantly  moving  with  great  velocity, 
those  of  hydrogen  at  zero  having  a  rate  of  one  and 
one-seventh  miles  a  second;  also  as  colliding  with 
each  other,  and  impinging  on  the  sides  of  a  contain- 
ing vessel,  which  expenditure  of  vis  viva  is  the  press- 
ure of  the  gas.  As  the  temperature  rises,  the  mole- 
cules move  faster,  strike  harder  and  often er,  and  the 
pressure  is  greater.  It  is  their  great  and  inces- 
sant molecular  activity  that  causes  the  expansion  and 
diffusion  of  gases,  to  which  is  due  the  uniformity 

^  The  terms  theory  and  hypothesis  should  not  be  used  indifferently. 
Hypothesis  is  the  more  general  term  including  mere  conjecture.  The- 
ory is  hypothesis  of  only  the  highest  order,  grounded  on  a  vera  causa, 
and  systematically  elaborated.  Moreover,  after  complete  proof,  the 
theorem,  though  no  longer  hypothetical,  is  still  called  a  theory. 


166  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE    LOGIC 

of  our  mixed  atmosphere.  This  hypothesis  of  a 
peculiar  mode  or  law  of  activity  has  been  devel- 
oped mathematically,  and  deductions  made  from  it 
have  been  verified.  It  is  accepted  by  many  phys- 
icists. 

There  are  also  instances  in  science  wherein  hy- 
pothesis has  respect  both  to  the  cause  and  to  its  law. 
The  development  hypothesis,  proposing  to  account 
for  the  origin  of  species,  was  announced,  in  crude 
form,  five  centuries  before  the  Christian  era,  and  has 
never  been  entirely  abandoned.  What  Mr.  Darwin 
did  for  it  was  to  amplify  and  perfect  the  hypothesis 
of  the  causes,  environment,  use  and  disuse,  and  hered- 
ity, showing  that  they  are  verm  causes^  then  to  postu- 
late the  law  of  natural  selection  or  the  survival  of  the 
fittest,  and  show  it  to  be  a  vera  lex  under  which  fair- 
ly permanent  changes  of  type  in  both  fauna  and  flora 
are  actually  effected,  this  being  also  a  verification. 
Still,  his  famous  speculation,  serving  as  an  excellent 
guide  of  work,  and  remodelling  all  branches  of  nat- 
ural history,  remains  an  hypothesis ;  it  is  not  a  logi- 
cally established  theory.* 

^  See  Darwin,  "  Origin  of  Species,"  especially  ch.  iv.  The  following 
statements,  from  favoring  authorities,  are  weighty  and  significant : 

"  Mr.  Darwin's  remarkable  speculation  on  the  Origin  of  Species  is 
another  unimpeachable  example  of  a  legitimate  hypothesis.  What 
he  terms  *  natural  selection '  is  not  only  a  vera  causa  [lex  ?],  but  one 
proved  to  be  capable  of  producing  effects  of  the  same  kind  with  those 
which  the  hypothesis  ascribes  to  it ;  the  question  of  possibility  is  en- 
tirely otte  of  degree.  It  is  unreasonable  to  accuse  Mr.  Darwin  (as  has 
been  done)  of  violating  the  rules  of  Induction.  The  rules  of  Induction 
are  concerned  with  the  conditions  of  Proof.     Mr.  Darwin  has  never 


HYPOTHESIS  167 

Other  examples  of  approved  doctrine  wholly  hypo- 
thetical are  Dalton's  atomic  hypothesis,  so  prominent 
in  chemistry,  and  Boscovich's  hypothesis  of  the  ulti- 
mate mechanical  constitution  of  matter,  which  holds 
its  place  in  physics.  Such  double  assumptions  of 
both  cause  and  law  must  be  classed  as  representative 
fictions  until  discovery  take  them  out  of  this  cate- 
gory. Though  mere  speculations,  yet  they  have  sci- 
entific value,  in  promoting  unity  of  conception  and 
suggesting  lines  of  fruitful  investigation. 

Finally,  an  hypothesis  may  be  made  respecting  the 
law  of  an  eifect,  the  cause  and  its  law  being  unknown 
and  unsought.  Thus  Kepler  made  and  rejected,  be- 
cause unverifiable,  nineteen  hypotheses  respecting  the 
orbit  of  Mars,  before  he  supposed  it  to  be  an  ellipse, 

pretended  that  his  doctrine  was  proved.  He  was  not  bound  by  the 
rules  of  Induction,  but  by  those  of  Hypothesis.  And  these  last  have 
seldom  been  more  completely  fulfilled.  He  has  opened  a  path  of  in- 
quiry full  of  promise,  the  results  of  which  none  can  foresee.  And  is 
it  not  a  wonderful  feat  of  scientific  knowledge  and  ingenuity  to  have 
rendered  so  bold  a  suggestion — which  the  first  impulse  of  every  one 
was  to  reject  at  once — admissible  and  discussible  even  as  a  conjecture  ?" 
— Mill,  Logic,  p.  355,  note. 

"It  must  suffice  to  enunciate  the  belief  that  Life  under  all  its 
forms  has  arisen  by  a  progressive,  unbroken  evolution ;  and  through 
the  instrumentality  of  what  we  call  natural  causes.  That  this  is  an 
hypothesis,  I  readily  admit.  That  it  may  never  be  anything  more, 
seems  probable.  That  even  in  its  most  defensible  shape  there  are 
serious  difficulties  in  its  way,  I  cheerfully  acknowledge.  .  .  .  Save  for 
those  who  still  adhere  to  the  Hebrew  myth,  or  to  the  doctrine  of  spe- 
cial creations  derived  from  it,  there  is  no  alternative  but  this  hypothe- 
sis or  no  hypothesis.  For  myself,  finding  that  there  is  no  positive 
evidence  of  special  creations,  and  that  there  is  some  positive  evidence 
of  evolution,  I  adopt  the  hypothesis  until  better  instructed." — Herbert 
Spencer,  Principles  of  Psychology ^  §  208,  note  (2d  ed.,  1870). 


168  ELEMENTS    OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

and  found  this  verifiable  (§10).     Of  like  sort  is  his 
hypothesis  of  the  law  of  refraction  of  light. 

§  86.  An  hypothesis,  whatever  approbation  it  may 
enjoy,  if  it  be  found  irreconcilable  by  any  modifi- 
cation with  an  observed  fact — facts  being  stubborn 
things^must  be  abandoned.  That  heat  is  a  mode  of 
molecular  motion  was  once,  but  is  no  longer,  an  ap- 
proved doctrine  of  physics.  The  system  of  cycles 
and  epicycles,  proposed  by  Tycho  Brahe  to  account 
for  the  celestial  motions,  fell  away  as  soon  as  the 
relative  distances  of  the  planets  was  measured.  Fre- 
quently, in  the  history  of  science,  two  or  more  hy- 
potheses, each  having  its  advocates,  have  been  pro- 
posed to  explain  the  same  class  of  phenomena.  Thus, 
in  electricity,  Franklin's  hypothesis  of  one  fluid  was 
opposed  by  Symmes's  hypothesis  of  two  fluids ;  both 
are  now  rejected  as  failing  to  accord  with  the  facts. 

A  fact  that  decides  between  two  rival  hypotheses 
was  called  by  Bacon  an  instantia  crucis,  a  crucial 
instance.*  When  the  Copernican  system  opposed 
the  Ptolemaic,  it  triumphed  by  the  instantia  crucis 
of  aberration  of  light,  a  fact  incompatible  with  the 
earth's  being  at  rest.  Foucault's  pendulum  experi- 
ment also  is  crucial  against  its  immobility.  Rival 
hypotheses  of  light  mark  the  «arly  history  of  that  sci- 
ence.  Newton's  emission  hypothesis  supposes  light  to 

^  It  is  the  fourteenth  of  his  Prerogatives  of  Instances,  introduced 
thus :  "  Inter  praerogativas  instantiarum  ponemus,  loco  decimo  quarto, 
instanfias  crucis  ;  translato  vocabulo  a  crucibus,  quae  erectae  in  biviis, 
indicant  et  signant  viarum  separationes."— iVov.  Org.^  bk.  ii.,  aph.  36. 


HYPOTHESIS  169 

consist  of  minute  actual  particles  emitted  with  great 
velocity  from  luminous  bodies.  The  undulatory  hy- 
pothesis of  Hnyghens,  already  cited  (§  84),  supposes 
liofht  to  consist  in  the  vibrations  of  an  elastic  luminif- 
erous  ether  filling  space.  The  absence  of  mechanical 
energy  from  rays  of  light,  the  most  delicate  experi- 
ments failing  to  discover  any  vis  viva  in  the  con- 
centrated solar  beam,  is  a  negative  instantia  crueis 
against  the  emission  hypothesis ;  one  positive  is  that, 
by  this  hypothesis,  the  velocity  of  light  on  passing 
into  a  denser  medium  should  increase,  whereas  it  was 
shown  by  Fizeau  to  diminish,  being  in  inverse  ratio 
to  the  refractive  indices.  Moreover,  Fresnel  showed 
that  the  phenomena  of  diffraction  and  of  thin  plates 
are  inconsistent  with  this  hypothesis,  but  clearly 
explicable  on  the  other.^  These  crucial  instances 
overthrew  the  Newtonian  hypothesis,  and  that  of 
Huyghens  has  ever  since  been  unrivalled.  But  let 
not  the  disproof  of  one  be  mistaken  for  proof  of  the 
other.  In  general,  that  an  hypothesis  has  no  rival, 
and  is  not  likely  to  have  one,  though  it  strengthen 
presumption,  is  not  proof. 

§  87.  A  special  function  of  verification,  then,  is  to 
establish  a  crucial  instance  which  will  discredit  a 
rival  hypothesis.  When  this  is  done,  it  makes  a  deep 
impression,  and  strengthens  the  erroneous  notion,  so 
common  even  among  scientific  thinkers,  that  verifi- 
cation somehow  is  proof.     We  have  already  stated 

^  See  Fresnel's  view  more  fully  detailed  in  Herschel,  DiscoursCy  etc.y 
§  218.     See,  also,  Ganot,  Mments  de  Physique,  §§  429,  551. 


170  ELEMENTS    OF    INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

that  its  general  function  is  to  confirm  hypothesis,  to 
heighten  its  probability  (§  79).  When  verifications 
are  numerous  and  unexpected,  and  conform  to  the 
hypothesis  with  mathematical  precision,  afid  espe- 
cially when  defeating  all  proposed  rivals,  they  almost 
irresistibly  convince.  Although  any  mere  hypoth- 
esis may  at  least  conceivably  be  replaced  by  some 
other  one  not  yet  devised,  it  is  only  the  strong  and 
clear  mind  that  can  successfully  resist  being  misled 
by  such  verifications  into  a  confidence  proper  to  em- 
pirical certainty  alone  (§  45).  Mere  verifications  can 
never  amount  to  strict  proof.^  Of  this  much  only 
may  we  be  sure — if  the  hypothesis  of  a  cause,  as  the 
luminiferous  ether,  be  at  all  tenable,  then  its  laws 
and  the  laws  of  the  real  cause,  whatever  it  may  be, 
are  at  least  partially  identical.  But  this  identity  of 
law  does  not  prove  identity  of  cause,  for  agencies 
quite  distinct  may  have  identical  law ;  thus  the  in- 
tensity of  all  radiants — light,  heat,  gravity,  and  oth- 
ers— varies  inversely  as  the  square  of  the  distance. 

The  power  of  predicting  entirely  new  phenomena 
has  been  regarded  as  a  specific  mark  of  the  truth  of 
an  hypothesis.'*    For  instance,  it  being  known  that 

*  An  exception,  however,  should  perhaps  be  taken  in  case  of  an  hy- 
pothesis relative  to  a  single  fact,  or  a  group  of  facts  having  known 
limits.  Thus,  from  the  hypothesis  that  the  world  is  round  was  in- 
ferred, it  may  be  circumnavigated ;  which  was  first  fully  verified  by 
the  Vittoria,  one  of  Magellan's  ships,  in  1519-21.  Cf.  the  discovery 
of  the  planet  Neptune,  §  11. 

2  So  Dr.  Whewell  seems  to  think.  See  Phil.  o/Dis.,  ch.  xxii.,  §  61. 
A  very  striking  case  is  the  prediction,  resulting  from  mathematical 
deduction,  by  Sir  William  R.  Hamilton,  verified  by  Dr.  Humphrey 


HYPOTHESIS  171 

two  aerial  sound  waves  may  so  interfere  with  one 
another  as  to  produce  silence,  analogy  suggested  that, 
if  the  undulatory  hypothesis  of  light  be  true,  two 
rays  may  so  encounter  as  to  neutralize  each  other, 
and  produce  darkness ;  which  prediction  was  fulfilled 
on  experiment.  This,  construed  as  an  argument  in 
proof  of  the  hypothesis,  is  plainly  fallacia  conse- 
quentis  (§  H5).  A  fact  thus  obtained  is  only  one 
more  added  to  those  already  found  to  accord  with 
the  hypothesis.  If  the  law  of  the  propagation  of 
light  agrees  with  that  of  elastic  fluids  in  a  number 
of  known  particulars,  we  may  expect  it  to  agree  in 
others.  That  a  fact  was  predicted  does  not  in  the 
least  affect  its  character  or  bearing.  The  fulfilment 
of  such  a  prophecy  merely  adds  the  weight  of  another 
verifying  fact  to  a  still  unproved  assumption.  Let 
us  remember  that  Newton  formed  an  hypothesis 
from  which  he  predicted  the  combustibility  of  the 
diamond ;  which  prediction  has  proved  true,  yet  the 
hypothesis  has  proved  false  (§  47). 

§  88.  If,  then,  verification  cannot  accomplish  log- 
ical proof,  by  what  process  shall  it  be  attained  ?  The 
form  is  quite  simple. 

First,  the  hypothesis  in  question  must  be  shown 
competent  to  explain  all  the  facts  of  that  class  to 
which  it  is  applied ;  that  is,  it  must  lead  deductively  to 
those  facts,  which  deduction  is  tested  by  verification.' 

Ward  of  Dublin,  of  the  refraction  of  a  single  ray  of  light,  under  special 
conditions,  into  a  conical  pencil. 

^  The  undulatory  hypothesis  of  light  fails  even  here.     It  gives  no 


172  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

Second,  it  must  be  shown  that  no  other  hypoth- 
esis can  explain  all  the  facts;  in  other  words,  that 
any  other  hypothesis  will  lead  to  sonae  false  result.' 

When  these  two  steps  have  been  taken,  the  proof 
is  complete,  passing  beyond  the  highest  probability 
that  can  be  attained  by  the  first  step  alone,  and  be- 
coming physical  or  moral  certainty — that  is,  empirical 
certainty  (§  45).  The  thesis  is  no  longer  an  hypoth- 
esis, an  unproved  proposition,  but  has  become  a 
proved  proposition,  an  established  theory. 

It  is  worthy  of  remark  that  both  parts  of  this  proc- 
ess are  often  recognized  in  vulgar  speech  as  requi- 
site to  constitute  proof.  When  a  supposition  is  pro- 
posed to  account  for  some  commonplace  affair,  and 
questioned,  the  proposer  is  apt  to  say  something  like 
this:  It  explains  the  whole  matter ^  and  the  thing 
canH  he  explained  in  any  other  way,  or,  no  other 
explanation  will  do.  The  objector  may  perhaps  re- 
ply:  It  seems  to  me  some  other  explanation  tnight 
he  found,  or  is  possible,  which  also  implies  that  estab- 
lishing the  negative  is  essential  to  proof.  So  in  the 
courts.  Circumstantial  evidence  of  guilt,  which  in- 
deed may  be  completely  refuted  by  an  alihi,  a  fact 
irreconcilable  with  the  supposition,  is  accumulated 
until,  in  the  opinion  of  both  judge  and  jury,  this 
and  no  other  supposition  can  possibly  explain  the 
facts;    which  result   in  ordinary  cases  will  justify 

satisfactory  account  of  the  reflection  of  light,  of  the  composite  char- 
acter of  white  light,  of  the  colors  of  objects,  of  the  absorption  of  light, 
or  of  its  chemical  and  vital  influences. 

^  This  is  essentially  the  argumentum  ad  impossibile  (§  IDS'). 


HYPOTHESIS  173 

condemnation,  the  indictment  becoming  morally  cer- 
tain. If  the  defendant  can  maintain  some  other 
plausible  supposition,  doubt  remains,  and  he  is  enti- 
tled to  the  benefit  of  the  doubt — that  is,  his  guilt  is 
not  proved. 

A  little  consideration  will  discover  that  this  process 
is  the  rigorous  method  of  difference,  the  two  steps 
just  described  fulfilling  its  condition  of  aflSrmative 
and  negative  instances  (§  56).  For  example,  it  has 
been  observed  by  Hyene  of  France,  and  Bizzolero  of 
Italy,  that  in  every  case  of  the  blood  of  consump- 
tives examined  there  is  present  a  third  corpuscle  on 
which  the  also  ever-present  consumption  bacillus  ap- 
parently feeds.  The  hypothesis  is  that  their  coex- 
istence, A^  is  the  cause  of  the  disease,  s,  which  is 
thereby  explained.  Allowing  that  the  observed  facts 
support,  as  above  stated,  this  hypothesis,  we  have 
the  affirmative  instance,  ABC  with  y  zx^  the  added 
letters  representing  other  physical  circumstances  in 
a  case.  The  numerous  confirmatory  observations, 
therefore,  by  the  method  of  agreement  alone,  render 
the  hypothetic  causal  relation  highly  probable. 

]^ow,  the  supposition  that  the  third  corpuscle  alone 
may  be  the  cause  is  precluded  by  the  observation 
that  its  presence  is  consistent  with  health.  The  sup- 
position that  the  bacillus  alone  is  the  cause  remains. 
Dr.  Watkins  of  New  York  city  resolved  to  test  this 
last  supposition  in  his  own  person.  Having  ascertained 
that  the  third  corpuscle  was  not  present  in  his  blood, 
he  caused  himself  to  be  inoculated  with  the  cultus 
of  tubercule  bacilli.     The  ninety  days,  during  which 


174  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

symptoms  of  consumption  or  tuberculosis  should  ap- 
pear, passed  away  without  the  sign.  Thus  was  sup- 
plied the  negative  instance,  B  C  with  x  y^  required 
by  the  method  of  difference ;  both  the  combination 
of  the  corpuscle  with  the  bacillus,  A,  and  the  disease, 
z,  being  absent.  Therefore,  by  this  cogent  method, 
the  combination  is  proved  to  be  the  cause,  no  other 
hypothesis  will  answer,  and  the  one  laid  down  be- 
comes a  fairly  estsiblished  theory,  which  may  lead  to 
very  important  therapeutic  results. 

§  89.  The  discussion  may  fitly  close  with  a  cita- 
tion of  a  standard  example.  It  is  Newton's  use  of 
the  hypothetical  form  of  the  deductive  method  to 
determine  the  primary  laws  of  the  orbital  motion  of 
the  planets.* 

First,  he  assumed  that  the  force  which  constantly 
deflects  a  planet  from  a  rectilinear  course,  making  it 
describe  a  curve  around  the  sun,  tends  directly  toward 
the  sun.  Then  he  proved  deductively  that,  if  it  do 
so,  the  radius  vector  of  its  orbit  shall  describe  equal 
areas  in  equal  times.  This  was  verified  by  being 
identical  with  Kepler's  first  law,  already  empirically 
ascertained  (§  10  n.).  Newton  then  proved  that  if 
the  force  acted  in  any  other  direction  whatever,  the 
radius  vector  would  not  describe  equal  areas  in  equal 
times,  which  consequent  is  false  to  fact.  This  latter 
step  completes  the  proof  of  the  first  assumption. 

^  In  the  following  statement  we  follow  pretty  closely  the  excellent 
analysis  of  Mr.  Mill,  Logic,  p.  351. 


HYPOTHESIS  175 

For,  let  A  he  Si  force  acting  centrally  \  A  B  C^  the 
planets  and  a  central  force;  B  C^  the  planets  apart 
from  a  central  force.  Now  the  planets  and  a  central 
force  produce  2,  areas  proportional  to  the  times,  with 
X  2/,  effects  other  than  z ;  the  planets  apart  from  a 
central  force  produce  x  y  only.  Hence  it  is  rigor- 
ously proved  by  the  method  of  difference  that  A^ 
a  force  acting  centrally,  is  the  causal  law  of  s,  areas 
as  the  times. 

Second,  having  thus  determined  the  direction  of 
the  deflecting  force,  Newton  proceeded  in  like  man- 
ner to  ascertain  the  law  of  quantitative  variation  of 
that  force.  He  assumed  that  the  force  varies  in- 
versely as  the  square  of  the  distance.  From  this  he 
deduced  Kepler's  second  and  third  laws,  which  veri- 
fied the  hypothesis.  He  then  proved  that  any  other 
law  of  variation  would  give  results  inconsistent  with 
Kepler's  laws  already  known  to  be  true.  This  com- 
pletes the  proof  of  the  second  assumption. 

Newton  then  used  these  conclusions  as  premises 
under  which,  by  the  direct  deductive  method,  the 
motion  of  the  moon  was  brought  as  a  special  or  par- 
ticular case,  and  terrestrial  gravity  proved  to  be  its 
cause.     This  argument  is  detailed  in  §  79. 

Thus  was  established  the  theory  of  universal  grav- 
itation. The  general  induction  which  immediately 
follows  the  foregoing  specific  proofs  is  stated  by 
Newton  as  an  obvious  and  necessary  inference.  He 
says :  "  If  it  universally  appears,  by  experiments  and 
astronomical  observations,  that  all  bodies  about  the 
earth  gravitate  towards  the  earth,  and  that  in  pro- 


176  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

portion  to  the  quantity  of  matter  which  they  several- 
ly contain  ;  that  the  moon  likewise,  according  to  the 
quantity  of  its  matter,  gravitates  towards  the  earth ; 
that,  on  the  other  hand,  our  sea  gravitates  towards 
the  moon ;  and  all  the  planets  mutually  one  towards 
another ;  and  the  comets  in  like  manner  towards  the 
sun  ;  we  must  universally  allow  that  all  bodies  what- 
soever are  endowed  with  a  principle  of  mutual  grav- 
itation." ^  Subsequently  he  says :  "  We  have  ex- 
plained the  phenomena  of  the  heavens  by  the  power 
of  gravity,  but  have  not  assigned  the  cause  of  this 
power.  Hitherto  I  have  not  been  able  to  discover 
the  cause  of  the  properties  of  gravity  from  phenom- 
ena, and  apart  from  phenomena  I  frame  no  hypoth- 
eses. It  is  enough  that  gravity  does  really  exist,  and 
act  according  to  the  laws  which  we  have  explained, 
and  abundantly  serves  to  account  for  all  the  motions 
of  celestial  bodies."  ^ 

*  Prindpia^  bk.  iii.,  under  Rule  3d.  ^  Id.,  Scholium  Oenerale. 


XII.— NATUKAL  LAW 

§  90.  The  ultimate  essence  in  the  generic  notion 
law  is  similarity.  When  a  number  of  facts,  either 
beings  or  events,  make  a  striking  impression  of  simi- 
larity, each  is  regarded  as  a  repetition  of  the  others. 
A  phenomenon  is  said  to  be  repeated  when  the 
mind  of  the  observer  receives  impressions  so  very 
similar  as  to  be  indistinguishable  except  as  to  time 
or  place.  When  several  such  impressions  concur, 
the  notion  of  repetition  is  expanded  into  the  notion 
of  order.  This,  when  the  order  is  undeviating,  be- 
comes the  notion  of  strict  uniformity.  Law  ex- 
presses strict  uniformity.  Its  most  general  definition 
may  be  stated  thus : 

A  law  is  a  designation  of  a  constant  order 
of  facts  determined  by  the  constitution  of 
the  things.' 

^  The  synthesis  of  this  section  is  of  elements  obtained  by  an  analy- 
sis of  the  notion  law.  A  designation  simply  marks  out  and  makes 
known.  The  things  are  those  from  which  the  law  arises,  and  to  which 
it  applies.  The  constitution  is  an  assemblage  of  properties,  which 
properties,  being  constant  causes,  determine  both  the  facts  and  their 
constant  order.  The  specific  difference,  determined^  etc.,  excludes 
voluntary  order  (js.  g.  that  discovered  by  statistics  of  crime),  chance 
order  (§  49),  and  any  order  discernible  in  primitive  collocations 
(§94n.). 
12 


178  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

§  91.  Primarily  there  are  two  kinds  of  law — for- 
mal law  and  material  law. 

Formal  laws  designate  or  give  expression  to  the 
forms  in  which  the  mind  conceives  of  things.  They 
are  strictly  abstract  formulas,  occasioned  by  the  or- 
der of  phenomena,  but  expressing  only  the  conse- 
quent intellectual  order  necessary  to  the  understand- 
ing of  phenomena.  Such  are  the  primary  laws  of 
logic,  the  principles  of  induction,  the  axioms  of 
mathematics,  the  fundamental  principle  of  ethics, 
and  any  other  primary  axiomatic  truth  of  pure  in- 
tuition (§  7).  A  formal  law  arising  from  demonstra- 
tion— that  is,  one  deduced  a  priori  from  axioms — is 
a  secondary  formal  law;  as,  the  dicta  of  the  syllogism, 
the  canons  of  causation,  the  law  of  a  mathematical 
series,  and  the  like.  Formal  laws  are  expressive  of 
ultimate  abstract  absolute  truth. 

Material  laws  designate  formal  or  conceptional  or- 
der incorporated  with  matter,  and  thereby  give  ex- 
pression to  phenomenal  order.  The  order  of  phe- 
nomena is  always  determined  by  the  constitution  of 
the  things  themselves,  which  order  is  recognized  by 
the  observer,  and  formulated  as  material  law. 

The  term  has  in  good  usage  such  wide  and  varied  applications  that 
it  is  difficult  to  formulate  an  accurate  and  adequate  definition. 

Montesquieu  defines  thus :  "  Laws  in  their  most  extended  significa- 
tion are  the  necessary  relations  arising  from  the  nature  of  things." 
He  adds :  "  In  this  sense  all  beings  have  their  laws,  the  Deity  has  His 
laws,  the  material  world  has  its  laws,  superior  intelligences  have  their 
laws,  the  brutes  have  their  laws,  and  man  has  his  laws." — V Esprit  des 
Lois,  bk.  L,  ch.  1.  This  is  altogether  the  most  meritorious  attempt  I 
have  seen  to  construct  a  comprehensive  definition  of  law. 


NATURAL  LAW  179 

§  92.  Material  law  likewise  is  of  two  kinds,  moral 
law  and  natural  law. 

Moral  law,  apart  from  its  content,  has  the  form  of 
a  categorical  imperative:  Act  hy  a  maxim  fitly  uni- 
versal. This  materialized  becomes:  Trespass  not y 
Love  thy  neighbor.  It  is  a  mandate  addressed  to 
persons,  implying  a  possible  alternative,  and  the  re- 
quired order,  determined  by  the  natural  constitution 
of  its  subjects,  is  sanctioned  by  authority,  power,  and 
penalty.  The  decalogue,  all  civil,  common,  and  stat- 
ute law,  and  even  the  conventions  of  polite  society, 
are  specialized  statements  of  moral  law. 

Natural  law  generalizes  and  formulates  facts  of 
coexistence  and  events  of  orderly  succession  in  in- 
animate things,  and  also  in  animate  beings  apart 
from  their  free  will.  It  merely  states  a  uniformity 
wliich  has  been  found  to  exist  in  nature. 

Moral  law  is  in  form  imperative ;  natural  law  is 
simply  indicative.  The  one  is  a  uniformity  enjoined, 
having  an  alternative ;  the  other  is  a  uniformity  es- 
tablished, having  no  alternative.  In  the  one  the 
facts  come  after  the  law ;  in  the  other  the  facts  come 
before  the  law.  The  one  generalizes  ideal  facts  that 
ought  to  be ;  the  other,  real  facts  that  actually  are. 
Moral  law  of  actions  becomes  known  a  priori  by 
pure  intuition,  and  serves  as  a  premise  from  which 
to  deduce  specific  rules  of  duty  in  personal  conduct ; 
natural  laws  of  events  become  known  a  posteriori 
by  induction,  and  serve  as  premises  from  which  to 
deduce  specific  laws  and  particular  facts  of  science, 
and  rules  of  art. 


180  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

In  addition  to  these  distinctions  let  us  clear  the 
notions  of  two  adhering  misconceptions. 

It  is  probable  that  the  notion  law  is  deriyed  orig- 
inally from  the  expressed  will  of  a  superior  in  power 
and  authority/  But  this  meaning  has  become  specif- 
ic by  extending  the  content  of  the  notion  to  include 
generically  various  uniformities,  though  still  retain- 
ing, in  perhaps  all  of  its  applications,  a  covert  sug- 
gestion of  authoritative  imposition.  Hence,  it  may 
be,  arises  the  confused  and  inaccurate,  yet  very  com- 
mon, thinking  and  speaking  of  obedience  to  or  vio- 
lation of  natural  law.  Persons,  to  whom  moral  law 
is  addressed,  may  obey  or  break  it ;  the  alterna- 
tive is  possible.  But  neither  persons  nor  things  lit- 
erally obey  natural  law ;  for,  there  being  no  possibly 
alternative,  it  cannot  be  violated,  or  perverted.  J^y, 
planet  does  not  obey  the  laws  of  motion  and  gravi- 
tation ;  the  notion  of  obedience  is  inapplicable  to  it. 
A  natural  law  does  not  convey  a  command,  it  is  never 
expressed  in  the  imperative  mood,  but  is  a  categor- 
ical proposition  indicative  merely  of  a  general  fact 
in  general  terms.' 

^  The  word  law  is  cognate  with  lay,  from  the  Anglo-Saxon  %m,  and 
this  from  the  causative  leegan,  to  lay  down.  A  law  is  that  which  is 
laid,  set,  fixed  ;  Lat.  statuere,  whence  statute.  Austin  limits  it  thus : 
"A  law,  in  the  literal  and  proper  sense  of  the  word,  may  be  defined  as 
a  rule  laid  down  for  the  guidance  of  an  intelligent  being  by  an  in- 
telligent being  having  power  over  him." — Jiirisprudence,  §  2.  Again 
he  says :  "  Every  law  or  rule  (taken  with  the  largest  signification 
which  can  be  given  to  the  term  properly)  is  a  command." — Id.,  §  19. 

*  Bishop  Hooker  in  Ecclesiastical  Polity,  after  his  famous  saying  of 
Law,  that  "  her  seat  is  the  bosom  of  God,  and  her  voice  is  the  har- 


NATURAL   LAW  181 

By  another  very  common  confusion  of  thought, 
laws  of  both  kinds  are  often  spoken  of  as  though 
they  were  themselves  efficient  agents.  We  hear  of 
the  restraint  of  civil  law,  and  of  its  compulsive 
power.  As  mere  metonymy  this  may  be  allowed ; 
but  with  many  who  speak  thus,  it  is  not  figurative,  but 
literal.  Hence  it  needs  to  be  pointed  out  that,  while 
the  police  and  the  jailor  exert  force  and  are  causes, 
the  law  which  they  execute  does  nothing  beyond  serv- 
ing as  a  mandatory  guide.  Laws  do  not  govern  or 
regulate  men ;  men  regulate  themselves,  or  a  gov- 
ernor rules  them,  according  to  law.'  So,  likewise, 
natural  laws  are  often  confused  with  causes.  They 
relate  to  energy,  force,  cause,  but  are  in  themselves 
impotent.  It  is  true  of  causes,  but  not  of  laws,  that 
they  counteract  or  interfere  with  one  another,  and  can 

mony  of  the  world,"  complains  that  men  are  less  subservient  to  the 
divine  order  than  are  things.  Montesquieu,  in  "  L'Esprit  des  Lois,"  de- 
claims on  the  stricter  obedience,  throughout  the  universe,  of  material 
things  to  the  laws  of  nature  than  of  mankind  to  the  divine  and  human 
laws  laid  down  foi"  their  conduct. 

"  The  confusion  of  Law,  in  the  judicial  sense,  with  Law  as  a  uni- 
formity of  nature,"  says  Mr.  Bain,  "is  exemplified  in  Butler's  chapter 
on  the  Moral  Government  of  God  [^Analogy^  etc.,  pt.  i.,  ch.  3].  But- 
ler calls  the  'course  of  Nature '  a  government  merely  on  the  ground 
that  it  induces  precautions  to  avoid  pain.  But  these  precautions  have 
nothing  moral  in  them ;  they  may  be  used  for  criminal  ends.  Guy 
Fawkes  most  faithfully  obeyed  [?]  the  laws  of  nature  when  he 
placed  his  barrels  of  gunpowder  so  as  to  insure  the  blowing  up  of 
Parliament,  while  he  arranged  for  firing  them  in  safety  to  himself." 
— Logic,  bk.  vi.,  ch.  4. 

^  We  note,  however,  that  enacted  law  inclines  law-abiding  subjects 
to  observance ;  also  that,  as  merely  contemplated,  it  is  an  efficient  ed- 
ucator. 


182  ELEMENTS    OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

be  adjusted  to  an  end.  As  a  planet  does  not  obey 
law,  so  it  is  not  governed  by  law,  nor  even  according 
to  law  as  men  are.  Nature,  amidst  its  apparently 
unsettled  vacillating  diversities,  is  characterized  by 
certain  established  unvarying  uniformities,  which 
natural  laws  merely  record/ 

§  93.  Natural  law  is  the  product  of  observation. 
It  indicatively  affirms  an  order  of  natural  facts  to 
be  universal — that  is,  to  occur  with  invariable  uni- 
formity. Natural  laws  are  of  two  kinds:  primary  or 
ultimate,  and  secondary  or  derivative.  The  latter 
kind  is  subdivided  into  rational  and  empirical."     The 


*  Mr.  Mill  says :  "  In  minds  not  habituated  to  accurate  thinking, 
there  is  often  a  confused  notion  that  the  general  laws  are  the  causes 
of  the  partial  ones  ;  that  the  law  of  general  gravitation,  for  example, 
causes  the  phenomenon  of  the  fall  of  bodies  to  the  earth.  But  to  as- 
sert this  would  be  a  misuse  of  the  word  cause  ;  terrestrial  gravity  is 
not  an  effect  of  general  gravitation,  but  a  case  of  it ;  that  is,  one  kind 
of  the  particular  instances  in  which  that  general  law  obtains." — Logic^ 
p.  338.  Notwithstanding  this  excellent  statement,  he  uses  the  term 
law  in  the  sense  of  cause  many  hundred  times. 

The  Duke  of  Argyll  says :  "  Every  Law  of  Nature  is  liable  to  coun- 
teraction ;  and  the  rule  is  that  laws  are  habitually  made  to  counteract 
each  other." — Reign  of  Law,  ch.  ii.  (p.  100,  Am.  ed.).  In  many  places 
he  confuses  force  with  law;  e.g.,  "Force  ascertained  according  to 
some  measure  of  its  operation,  is  one  of  the  definitions  of  a  scientific 
Law." — 7c?.,  p.  '71.  Again :  "  No  one  Law — that  is  to  say,  no  one 
Force — determines  anything." — /c?.,  p.  76. 

^  The  secondary  or  derivative  laws  are  the  axiomata  media  of 
Bacon.  The  terms  rational  and  empirical,  marking  the  subdivision, 
are  not  clearly  distinctive,  are  not  in  proper  opposition ;  but  good 
usage  sanctions  this  specific  application  of  them,  and  we  have  none 
better  at  hand. 


NATURAL   LAW  183 

empirical  are  those  of  succession  and  those  of  coex- 
istence (§  33).  We  shall  discuss  these  several  kinds 
in  reverse  order,  the  order  of  inductive  generaliza- 
tion. 

§  94.  A  uniformity  of  coexistence,  an  order  of  facts 
observed  to  be  simultaneous,  to  be  associated  in  all 
cases  in  wide  observation  without  exception,  is  rec- 
ognized as  empirical  law.  Such  is  the  uniform  co- 
existence of  inertia  and  gravity  in  all  bodies.  These 
two  properties  seem  to  be  entirely  independent  of 
each  other,  and  yet  are  conjoined  through  all  nature, 
and  are  proportional  in  amount.  Likewise,  body  and 
mind  coexist  in  all  men. 

In  natural  kinds  are  found  many  coinhering  attri- 
butes which  are  cases  of  uniform  coexistence,  and  so 
reducible  to  law;  as.  All  animals  have  a  nervous 
superadded  to  a  digestive  system.  Tlie  group  of 
coexisting  attributes  marking  a  natural  kind  consti- 
tutes the  law  of  that  kind  as  expressed  in  its  com- 
plete definition.  Each  being  essential,  if  any  one  be 
absent,  we  have  a  different  kind.  Thus  a  specific 
weight  of  19.3  is  essential  to  gold ;  if  a  metal  were 
found  having  all  the  other  marks  of  gold  with  a 
different  specific  weight,  it  would  not  be  gold ;  it 
would  be  a  new  kind,  with  a  different  law. 

Sometimes  an  accidental  mark  is  so  persistent  aa 
to  furnish  a  quasi -law.  Colors,  for  example,  are 
often  quite  constant,  as  that  of  melted  or  polished 
gold  and  silver,  of  oak  and  pine  leaves,  of  crows,  and 
even  of  men.    Negroes  are  black,  Indians  are  red. 


184  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

Such  coexistences  in  many  cases  are  properties,  and 
sharply  characteristic,  as  risibility  in  man  (§  15). 
Hence  they  may  serve  in  a  quasi -definition ;  as,  A 
dog  is  a  digitigrade  quadrujpedy  having  fixed  claws, 
four  toes,  arid  a  recurved  tail.  But  such  general- 
ities, however  true,  can  rarely  claim  the  dignity  of 
law. 

The  only  method  applicable  to  ascertain  a  law  of 
coexistence  is  enumeration  (§  37  sq.).  Hence  such 
laws  are  attended  by  all  the  hazard  and  imperfection 
belonging  to  that  method,  and  their  statements,  in- 
cluding definitions  of  kinds,  often  undergo  modifica- 
tions from  wider  experience/ 

*  There  is  in  nature  a  large  class  of  coexistences,  commonly  spoken 
of  as  primeval  or  primordial  facts  or  original  agents,  which  are  re- 
garded as  ultimate,  and  beyond  explanation  or  reduction  to  law.  The 
sun,  as  to  its  existence,  size,  gravitating  force,  etc.,  the  earth,  the 
planets,  with  their  various  constituents  of  air,  water,  rocks,  and  other 
distinguishable  substances,  simple  and  compound,  both  as  to  quantity 
and  quality,  of  which  these  various  bodies  are  made  up,  are  primor- 
dial facts.  The  nebular  hypothesis  of  Kant  and  Laplace  seeks  to  go 
beyond  their  known  statm,  and  to  explain  broadly  their  origin.  But 
so  long  as  we  can  give  no  satisfactory  account  of  their  origin,  of 
their  distribution  in  space,  of  their  relative  quantities,  they  are  pro- 
visionally classed  as  primeval  coexisting  natural  agents.  Their  dis- 
tribution and  relative  quantities  are  so  irregular  as  to  seem  casual 
and  lawless.  They  are  mere  collocations,  and  mere  collocations 
cannot  be  reduced  to  any  law.  Hence,  what  we  know  of  them  fur- 
nishes no  ground  for  an  induction  respecting  the  distribution  and 
quantities  of  similar  bodies  in  remoter  space.  They  are  permanent 
causes  in  nature  as  it  is,  but  are  themselves  without  assignable  cause. 
As  the  truths  of  pure  reason  are  the  ultimate  basis  of  the  laws  of 
thought,  so  in  a  sense  are  these  permanent  causes  the  ultimate  basis 
of  the  laws  of  things ;  in  the  one  case  we  cannot  assign  a  reason,  in 
the  other,  a  cause. 


NATURAL    LAW  185 

§  95.  An  empirical  law  in  general  is  a  secondary 
or  derivative  law,  the  derivation  of  which  is  not  yet 
known.  It  is  an  ascertained  uniformity  attributed  to 
causation,  and  hence  presumed  to  be  resolvable  into 
simpler  laws,  but  not  yet  resolved.  It  is  not  origi- 
nal, and  remains  to  be  accounted  for. 

Empirical  laws  are  inductions  by  the  methods  of 
enumeration  or  agreement,  by  which  methods  alone 
causation  cannot  be  proved.  Indeed,  almost  all 
truths  obtained  by  simple  observation,  including  laws 
of  coexistence,  are  to  be  regarded  as  empirical,  and 
the  hazard  that  attends  them  is  such  that  scientists 
hesitate  to  rely  upon  them  in  cases  varying  much 
from  those  actually  observed. 

Laws  of  succession  yet  empirical  are:  The  local 
laws  of  tides ;  Eed  sunset  betokens  fair  weather ; 
Breeds  are  improved  by  crossing;  Boiling  tempera- 
ture destroys  animal  life;  An  alloy  is  harder  than 
its  components ;  The  number  of  atoms  of  acid  neu- 
tralizing an  atom  of  base  is  equal  to  the  number 
of  atoms  of  oxygen  in  the  base.  Harvey's  law, 
Omne  vivum  ex  ovo,  is  empirical.  So  also  is  the  law 
of  continuity,  JVatura  non  agit  per  saltum,  which  is 
illustrated  in  the  continuity  of  animal  and  vegetable 
life,  and  in  general  by  the  transition  of  matter 
from  one  state  into  another,  as  in  melting,  boiling, 
and  their  opposites.  The  attempt  to  fill  apparent 
gaps  in  nature's  continuity  stated  in  this  law  has 
led  to  important  discoveries,  having  the  character  of 
verifications  (§  87),  but  the  law  is  unproved,  unex- 
plained, and  so  empirical.     True,  the  development 


186  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

hypothesis  offers  a  partial  explanation,  which,  how- 
ever, is  merely  hypothetical  (§  85).' 
'  The  medical  sciences  furnish  good  illustrations. 
Anatomy  is  strictly  empirical,  since  it  is  concerned 
wholly  with  the  manner  of  the  distribution  of  the 
various  parts  of  the  organism.  Physiology,  which 
is  concerned  with  the  functions  of  these  parts, 
has  made  some  progress  towards  rational  explana- 
tion, but,  owing  to  the  vast  complexity  of  the  sub- 
ject, its  advance  is  slow  and  hesitating.  Pathology 
only  quite  recently  has  given  promise  of  passing 
successfully,  through  hypothesis,  from  the  empirical 
to  the  rational  stage.  The  old  humoral  hypothesis 
of  Galen,  and  the  solidist  hypothesis  of  Hoffman 
and  Cullen,  were  long  rivals  as  explanations  of  dis- 
ease (§*86).  Both  are  now  superseded  by  the  germ 
hypothesis,  which  bids  fair  to  become  established 
theory  (§  88).  Infectious  diseases  are  attributed  to 
bacteria.    The  specific  bacillus  of  tuberculosis,  of 


*  The  following  Laws  of  the  Reflection  of  Light  are  empirical : 

I.  The  angle  of  reflection  is  equal  to  the  angle  of  incidence. 

II.  The  incident  and  the  reflected  ray  are  both  in  the  same  plane, 
which  is  perpendicular  to  the  reflecting  surface. 

Also  Descartes'  Laws  of  Single  Refraction,  as  follow : 

I.  Whatever  the  obliquity  of  the  incident  ray,  the  ratio  which  the 
sine  of  the  incident  angle  bears  to  the  sine  of  the  angle  of  refraction 
is  constant  for  the  same  two  media,  but  varies  with  different  media. 

II.  The  incident  and  the  refracted  ray  are  in  the  same  plane  which 
is  perpendicular  to  the  surface  separating  the  two  media. — Ganot, 
MemenU  de  Physique,  §§  440,  461. 

These  Laws  of  Refraction  have  received  a  fitting  explanation  on  the 
undulatory  hypothesis,  but  it  is  merely  hypothetical  (§  84). 


NATUEAL   LAW  187 

cholera,  of  diphtheria,  of  typhoid  fever,  and  others, 
have  been  isolated,  and  numerous  experiments 
tried,  with  the  result  that  no  one  now  thinks 
of  humor  or  of  disorganized  tissue  as  the  cause 
of  disease,  but  that  such  or  such  a  bacillus  has  in- 
vaded the  body,  and  caused  a  specific  disorder. 
Therapeutics  lingers  in  the  rear.  There  is  some 
rational  hygienic  or  constitutional  treatment,  but 
the  use  of  drugs  is  almost  exclusively  empirical — 
their  modus  operandi  can  rarely  be  explained.  That 
quinine  checks  fever,  that  table-salt  checks  hemor- 
rhage, are  empirical  facts  inductively  generalized. 
They  are  doubtless  derivative  from  some  higher  uni- 
formities, but  as  yet  are  unexplained.  Indeed,  ther- 
apeutics is  so  largely  empirical  that  it  can  hardly  be 
deemed  scientific,  but  is  rather  an  art  having  a  body 
of  narrow  and  precarious  rules  to  guide  the  practi- 
tioner, rules  for  which  no  aprioric  reason  can  be  as- 
signed, and  of  which  it  can  only  be  said  that  their  ob- 
servance has  been  remedial  in  similar  cases.  Hence 
the  hesitation  of  wise  physicians,  their  careful,  tenta- 
tive, watchful  procedure  with  each  new  patient. 

§  96.  By  the  term  rational  law  in  this  connection 
is  meant  merely  law  that  can  be  deductively  derived 
from  more  general  laws,  or,  in  other  words,  that  can 
be  resolved  into  primary  laws.  The  derived  law  is 
thereby  rationally  explained. 

Thus  the  distribution  of  land  and  water,  the  strat- 
ification of  the  earth's  crust,  the  occurrence  of 
heavy  metals  in  deep  mines,  of  corrosible  metals  in 


188  ELEMENTS    OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

combination,  of  the  non-corrosible,  as  gold  and  plat- 
inum, in  a  pure  state — all  are  cases  of  evident  causa- 
tion, and  are  referable  to  more  general  laws. 

In  the  progress  of  knowledge  it  not  infrequently 
happens,  as  already  intimated,  that  what  was  once 
merely  an  empirical  law  is  resolved  into  well-ascer- 
tained uniformities  of  wider  scope,  and  thus  becomes 
a  rational  law.  The  presence  of  snow  on  high  moun- 
tains was  at  one  time  only  an  empirical  uniformity, 
but  we  now  resolve  it  into  the  laws  of  radiant  heat, 
and  of  condensation  and  freezing  of  vapor.  Pre- 
vious to  the  discovery  of  the  pressure  of  the  atmos- 
phere, the  rise  of  water  under  the  action  of  a  pump, 
and  the  standing  height  of  mercury  in  the  Torricel- 
lian tube,  were  known  only  as  narrow  empirical  gen- 
eralties.  Now  they  are  conjointly  explained  by 
reference  to  their  common  cause — atmospheric  press- 
ure— acting  in  accord  with  Pascal's  more  general  law 
of  pressure,  which  law,  in  turn,  is  deducible  from 
the  still  more  general  laws  of  fluidity  and  gravity.^ 

'  The  following  is  Pascal's  Law  of  Liquid  Pressure : 

Pressure  exerted  anywhere  upon  a  mass  of  liquid  is  transmitted 
undiminished  in  all  directions,  and  acts  with  the  same  force  on  all 
equal  surfaces,  and  in  a  direction  at  right  angles  to  those  surfaces. 

Also  the  Laws  of  the  Equilibrium  of  Floating  Bodies  are  neat  ex- 
amples of  rational  derivative  laws,  as  follow; 

L  The  floating  body  must  displace  a  volume  of  liquid  whose  weight 
equals  that  of  the  body. 

IL  The  centre  of  gravity  of  the  floating  body  must  be  in  the  same 
vertical  line  with  that  of  the  fluid  displaced. 

III.  The  equilibrium  of  a  floating  body  is  stable  or  unstable  ac- 
cording as  the  metacentre  is  above  or  below  the  centre  of  gravity. — 
Ganot,  Elements  de  Physique,  §§  89,  106. 


NATURAL   LAW  189 

The  periodical  return  of  eclipses,  as  known  to  the 
Chaldean  astrologers,  was  an  empirical  law,  until  the 
general  laws  of  the  celestial  motions  accounted  for 
it.  Kepler's  laws,  as  established  by  him,  were  mere- 
ly empirical  generalizations  (§  10  n.).  They  ceased 
so  to  be,  and  became  rational  derivative  laws  when 
Newton  deduced  them  from  the  three  laws  of  mo- 
tion (§  89). 

Rational  derivative  laws  are  very  often  condi- 
tioned for  realization  upon  specific  collocations  of 
primeval  agents  (§  94  n.).  The  uniformity,  though 
invariable  while  the  agents  coexist,  would  cease  to 
be  should  that  coexistence  cease.'  The  orderly  suc- 
cession of  day  and  night,  the  round  of  the  seasons, 
the  ebb  and  flow  of  the  sea,  are  dependent  on  the 
earth's  diurnal  rotation,  the  inclination  of  its  equator 
to  the  ecliptic,  and  the  relative  position  of  earth,  sun, 
and  moon.  So  long  as  these  collocations,  of  which 
no  account  can  be  given,  are  maintained,  the  uni- 
formities result,  and  are  rationally  derivative,  from 
the  laws  of  motion  and  of  gravity.  We  can  calculate 
on  finding  such  sequences  only  where  we  know  by 
direct  evidence  that  the  agents  on  which  they  depend 
are  present  and  fulfil  the  requisite  conditions.     The 

^  "  Derivative  laws  do  not  depend  solely  on  the  ultimate  laws  into 
which  they  are  resolvable ;  they  mostly  depend  on  those  ultimate 
laws,  and  an  ultimate  fact ;  namely,  the  mode  of  coexistence  of  some 
of  the  component  elements  of  the  universe  [§  94,  note].  The  ultimate 
laws  of  causation  might  be  the  same  as  at  present,  and  yet  the  deriva- 
tive laws  completely  different,  if  the  causes  coexisted  in  different  pro- 
portions, or  with  any  difference  in  those  of  their  relations  by  which 
the  effects  are  influenced." — Mill,  Logic,  p.  36Y. 


190  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

law  that  coal  lies  above  red  sandstone  holds  through- 
out the  earth,  but  cannot  be  applied  to  other  planets. 
The  quantity  and  distribution  of  water  on  our  globe 
cannot  be  assigned  to  any  other ;  but  the  proportion 
of  oxygen  and  hydrogen  in  water  is  referable  to  the 
ascertained  universal  laws  of  affinity  or  chemical  com- 
bination, and  hence  may  be  safely  affirmed  wher- 
ever in  the  universe  they  unite.  The  coexistence 
in  a  definite  proportion  of  oxygen  and  nitrogen  in 
our  atmosphere  cannot  be  predicated  of  any  other 
atmosphere  ;  but  their  uniform  intermixture,  wher- 
ever they  occur,  may  be  predicated,  for  the  law  of  the 
diffusion  of  gases  is  a  universal  natural  lawy 

§  97.  Something  needs  to  be  said  in  this  connec- 
tion about  explanation.  First,  let  us  ask  what  is 
meant  by  a  mystery,  a  marvel,  a  curiosity,  an  unac- 
countable fact,  a  strange  event,  an  extraordinary  phe- 
nomenon. It  means  simply  an  isolated  fact,  one  not 
standing  in  any  known  order  of  things,  not  referable 
to  a  class,  or  a  cause,  or  a  law,  and  hence  exciting  curi- 
osity and  wonder;  as  the  zodiacal  light,  the  aurora 
borealis.  Likewise  a  comet  is  not  referable,  perhaps, 
to  any  narrower  class  than  cosmical  body,  which  refer- 
ence is  so  far  from  being  satisfactory  that  we  still  say 
it  is  a  curious  thing.  Why  is  its  coma  always  turned 
from  the  sun  ?  The  fact  is  strange,  wonderful,  unac- 
countable. Familiarity  with  an  isolated  fact  will  abate 
emotion,  still  an  explanation  is  always  acceptable.* 

'  "  It  is  a  common  illusion  to  regard  phenomena  as  simple  because 


NATURAL   LAW  191 

A  fact,  then,  either  particular  or  general,  is  said  to 
be  explained  when  it  is  assigned  to  a  well-known 
class  of  things,  or  when  its  cause  is  ascertained,  or 
when  the  law  or  laws  of  causation,  of  which  it  is  an 
instance,  are  indicated.  I  pick  up  a  brilliant  stone, 
and  am  told  it  is  a  crystal  of  quartz  ;  a  fire  destroys  a 
dwelling,  because  a  lamp  was  overturned ;  a  balloon 
ascends,  for  the  surrounding  air,  being  heavier,  push- 
es it  upward,  in  accord  with  the  law  of  gravitating 
fluids.  These  facts  are  thus  explained,  at  least  par- 
tially. So  also  a  law  or  uniformity  of  nature  is  said 
to  be  explained  when  another  law  or  laws  are  point- 
ed out  of  which  the  law  in  question  is  a  case,  and 
from  which  it  could  be  deduced,  into  which  it  could 
be  resolved.  An  explanation  very  often  is  provi- 
sionally merely  hypothetical,  reducible  perhaps  to  the- 
ory by  subsequent  proof,  but  commonly  we  have  to 
be  content  with  a  plausible  supposition  (§§  78,  79). 
Explanation,  then,  in  a  philosophical  sense,  is  the 
reference  of  a  fact  to  its  class,  cause,  or  law ;  or  else 
the  resolution  of  an  empirical  uniformity  into  laws 
of  causation,  real  or  hypothetical,  from  which  it 
logically  results,  or  the  resolving  a  complex  law  of 

they  are  familiar.  Very  familiar  facts  seem  to  stand  in  no  need  of 
explanation  themselves,  and  to  be  the  means  of  explaining  whatever 
can  be  assimilated  to  them.  Thus  the  boiling  and  evaporation  of  a 
liquid  is  supposed  to  be  a  very  simple  phenomenon  requiring  no 
explanation,  and  a  satisfactory  medium  of  the  explanation  of  rarer 
phenomena.  That  water  should  dry  up  is,  to  the  uninstructed  mind, 
a  thing  wholly  intelligible;  whereas,  to  the  man  acquainted  with 
physical  science,  the  liquid  state  is  anomalous  and  inexplicable." — 
Bain,  Logic,  bk.  iii.,  ch.  12,  §  10. 


192  ELEMENTS   OF  INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

causation  into  simpler  and  more  general  ones  from 
which  it  is  capable  of  being  deductively  inferred.' 

Let  it  be  remarked  that,  after  all,  explanation  is 
merely  substituting  one  mystery  for  another.  It 
does  nothing  to  render  the  general  course  of  nature 
other  than  mysterious ;  for  the  highest  ambition  of 
natural  science  and  its  loftiest  reach  is  to  attain  to 
primordial  agents,  and  to  such  ultimate  laws  as  are 
incapable  of  physical  explanation,  and  only  more 
mysterious  because  of  their  wider  comprehension. 
Natural  theology  with  teleology,  assuming  the  su- 
pernatural, carries  the  explanation  still  further,  but 

^  In  loose  and  general  expression,  to  account  for  or  explain  any- 
thing is  to  connect  it  with  known  things.  The  connection,  real  or  hy- 
pothetical,  is  either  by  similarity  or  by  causation.  We  bring  other 
things  to  stand  under  it,  and  so  it  becomes  understood  by  means  of 
them.  The  quasi-definition  a  posteriori  (§  38)  in  most  of  its  forms 
is  merely  an  explanation.  Says  Lotze :  "  To  explain  means  nothing 
more  than  to  show  that  a  definite  event  is  the  result  of  its  antecedents 
in  accordance  with  general  rules." — Grundzuge  der  Fraktischen  Phi- 
losophies §  20. 

"  Scientific  explanation  and  inductive  generalization,  being  the  same 
thing,  the  limits  of  explanation  are  the  limits  of  induction.  The 
limits  to  inductive  generalization  are  the  limits  to  the  agreement  or 
community  of  facts.  .  .  .  Newton  seemed  unable  to  acquiesce  in 
gravity  as  an  ultimate  fact.  It  was  inconceivable  to  him  that  mat- 
ter should  act  upon  other  matter  at  a  distance,  and  he  therefore 
desired  a  medium  of  operation,  whereby  gravity  might  be  assimilated 
to  impact.  But  this  assimilation  has  hitherto  been  impracticable; 
if  so,  gravity  is  an  ultimate  fact,  and  its  own  sufficing  and  final  ex- 
planation. The  acceptance  of  this  is  the  proper  scientific  attitude  of 
mind.  .  .  .  We  are  utterly  ignorant  how  matter  and  mind  operate  on 
each  other.  Properly  speaking,  there  is  nothing  to  be  known  but  the 
fact,  generalized  to  the  utmost."— Bain,  Logic^  bk.  iii.,  ch.  12,  §§  6,  11. 
See  "  Psychology,"  §  122,  note. 


NATURAL   LAW  193 

with  like  termination  in  the  great  mystery  of  mys- 
teries.' 

§  98.  Passing  now  to  the  class  of  natural  laws 
marked  as  primary  or  ultimate,  we  observe  that 
these  are  called,  'par  excellence^  Laws  of  Nature,  a 
title  that  in  usage  is  denied  to  the  secondary  or 
derivative  laws.  How  shall  they  be  described  so  as 
to  distinguish  them  within  the  comprehending  class 
of  natural  laws  ?  First,  they  are  free  from  the  con- 
dition, to  which  so  many  derivative  laws  are  sub- 
jected, of  a  special  collocation  of  primeval  agents 
(§  96).     Secondly,  they  are  the  fewest  and  simplest 

^  Dr.  Whewell,  in  Nov.  Org.  Renov..,  bk.  iii.,  ch.  10,  §  Y,  says,  very 
beautifully,  of  the  Supreme  Cause :  "  In  the  utterance  of  Science,  no 
cadence  is  heard  with  which  the  human  mind  can  feel  satisfied.  Yet 
we  cannot  but  go  on  listening  for  and  expecting  a  satisfactory  close. 
The  notion  of  a  cadence  appears  to  be  essential  to  our  relish  of  the 
music.  The  idea  of  some  closing  strain  seems  to  lurk  among  our  own 
thoughts,  waiting  to  be  articulated  in  the  notes  which  flow  from  the 
knowledge  of  external  nature.  The  idea  of  something  ultimate  in 
our  philosophical  researches,  something  in  which  the  mind  can  acqui- 
esce, and  which  will  leave  us  no  further  questions  to  ask,  of  whence 
and  why,  and  by  what  power^  seems  as  if  it  belonged  to  us,  as  if  we 
could  not  have  it  withheld  from  us  by  any  imperfection  or  incomplete- 
ness in  the  actual  performances  of  science.  What  is  the  meaning  of 
this  conviction  ?  What  is  the  reality  thus  anticipated  ?  Whither  does 
the  development  of  this  Idea  conduct  us  ? 

"We  have  already  seen  that  a  difficulty  of  the  same  kind,  which 
arises  in  the  contemplation  of  causes  and  effects  considered  as  form- 
ing an  historical  series,  drives  us  to  the  assumption  of  a  First  Cause, 
as  an  axiom  to  which  our  idea  of  causation  in  time  necessarily  leads. 
And  as  we  were  thus  guided  to  a  First  Cause  in  order  of  Succession, 
the  same  kind  of  necessity  directs  us  to  a  Supreme  Cause  in  order  of 
Causation." 
13 


194  ELEMENTS   OF    INDUCTIVE    LOGIC 

general  truths  from  which  the  multifarious  uniform- 
ities in  nature  may  be  deductively  inferred,  or  those 
widest  inductions  which,  being  granted,  will  account 
for  the  existing  order  of  nature.  Accordingly,  they 
are  reckoned  as  primary  or  ultimate — that  is,  original 
and  underived.  But  let  us  not  be  misled  by  these 
expressions  to  understand  that  science  claims  to  have 
reached  this  high  ideal.  Since  we  are  continually 
discovering  that  uniformities,  previously  considered 
ultimate,  are  derivative,  resolvable  into  more  general 
laws,  we  cannot  be  sure  that  any  of  the  recognized 
laws  of  nature  are  strictly  ultimate,  though  well  as- 
sured that  there  must  be  ultimate  laws,  and  that 
every  such  resolution  brings  us  nearer  to  them. 
Thus  the  laws  of  magnetic  agency  having  been  af- 
filiated with  the  laws  of  electric  action,  both  have 
ever  since  been  considered  as  special  cases  referable 
to  more  general  laws  of  electricity. 

The  three  Laws  of  Motion  (§  18  n.)  may  be  cited 
as  notable  examples  of  laws  of  nature,  their  great 
simplicity  and  wide  comprehension  rendering  a  fur- 
ther reduction  hardly  possible.  This  high  rank  is 
sustained  by  a  special  characteristic  which  is  worthy 
of  remark.  Whatever  may  have  been  the  actual 
logical  process  by  which  their  discoverer  evolved 
them  (§  72),  now  that  we  have  them  they  are  seen  to 
be  true  ajpriori.  As  soon  as  their  terms  are  clearly 
understood,  they  are  accepted  as  necessarily  and  uni- 
versally true.  They  approach  very  nearly  the  char- 
acter of  formal  laws  (§  91).  Although  not  entirely 
pure,  not   wholly   free  from   empirical    matter,  yet 


NATURAL    LAW  195 

they  are  so  liigHly  abstract  that  they  deal  rather 
with  mathematical  ideas  than  with  median ical  facts. 
Like  the  simpler  theorems  of  geometry,  they  are  so 
directly  deducible  from  pure  axioms,  combined  with 
the  simple  empirical  facts  of  motion,  change,  and 
force,  that  even  a  priori  proof  is  needless,  and  they 
are  posited  as  the  axioms  of  mechanics.  Though 
not  strictly  self-evident,  they  are  evidently  and  ab- 
solutely true,  wliich  means,  not  merely  that  no  ex- 
ception is  possible,  but  also  that  no  exception  is 
conceivable.  This  puts  them  above  the  plane  of  in- 
ductive truth,  whose  highest  reach  is  empirical  cer- 
tainty.' 

The  most  illustrious  example  of  a  law  of  nature 
is  the  Law  of  Universal  Gravitation,  the  culmination 
of  Newton's  research  (§§  79,  89).  Its. statement  is: 
Every  body  of  matter  in  the  universe  tends  tow- 
ards every  other  with  a  force  that  is  directly  as  its 
mass,  and  inversely  as  the  square  of  the  distance. 
Consider  for  a  moment  the  great  number  and  variety 
of  special  uniformities,  both  particular  cases  and  con- 
sequences, which  are  accounted  for  by  this  very  sim- 
ple and  universal  law  of  nature.  The  single  fact  of 
a  tendency  of  every  particle  towards  every  other, 
varying  inversely  as  the  distance  squared,  explains 
the  fall  of  bodies  to  the  ground,  the  revolutions  of 


'  See  §§  7,  45.  Newton's  own  title  for  these  laws  is  Axiomata  nve 
Leges  Motus.  The  laws  of  motion  and  the  moral  law  (§  92)  are 
strikingly  similar  in  respect  of  this  characteristic — that  both  may  be 
inductively  evolved,  and  both  are  intuitively  true. 


196  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

the  planets  and  their  satellites,  the  motion  of  comets, 
and  all  the  various  regularities  that  have  been  ob- 
served in  these  special  phenomena,  such  as  the  ellip- 
tical orbits,  and  the  variations  from  exact  ellipses 
known  as  perturbations,  the  relation  between  the 
solar  distances  of  the  planets  and  the  periodic  times 
of  their  revolutions,  the  precession  of  the  equinoxes, 
the  tidal  motions,  and  a  vast  number  of  minor  as- 
tronomical and  terrestrial  truths. 

The  discovery  of  the  universal  Laws  of  Energy 
marks  an  important  epoch  in  modern  science.'  It  ac- 
complished not  only  a  unification  of  many  branches 
of  physics  previously  regarded  as  distinct,  but  also 

*  See  §  17.     The  following  are  the  Laws  of  Energy: 

I.  Transfer  of  Energy. —  Energy  may  be  transferred  from  one 
body  to  another,  but  only  by  work  done  between  them  and  to  the  ex- 
tent of  the  work  done. 

II.  Transformation  of  Energy. — Energy  may  be  transformed  (with 
or  without  transfer)  from  kinetic  to  potential  or  from  potential  to 
kinetic,  or  from  some  variety  of  one  to  a  different  variety  of  either, 
but  only  by  work  and  to  the  extent  of  the  work  done. 

III.  Degradation  of  Energy. — The  quantity  of  energy  that  in  any 
operation  takes  the  form  of  heat,  is  said  to  be  dissipated.  This  law 
is  often  called  the  law  of  dissipation  of  energy. 

rV.  Conservation  op  Energy.  —  In  any  system  or  collection  of 
bodies,  the  sum  total  of  energy  is  not  altered  by  the  transfers  and 
transformations  taking  place  between  the  members  of  the  system 
themselves.  That  sum  total  can  be  altered  only  by  exchanges  be- 
tween these  members  and  other  bodies  not  belonging  to  the  system. 
Energy  is  not  altered  in  amount  by  transfer  or  transformation.  The 
mutual  actions  of  natural  bodies  neither  create  nor  destroy  energy. 
What  one  body  gains,  some  other  body  loses. 

This  statement  of  the  Laws  of  Energy  is  taken  from  Outlines  of 
Physics  (part  ii.,  §§  21,  23,  30,  31),  by  Professor  F.  H.  Smith,  LL.D., 
of  the  University  of  Virginia. 


NATURAL   LAW  197 

has  explained  for  the  first  time  a  multitude  of  spe- 
cial phenomena  in  each  branch,  and  by  prediction 
has  led  to  lines  of  new  research  resulting  in  many 
brilliant  discoveries. 

The  Laws  of  Chemical  Combination,  from  which 
the  whole  science  of  chemistry  is  derived,  are  very 
simple  and  very  wide  generalizations,  which,  being 
regarded  provisionally  as  ultimate,  rank  as  laws  of 
nature.^ 

§  99.  The  great  object  of  the  scientist  is  to  obtain 
by  rigid  induction  the  laws  of  nature,  and  to  follow 
them  by  rigid  deduction  to  their  consequences.  A 
science  at  first  wholly  inductive  becomes,  as  soon  as 
a  law  has  been  proved,  more  or  less  deductive,  and 
as  it  progresses,  rising  to  higher  and  wider  but  fewer 
inductions,  the  deductive  processes  increase  in  num- 
ber and  importance,  until  it  is  no  longer  properly 


^  The  Laws  of  Chemical  Combination  are  as  follow : 

I.  Definite  Proportions. — In  every  chemical  compound  the  nature 
and  the  proportions  of  its  constituent  elements  are  fixed,  definite,  and 
invariable. 

II.  Multiple  Proportions. — If  two  elements,  A  and  B,  unite  to- 
gether in  more  proportions  than  one,  on  comparing  together  quanti- 
ties of  the  different  compounds,  each  of  which  contains  the  same 
amount  of  A,  the  quantities  of  B  will  bear  a  very  simple  relation  to 
each  other. 

III.  Equivalent  Proportions. — Each  elementary  substance,  in  com- 
bining with  other  elements,  or  in  displacing  others  from  their  combi- 
nations, does  so  in  a  fixed  proportion,  which  may  be  represented  nu- 
merically. 

These  laws  are  taken  from  Miller's  Elenients  of  Chemistry^  part  i., 
Chemical  Physics,  §§  9,  10,  11. 


198  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

an  inductive,  but  a  deductive  science.  Thus  hydro- 
statics, acoustics,  optics,  and  electricity,  commonly 
called  inductive  sciences,  have  passed  under  the  do- 
minion of  mathematics,  and  mechanics  in  general 
has  a  like  history  (§  73).  Celestial  mechanics  as 
founded  in  the  "  Principia  "  of  Newton  is  mainly  in- 
ductive, as  elaborated  in  the  "  M^canique  Celeste"  of 
Laplace  is  mainly  deductive.  By  pursuing  this  lat- 
ter process  it  has  multiplied  its  matter,  and  reached 
its  present  high  perfection.  A  revolution  is  quiet- 
ly progressing  in  all  the  natural  sciences.  Bacon 
changed  their  method  from  deductive  to  inductive, 
and  it  is  now  rapidly  reverting  from  inductive  to  de- 
ductive. The  task  of  logic  is  to  explicate  and  regu- 
late these  methods.* 

'  Bacon,  in  Disiributio  Operis,  6th  paragraph,  and  in  Nov.  Org., 
bk.  i.,  aph.  11  sq.,  speaks  disparagingly  of  the  syllogism.  The  chief 
aim  of  his  Instauratio  is  to  forbid  the  saltus,  usual  in  previous  science, 
from  a  simple  enumeration  of  particulars  at  once  to  the  widest  gener- 
alities, and  to  require  a  graduated  procedure.  In  aph.  19,  he  says : 
*'  There  are  and  can  be  but  two  ways  of  investigating  and  discover- 
ing truth.  The  one  hurries  on  rapidly  from  the  senses  and  particu- 
lars to  the  most  general  laws ;  and  from  them  as  principles  and  their 
supposed  indisputable  truth  derives  and  discovers  the  intermediate 
laws  [axiomata  media].  The  other  constructs  its  laws  from  the 
senses  and  particulars  by  ascending  continuously  and  gradually  till 
it  finally  arrives  at  the  most  general  laws,  which  is  the  true  but  un- 
attempted  way."  In  aph.  22,  he  adds  :  "  Each  of  these  two  ways  be- 
gins from  the  senses  and  particulars,  and  ends  in  the  greatest  gener- 
alities. But  they  are  immensely  different ;  for  the  one  merely  touches 
cursorily  on  particulars  and  experiment,  whilst  the  other  runs  duly 
and  regularly  through  them ;  the  one,  from  the  very  outset,  lays  down 
some  abstract  and  useless  generalities,  the  other  gradually  rises  to 
such  as  are  naturally  better  fitted  to  be  the  object  of  knowledge." 
Cf.  aph.  104,  and  see  the  quotation  in  our  §  40,  note. 


NATURAL   LAW  199 

§  100.  Unity,  says  Plato,  is  the  end  of  philosophy. 
It  is  a  fair  question  whether  the  laws  of  nature  may 
not,  in  the  advance  of  knowledge,  be  resolved  into 
some  one  all-comprehensive  law,  thus  attaining  the 
philosophical  ideal.  In  considering  this,  let  it  be 
observed  that  all  scientific  investigation  of  natural 
facts  and  laws  is  in  order  to  obtain  a  philosophical 
explanation  of  phenomena.  J^ow,  a  phenomenon  is 
that  which  appears  to  an  observer  (§  33).  The  word, 
therefore,  is  a  relative  term,  the  name  of  a  relation 
between  a  natural  fact  and  a  percipient  intelligence. 
It  follows  that  phenomena  may  be  ultimately  reduci- 
ble to  as  many  kinds  as  there  are  kinds  of  sense-per- 
ception, but  that  they  cannot  be  reduced  to  any 
fewer  kinds  than  the  number  of  sense-perceptions 
that  are  distinct  or  irreducible  to  one  another.  There- 
fore, the  ultimate  laws  of.  nature  are  necessarily  as 


The  limitations  of  human  knowledge  and  power  are  indicated 
in  aphorisms  1-10.  These  the  closing  passage  of  Dist.  Op.  antici- 
pates, saying :  "  Man,  the  minister  and  interpreter  of  nature,  does 
and  understands  as  much  as  he  has  observed  of  the  order,  operation, 
and  mind  of  nature,  and  neither  knows  nor  is  able  to  do  more.  Neither 
is  it  possible  for  any  power  to  loosen  or  burst  the  chain  of  causes,  nor 
is  nature  to  be  overcome  except  by  submission.  Therefore  these  two 
objects,  human  knowledge  and  power,  are  really  the  same ;  and  failure 
in  action  chiefly  arises  from  the  ignorance  of  causes.  For  everything 
depends  on  our  fixing  the  mind's  eye  steadily  in  order  to  receive 
their  images  exactly  as  they  exist,  and  may  God  never  permit  us  to 
give  out  the  dream  of  our  fancy  as  a  model  of  the  world,  but  rather 
in  his  kindness  vouchsafe  to  us  the  means  of  writing  a  revelation  and 
true  vision  of  the  traces  and  stamps  of  the  Creator  on  his  creatures." 
Then  follows  a  Prayer  which  the  present  writer  humbly  makes  his 
own. 


200  ELEMENTS   OF   INDUCTIVE   LOGIC 

many  at  least  as  the  distinct  kinds  of  perception,  and 
can  never  be  reduced  to  one  comprehensive  law. 

In  illustration  of  this  we  note  that  the  perception 
of  color  is  radically  distinct  from  the  perception  of 
sound.  True,  tliey  are  strikingly  similar  in  several 
respects,  especially  in  their  causes,  both  being  pro- 
duced by  molecular  vibration.  But  this  reduction  is 
only  apparent,  for  these  causes,  as  well  as  their  laws, 
are  themselves  irreducibly  distinct.  Hence  there 
must  always  be  a  law  connecting  molecular  motion 
with  color,  and  another  law  connecting  molecular 
motion  with  sound.  Moreover,  color  and  sound  are 
effects  intrinsically  and  essentially  unlike,  and  since 
unlike  effects  have  unlike  causes  (§  23),  these  phe- 
nomena can  never  be  referred  to  causes  strictly 
alike,  or  to  a  common  cause  or  law.  Heat,  light,  and 
electricity  are  convertible  forms  of  energy,  but 
essentially  distinct  in  their  laws,  because  their  sev- 
eral phenomena  are  presented  to  distinct  modes  of 
perception.  The  great  generalizations  of  force  pro- 
ducing molar  motion,  as  the  laws  of  motion  and 
gravity,  are  all  referable  ultimately  to  muscular 
sense-perception,  which  stands  distinctly  and  irre- 
ducibly apart  from  the  phenomena  of  the  other 
senses.  Thus  it  is  that  the  ultimate  laws  of  nature 
cannot  be  less  numerous  than  the  ultimate  powers  of 
perception. 


INDEX 


{The  number  refers  to  the  page.) 


Accidents,  induction  only  of,  9. 
Agent  and  patient,  25  n. 
Agreement,  canon  of,  llY. 

—  imperfections  of,  122. 

—  yields  probability,  124. 

—  double  method  of,  125. 
Analogy  defined,  62,  69. 

—  canon  of,  69. 

—  justification  of,  '71. 

—  scientific  value  of,  73. 
Analysis  of  the  notion  law,  177. 
Analytic  forms  distinguished,  8. 
Antecedents  and  consequents,  24, 

—  distribution  of,  57  n.,  121. 
Approximate  generalization,8 1,96. 
Argyll  on  law  of  nature,  182  n. 
Aristotle's  view  of  induction,  6  n. 

—  four  causes,  23  n. 

—  formula  of  induction,  44, 

—  view  of  analogy,  68. 

—  of  induction  vs.  deduction,  142. 
Axiom  of  change,  29. 

—  of  uniformity,  first,  31, 

—  of  uniformity,  second,  35. 

—  of  sufficient  reason,  85, 
Axioms,  their  origin,  30, 

—  Mill's  view  criticised, 31  n.,67  n. 

Bacon  on  induction,  6  n. 

—  on  enumeration,  62,  67  n. 

—  on  elimination,  104  n. 

—  his  Organon,  142  n.,  198  n. 

—  on  crucial  instances,  168  n. 

—  axiomata  media,  182  n,,  198  n. 

—  on  modes  of  research,  198  n. 

—  knowledge  and  power,  199  n, 

14 


Bain,  definition  of  induction,  7  n. 

—  on  Butler's  view,  181  n. 

—  on  familiarity,  190  n. 

—  on  explanation,  192  n. 
Butler,  analogical  argument,  74. 

—  on  probability,  78. 

—  criticised  by  Bain,  181  n. 

Canon  of  enumeration  of  cases,  63. 

—  of  analogy,  69, 

—  of  probability,  89. 

—  of  perfect  induction,  103. 

—  of  difference,  106, 

—  of  residue,  113, 

—  of  agreement,  117. 

—  of  double  agreement,  126. 

—  of  concomitant  variations,  131. 

—  of  deduction,  direct,  150, 
Causation,  definition  of,  28. 

—  intuitional  view  of,  30, 
-^  empirical  view  of,  31  n. 

—  canons  of,  103, 105  n. 
Cause,  investigation  of,  19, 

—  its  general  meaning,  22. 

—  various  kinds  of,  23  n. 

—  definition  of,  27, 

—  preventive,  25,  81,  109  n. 

—  vs.  law,  181, 

—  the  Supreme, Whewell  on,  193  n. 
Causes,  plurality  of,  maxim,  37. 
Certainty,  strict,  76. 

—  empirical,  77,  83  n. 
Chance,  its  meanings,  29,  82, 

—  defined ;  the  problem  of,  84. 

—  Laplace's  rule,  86. 

—  first  rule  of,  86. 


202 


INDEX 


Chance,  second  rule  of,  8*7. 

—  canon  for  distinguishing,  89. 
Coexistence,  phenomena  of,  54. 

—  laws  of,  183. 

—  of  collocations,  184  n.,  189. 
Colligation,  16,  17. 
Collocations,  184  n.,  189. 
Composition  of  causes,  147,  149. 
Comte  on  use  of  hypothesis,  162  n. 
Concomitant  variations,  130. 

—  canon  of,  131. 

—  illustrations  of,  182. 

—  quantitative  value,  135,  137. 
Condition,  causal,  24,  121. 
Crucial  instances,  168. 

Darwin's  hypothesis,  1 66. 
Deduction  distinguished,  5. 

—  its  relation  to  induction,  141. 

—  authorities  quoted  on,  142  n. 

—  related  to  discovery,  144. 

—  direct  method  of,  150. 

—  canon  of,  150. 

—  three  stages  of,  151. 

—  Newton's  use  of,  153. 

—  indirect  method  of,  160. 

—  three  stages  of,  161. 

—  conditions  of  proof,  171. 

—  Newton's  use  of,  174. 
Definition  of  logic,  1. 

—  of  inference,  4. 

—  of  induction,  6,  7  n. 

—  of  cause  and  of  effect,  27. 

—  of  causation,  28. 

—  of  phenomenon,  54. 

—  of  observation,  55. 

—  of  analogy,  62,  69. 

—  of  hypothesis,  162. 

—  of  law,  177. 

De8carte8,laws  of  refraction,  186  n. 
Development  hypothesis,  166. 

—  Mill  quoted  on,  166  n. 

—  Spencer  quoted  on,  167  n. 
Dew,  Wells's  theory  of,  21, 128. 
Difference,  canon  of,  106. 

—  applications  of,  107. 

—  proof  of  hypothesis,  173,  17^. 
Discovery  by  deduction,  144. 
Distribution  of  natural  law,  182. 
Double  agreement,  canon  of,  126. 


Double  agreement,  127, 128. 

Effect,  definition  of,  27. 
Effects,  plurality  of,  maxim,  34. 

—  heterogeneous,  146. 

—  homogeneous,  147. 

Efficient  cause  distinguished,  23  n. 
Elimination,  25,  57,  92,  117,  121. 

—  Bacon  on,  104  n. 
Empirical  truth,  10. 

—  view  of  causation,  31  n. 

—  certainty,  77,  83  n. 

—  laws  of  coexistence,  183. 

—  laws  of  succession,  185. 

—  laws  becoming  rational,  188. 
Empiricism  of  Mill,  31  n.,  67  n. 

—  of  medical  science,  186. 
Energy,  conservation  of,  28, 196  n. 
Enumeration,  divided,  62. 

—  of  cases,  canon  of,  63. 

—  value  of,  66. 

—  Mill  and  Bacon  on,  67  n. 

—  radical  defect  of,  102. 

—  of  marks,  canon  of,  69. 

—  value  of,  73. 
Exceptions,  14,  80,  91,  95,  168. 
Experience,  inference  from,  10,  54. 
Experimental  observation,  56, 107. 
Explanation,  philosophical,  190. 

Familiarity  vs.  explanation,  190  n. 
Force  and  energy,  27. 
Formal  character  of  logic,  1. 

—  of  law,  178. 

Forms,  function  of,  50,  107  n. 

Generalization  of  induction,  5. 

—  from  experience,  10. 

—  beyond  experience,  14. 

—  within  experience,  15. 

—  approximate,  81,  96. 
Gravitation,  universal,  175, 195. 

Hamilton  on  induction,  6  n. 

—  on  syllogistic  form  of,  46. 

—  on  induction  vs.  deduction,  143n. 
Hazard,  15, 66, 73, 80,  94, 102, 139. 
Herschel,  on  research,  105  n. 

—  on  hazard  of  induction,  139  n. 

—  on  induction  vs.  deduction,  142  n. 


INDEX 


203 


Heterogeneous  effects,  146. 
Homogeneous  effects,  147. 
Hooker  on  obedience  to  law,  180  n. 
Hypothesis,  common  use  of,  155. 

—  Mill  quoted  on,  167  n. 

—  formal  use  of,  160. 

—  definition  of,  162. 

—  of  a  vera  causa,  163. 

—  of  a  vera  lex,  165. 

—  of  an  ether,  164,  169,  171. 

—  of  gases,  kinetic,  165. 

—  of  origin  of  species,  166. 

—  proof  of,  two  steps,  171. 

—  of  germs  in  disease,  173,  186. 

Identification,  17,  145. 
Imperfect  induction,  45,  66,  102. 
Induction  a  generalization,  5. 

—  definitions  of,  6,  7  u. 

—  a  synthetic  process,  7. 

—  of  accidents  onlv,  9. 

—  exceptions,  14,  80,  91,  95,  168. 

—  perfect,  16,  45,  66  n.,  102. 

—  preparation  for,  20,  111,  121. 

—  principles  of,  29. 

—  time  not  an  element  in,  42  n. 

—  an  immediate  inference,  43,  51. 

—  Aristotle's  formula  of,  44. 

—  Hamilton's  syllogism,  46. 

—  Whately's  and  Mill's,  47. 

—  by  enumeration,  canon  of,  63. 

—  by  analogy,  canon  of,  69. 

—  perfect,  general  canon  of,  103. 

—  quantitative,  limits  of,  138. 

—  vs.  deduction,  142. 

—  of  universal  gravitation,  175. 
Inductive  logic  formal,  1. 

—  sciences  vs.  deductive,  197. 
Inference  defined,  4. 

—  a  priori  and  a  posteriori,  12  n. 

—  inductive,  immediate,  43,  51. 
Instantia  crucis,  168. 
Intermixture  of  effects,  147,  149. 
Intuitional  view  of  causation,  30. 
Intuitions,  pure,  distinguished,  11. 

Kepler's  laws,  18  n.,  167, 174, 189. 
Kinetic  hypothesis  of  gases,  165. 

Laplace  on  chance,  86. 


Laplace's  rule  for  probability,  124. 
Law,  definition  of,  177,  178  n. 

—  formal  and  material,  178. 

—  moral  and  natural,  179,  182. 

—  misconceptions  of,  180. 

—  derivative,  182,  185. 

—  empirical,  183,  185. 

—  rational,  187. 
Laws  of  causation,  29. 

—  of  motion,  31  n.,  194. 

—  of  light,  186  n. 

—  of  liquid  pressure,  188. 

—  of  nature,  193. 

—  examples  of,  194. 

—  ultimate  number  of,  199. 
Leibnitz  on  sufiicient  reason,  85  n. 
Limitations  of  the  methods,  120. 

—  of  quantitative  induction,  138. 

—  of  knowledge  and  power,  199  n. 

—  of  natural  law,  199. 
Logic,  definition  of,  1. 

—  formal  in  both  laranches,  1. 

—  material  vs.  formal,  2  n. 

—  sole  province  of,  3. 
Lotze  on  explanation,  192  n. 

Mathematics,  deductive,  13  n. 

—  applied  to  probabilities,  98. 

—  to  concomitant  variations,  135. 

—  inductions  from,  138. 

—  in  the  deductive  method,  152. 
Metaphor  vs.  analogy,  68. 
Method  of  difference,  104,  105. 

—  of  residue,  112. 

—  of  agreement,  104,  116. 

—  of  double  agreement,  125. 

—  of  concomitant  variations,  130. 

—  of  deduction,  150. 

Mill,  material  view  of  logic,  2  n. 

—  on  induction  vs.  deduction,  5  n. 

—  definition  of  induction,  7  n. 

—  definition  of  cause,  27  n. 

—  empirical  views  of,  31  n.,  67  n. 

—  inductive  syllogism,  47  n. 

—  view  of  enumeration,  67  n. 

—  quoted  on  probability,  79,  95  n. 

—  canons  of  research,  105  n. 

—  on  Darwm's  hypothesis,  166  n. 

—  induction  vs.  deduction,  143  n. 

—  on  law  and  cause,  182  n. 


204 


INDEX 


Mill  on  derivative  laws,  189  n. 
Montesquieu,  law  defined,  1*78  n. 

—  on  obedience  to  law,  181  n. 
Moral  certainty,  77,  83  n. 

Natural  law  vs.  moral  law,  1*79. 

—  distribution  of,  182. 
Nature,  laws  of,  193. 

—  of  motion,  31  n.,  194. 

—  of  gravitation,  195. 

—  of  energy,  196. 

—  of  chemical  combination,  197. 

—  number  of,  ultimate,  199. 
Neptune,  discovery  of,  20. 
Newton's  laws  of  motion,  31  n.,194. 

—  rules  for  philosophizing,  36  n. 

—  deductive  method,  154. 

—  doctrine  of  vera  causa,  163  n. 

—  hypothetical  method,  174. 

—  hypothesis  of  light,  168. 

—  law  of  gravitation,  175,  195. 

Observation,  definition  of,  55. 

—  simple,  applications,  57, 107. 

—  experimental,  59,  109. 
Order,  logical  vs.  historical,  153  n. 
Organum,  as  a  title,  142  n. 

Parcimony,  law  of,  36  n. 
Pascal's  law  of  pressure,  188. 
Perfect  induction,  16, 45, 66  n.,  102. 
Phenomenon,  definition  of,  54. 

—  of  coexistence,  54,  183. 

—  of  succession,  55,  185. 
Philosophizing,  rules  for,  36  n. 
Physical  certainty,  77,  83  n. 
Plurality  of  effects,  34,  123. 

—  of  causes,  37,  122. 
Prediction,  power  of,  170. 
Preventive  cause,  25,  81,  109  n. 
Primeval  agents,  184  n.,  189. 
Probability,  canon  of,  89. 

—  indefinite  valuation  of,  94. 

—  numerical  valuation  of,  98. 

—  based  on  statistics,  100. 

—  Laplace's  rule  for,  124. 


Proof  of  an  hypothesis,  171. 
Pure  logic  divided,  1. 

—  intuitions  distinguished,  1 1. 

—  mathematics,  deductive,  13  n. 

Quantitative  inductions,  138. 

Rational  law,  182,  187. 
Residue,  method  of,  112. 

—  canon  of,  113. 

—  applications  of,  114. 
Rules  for  philosophizing,  36  n. 

Sciences,  quantitative,  135. 

—  becoming  deductive,  197. 
Spencer  on  evolution,  167  n. 
Statistics,  application  of,  100. 
Sufficient  reason,  axiom  of,  85. 
Syllogism  of  induction,  44. 

—  Hamilton's,  46. 

—  Whately's  and  Mill's,  47. 

—  objections  to,  48. 
Synthesis  of  induction,  7. 

Theory  vs.  hypothesis,  165  n. 

—  how  established,  171. 

Uniformity  of  nature,  39. 

—  of  coexistence,  54,  183. 

—  of  succession,  55,  185. 

Variations,  concomitant,  130. 

—  canon  of,  131. 

—  illustrations  of,  132. 

—  quantitative  estimates,  137. 
Venn  on  Mill,  2  n.,  27  n.,  38  n. 
Vera  causa  and  lex,  163,  165. 
Verification,  145,  152. 

—  special  function  of,  169. 

—  predictions  not  proof,  170. 

Wells,  research  on  dew,  21,  128. 
Whately,  induction  defined,  6  n. 

—  inductive  syllogism,  47. 
Whewell  on  induction,  6  n. 

—  on  Supreme  Cause,  193  n. 


FINIS 


STANDARD    EDUCATIONAL   WORKS. 


DAVIS'S   DEDUCTIVE   LOGIC. 

The  Elements  of  Deductive  Logic.  By  Noah  K. 
Davis,  Ph.D.,  LL.D.,  Professor  of  Moral  Philosophy 
in  the  University  of  Virginia.     Cloth,  90  cents. 

I  am  not  acquainted  with  any  treatise  on  logic  that  contains  within 
the  same  compass  so  much  sound  logical  doctrine  so  perspicuously 
expressed  as  the  "Elements  of  Deductive  Logic."  ...  It  would  not 
be  difficult  to  point  out  in  this  small  work  at  least  half  a  dozen  dis- 
tinct gains  to  the  science.  —  Professor  Collins  Denny,  Vanderbilt 
University,  Nashville,  Tenn. 

DAVIS'S  THEORY    OF  THOUGHT. 

The  Theory  of  Thought.  A  Treatise  on  Deductive 
Logic.  By  Noah  K.  Davis,  University  of  Virginia. 
8vo,  Cloth,  $2  00. 

A  comprehensive  account  of  the  science  of  logic  from  its  earliest 
days,  with  every  variety  of  example  to  illustrate  the  principles. . .  .  The 
author  is  to  be  commended  for  his  industry,  his  earnestness,  his  intelli- 
gence in  the  arrangement  of  his  material,  and  the  general  excellence 
of  his  literary  style. — Philadelphia  Bulletin. 

HILL'S   RHETORIC. 

The  Principles  of  Rhetoric,  and  their  Application. 
By  Adams  Sherman  Hill,  Boylston  Professor  of 
Rhetoric  and  Oratory  in  Harvard  College.  With  an 
Appendix  comprising  General  Rules  for  Punctuation. 
12mo,  Half  Leather,  80  cents. 

We  commend  the  book  to  all  educators  of  youth,  and  we  particularly 
advise  those  who  are  seeking  to  educate  themselves  in  Enghsh  com- 
position to  make  a  thorough  study  of  its  pages. — Christian  at  Work, 
N.  Y. 

HILL'S   OUR   ENGLISH. 

Our  English.  By  Adams  Sherman  Hill,  Boylston 
Professor  of  Rhetoric  and  Oratory  in  Harvard  Uni- 
versity. 16mo,  Cloth,  $1  00.  \^Sent  hy  mail  on  re- 
ceipt ofprice.l 

Professor  Hill  is  an  acknowledged  authority  upon  the  use  of  our 
language.  In  this  work  he  gives  chapters  on  English  in  schools,  in 
colleges,  in  newspapers  and  novels,  in  the  pulpit,  and  on  colloquial 
English. 

1 


Standard   ^Educational    Works, 

HILL'S   FOUNDATIONS   OF  RHETORIC. 

The  Foundations  of  Rhetoric.     By  Adams  Sherman 
Hill.     12mo,  Cloth,  $1  00. 

It  is  a  rich  and  ingenious  book.  A  subject  usually  reckoned  dry 
and  intricate  here  becomes,  by  means  of  neat  arrangement  and  a  mass 
of  admirably  selected  illustrations,  luminous  and  even  entertaining. 
Hereafter  clumsiness  in  writing  will  be  more  discreditable  than  be- 
fore.— Professor  G.  H.  Palmer,  Harvard  University. 

I  do  not  like  to  write  opinions  of  text-books  in  ordinary  cases,  but 
this  book  is  so  full  of  valuable  devices  to  develop  in  the  student  a 
critical  knowledge  of  the  best  usages  of  an  English  style  that  I  am 
very  glad  to  say  a  word  commending  it  to  all  schools  seeking  a  good 
text-book  in  English  composition.  —  Hon.  W.  T.  Harris,  U.  S.  Com- 
missioner of  Education. 

BOWNE'S  PSYCHOLOGICAL  THEORY. 

Introduction  to  Psychological  Theory.    By  Borden 
P.  BowNE.     8vo,  Cloth,  $1  75. 

This  is  not  a  dogmatic  treatise  of  empirical  psychology,  much  less  a 
digest  of  physiological  psychology  and  the  fanciful  theories  that  clus- 
ter round  that  shadowy  border-land  of  research,  but  a  series  of  essays 
in  pure  psychology,  the  basis  of  the  whole  performance  being  facts, 
not  theories. — Boston  Beacon. 

BOWNE'S   METAPHYSICS. 

Metaphysics.      A   Study   in    First   Principles.      By 
Borden  P.  Bowne.     8vo,  Cloth,  $1   75. 

Will  mark  an  era  in  the  discussion  between  materialists  and  intui- 
tionalists,  and  between  sceptics  and  theistic  believers. ...  To  read  this 
thoughtful  volume  will  be  a  wholesome  intellectual  discipline,  as  well 
as  a  strong  confirmation  of  faith  in  revealed  religion  as  the  true  phi- 
losophy of  the  universe  and  of  man. — Zion's  Herald,  Boston. 

BOWNE'S   PHILOSOPHY  OF   THEISM. 

Philosophy  of  Theism.    By  Borden  P.  Bowne.    8vo, 

Cloth,  $1   75. 

Professor  Bowne  is  widely  known  to  students  of  philosophy  by  his 
masterly  and  lucid  treatises  on  metaphysics,  studies  in  Theism,  psy- 
chology, etc.  He  is  an  acute  and  original  thinker,  and  a  profound 
logician.  .  .  .  Materialism  has  one  of  its  most  forceful  opponents  in 
Professor  Bowne,  whose  writings  furnish  strong  confirmation  of  faith 
in  revealed  religion. — Albany  Press. 

2 


Standard  Educational  Works. 

THE   PRINCIPLES   OF  ETHICS. 

By  Borden  P.  Bowne,  Professor  of  Philosophy  in 
Boston  University.     8vo,  Cloth,  $1  75. 

This  work  is  designed  to  be  not  so  much  a  detailed  discussion  of 
specific  duties  and  virtues  as  an  introduction  to  fundamental  moral 
ideas  and  principles.  While  demonstrating  the  necessity  of  uniting 
tlie  intuitive  and  the  experience  school  of  ethics  in  order  to  reach  any 
working  system,  the  author  seeks  to  show  that  the  aim  of  conduct  is 
not  abstract  virtue,  but  fulness  and  richness  of  life.  The  work  is 
marked  throughout  by  that  profundity  of  thought  and  clearness  of  ex- 
pression which  have  made  Professor  Bowne's  earlier  works  so  suc- 
cessful.    No  pains  has  been  spared  to  make  it  as  perfect  as  possible. 

DEWEY'S  PSYCHOLOGY. 

Psychology.  By  John  Dkwey,  Ph.D.  l2mo,  Cloth 
$l"'25. 

It  avoids  all  material  not  strictly  psychological,  and  embodies  the 
results  of  the  latest  investigations.  ...  It  is  a  successful  effort  to  treat 
psychology  scientifically  by  itself  as  an  introduction  to  the  study  of 
philosophy  in  general.  It  is  learned  and  strict  in  its  method,  both 
analysis  and  definition  are  clear,  and  the  subject  is  developed  well  to 
make  principles  and  their  application  readily  understood  by  thoughtful 
students. — Boston  Globe. 

As  a  philosophical  text-book  its  claims  to  the  recognition  of  thinkers 
are  very  great,  while  as  an  exposition  of  one  of  the  most  interesting 
of  sciences,  it  will  be  a  hand-book  of  inestimable  value  to  students. 
— Commonwealth^  Boston. 

MILL'S  LOGIC:   REVISED  EDITION. 

A  System  of  Logic,  Ratiocinative  and  Inductive :  be- 
ing a  Connected  View  of  the  Principles  of  Evidence 
and  the  Methods  of  Scientific  Investigation.  By 
John  Stuart  Mill.  Printed  from  the  Eighth  London 
Edition.  8vo,  Cloth,  $2  50.  [Sent  hy  mail  on  re- 
ceipt of  price. ^ 

Those  who  choose  to  grapple  with  this  work  will  find  that  it  pre- 
sents a  new  view  of  the  subject ;  that  it  is  a  sort  of  "  Novum  Organum," 
adapted  to  the  state  of  intellectual  and  physical  science  at  the  pres- 
ent day ;  and  that  it  is  treated  with  a  breadth  and  comprehensiveness 
of  thought,  in  a  style  of  thorough  analysis,  and  with  a  surpassingly 
clear  and  forcible  diction  which  entitle  it  to  the  study  of  all  who  as- 
pire to  the  merit  of  philosophical  research  or  even  of  general  scholar- 
ship.— North  American  Review. 

3 


Standard  Educational  Works. 

HAVEN'S  RHETORIC. 

Rhetoric :  a  Text-book,  designed  for  Use  in  Schools 
and  Colleges,  and  for  Private  Study.     By  the  Rev. 

E.  O.  Haven,  D.D.,  LL.D.     12mo,  Cloth,  90  cents. 

We  find  that  the  good  opinion  we  had  formed  of 'it,  on  the  strength 
of  the  author's  reputation,  was  not  up  to  its  actual  merits.  The  science 
and  art  of  Rhetoric  seem  to  have  been  mastered  by  President  Haven 
as  never  before  by  any  writer  upon  Rhetoric. —  Chicago  Journal. 

JOHNSON'S  ENGLISH  WORDS. 

An  Elementary  Study  of  Derivations.     By  Charles 

F.  Johnson,  Professor  of  English  Literature,  Trinity 
College,  Hartford.     16rao,  Cloth,  84  cents. 

Modest  in  size,  but  packed  from  cover  to  cover  with  information 
about  the  history  of  words  used  in  the  English  of  to-day. — Rochester 
Herald. 

Pretty  certain  to  lead  the  way  to  a  more  serious  study  of  our  lan- 
guage, not  only  in  the  school  but  in  the  home  circle  as  well,  its  modest 
size  and  untechnical  character  strongly  commending  it  for  the  latter 
use. — Southern  Educator,  Durham,  N.  C. 

WHATELY'S  LOGIC. 

Elements  of  Logic.  Comprising  the  Substance  of  the 
Article  in  the  Encyclopaedia  Metropolitana.  With 
Additions,  etc.  By  Richard  Whately,  D.D.,  late 
Archbishop  of  Dublin.     18mo,  Cloth,  50  cents. 

WHATELY'S  RHETORIC. 

Elements  of  Rhetoric.  Comprising  an  Analysis  of  the 
Laws  of  Moral  Evidence  and  of  Persuasion.  With 
Rules  of  Argumentative  Composition  and  Elocution. 
By  Richard  Whately,  D.D.,  late  Archbishop  of 
Dublin.     ISmo,  Cloth,  50  cents. 


Published  by  HARPER  &  BROTHERS,  New  York. 

The  above  works  are  for  sale  by  all  booksellers^  or  will  be  sent  by  the 
publishers  on  receipt  of  price.  If  ordered  sent  by  mail,  10  per  cent. 
must  be  added  to  cover  cost  of  postage^  unless  otherwise  indicated. 

4 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 
BERKELEY 

Return  to  desk  from  which  borrowed. 
This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 


iSJunSlGC 
3Jun^lLU 

0^71954  1 


<vjl 


L.J    JI-f{| 


l6NlaT'56Jf 


LD  21-95)»-ll,'50(2877»16)47« 


OCT  Z2  1962 


YB  231 12 


d'> 


^371 


'^^. 


riVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


V   .  »         .     •